Home

Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide, Version 3.0

1. lt HR gt Table The HTML TABLE tag creates a new table lt TABLE gt lt TR gt lt TD gt id lt TD gt lt TD gt 001 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Company id lt TD gt lt TD gt 002 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Title lt TD gt lt TD gt 003 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt First name lt TD gt lt TD gt f004 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Middle name lt TD gt lt TD gt f 005 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Last lt TD gt lt TD gt f006 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Suffix lt TD gt lt TD gt 007 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Job lt TD gt lt TD gt f008 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Dept lt TD gt lt TD gt 009 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Telephone lt TD gt lt TD gt 010 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Fax lt TD gt lt TD gt f011 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt E mail lt TD gt lt TD gt f012 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TABLE gt Tables allow good positioning while still using proportional fonts Using the HTML Client 10 39 How Links Between Pages Work The display is shown in Figure 10 11 Figure 10 11 Form Using an HTML Table How Links Between Pages Work The HTML client stops after each transaction A link however must be made as a follow up Links between pages are based on the process id enciphered of
2. With this user some administration operations will be skipped The following prompt appears and offers to continue the installation even though you are not the root user Do you want to continue to install the product Options Yles Nlo Clancel Default Y You need not be root to install the Java Client Web server However as most Web servers are installed as root it might be better to be the same user as when the Web server was installed The installation does copy some files to the Web server and you will need appropriate access rights For these access rights see your Web server documentation Type Y to continue the installation The following list of installation options appears Checking command chmod for this user Ok Looking for clijava tgz in tmp decomp Ok AAA AAA Welcome to Informix Dynamic 4GL Java Client installation script HARE AE ARE AE EAE AAA 1 Cli Java Application Server components 2 Cli Java Web Server components 3 Cli Java Application Server Cli Java Web Server components 4 Cli Java Client components 5 Cli Java User Manual only Options VALUE Clancel Default 1 11 16 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide UNIX Installation 3 Select an installation option For instance to install both the Web server and application server components select 3 The following messages appear Free disk space in tmp ins
3. Ic11 msg en_us 0333 jem INFORMIXDIR ic release similar to msg subdirectory similar to msg subdirectory similar to msg subdirectory en_us sql demo Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Requirements for International Application Development Requirements for International Application Development The following requirements must be met to develop a 4GL application that is fully adapted to a language or to a country m The targeted hardware platform and operating system need to support the desired language and country combination The operating system environment on both the client platform and the server platform might require special versions to support the entry manipulation and display of non English data m The Informix products need to support the language Informix products are 8 bit clean and allow entry manipulation and display of most European and Asian language data m Error messages generated by 4GL and the database server should be available in a localized version so that only local languages appear in the runtime environment m All parts of the user interface created by the application developer such as menus prompts error messages and help should be trans lated into the target language In many cases the last three of these four requirements can be met by using an
4. Why Deploy on the Web HTML Client The HTML Client needs to run on the same computer as the Web server WTK X11 The Windows and X11 clients ASCII terminal The ASCII client HTML Server The HTML server fglhtmld typically runs on the application server computer Important While the entire architecture can exist on one computer this is not a typical Web deployment architecture Why Deploy on the Web Deploying your Dynamic 4GL applications on the Web offers the following benefits No need for special programming You can deploy your existing Dynamic 4GL applications on the Inter net or on an Intranet Preserve application appearance and functionality You can run your Dynamic 4GL application on the Web as easily as you can run it on your local computer Ability to configure the user interface You can customize your application s user interface to optimize it for display on the Web Consistent application and database development You can create applications for deployment in different environ ments using only one tool you can reuse your existing application logic you can use the same database for all the environments in which you deploy your application Security You can take advantage of options such as firewalls and secure socket layer SSL in addition to preserving the security features in your original application Using the HTML Client 10 7 HTML Client Limitations HTML Client Limitati
5. 10 56 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Pre and Post Messages For example Tail tailRecord lt HR gt lt BODY gt lt HIML gt Expected type message Error Allows you to add a character in the text message This allows you to see the error message generated by the program For example Error errorRecord Pragma no cache ontent type text html HTML gt HEAD gt EEDED2 REFRESH TITLE HEAD gt BODY BACKCOLOR gt HEAD BR gt error has occured lt BR gt rror S lt BR gt BR gt STRYAGAIN STAIL 3 AA PAMAAUMWMNUMAAA Expected type message Time Out Message Allows you to specify a time out message After a time out specified by the timeOut variable users will receive this error message if they try to continue to access pages Using the HTML Client 10 57 Pre and Post Messages For example Time Out Message timeOutRecord Pragma no cache ontent type text html HTML gt HEAD gt EEDED2 REFRESH TITLE HEAD gt B H ODY BACKCOLOR gt EAD R gt his application has been terminated on timeout lt BR gt STRYAGAIN STAIL AMWAAMMMNA AMO w 4 Expected type message Too Many Tasks Allows you to specify an error message that is displayed when the maximum task limit is reached as specified by the maxTasks variable For example Too many tasks message tooManyRecord Pragma no cache Content type text html
6. Dynamic SQL type unknown lt type gt Description The specified type is unknown for the database Solution The known types can be CHAR VARCHAR INTEGER SMALLINT FLOAT SMALLFLOAT DECIMAL MONEY DAtE DATETIME INTERVAL obs The function fgl_dialog_ lt name gt can only be used within an INPUT ARRAY DISPLAY ARRAY or CONSTRUCT statement Description You can only use this function on an on key statement with an INPUT ARRAY DISPLAY ARRAY or CONSTRUCT statement Solution In the rest of the program use the other functions without the fgl_dialog_ prefix The function lt name gt has already been called with a different number of returned values Description A function not defined in the same module has been called two times with two different numbers of parameters Solution This is a mistake in the source code Check the function definition and correct the wrong call Function lt name gt unexpected number of returned values Description You are calling a function that returns a different number of values than you expected at call Solution Check your source Redeclaration of function lt name gt Description A function has been defined twice in your program module Solution Check if you do not have two different functions with the same name The library function lt name gt is not declared Description You are calling a function that is not defined Solution Check your source
7. Check that the application server port is specified correctly in the appname conf file The network is unreachable Run the ping utility to check whether the client can contact the server host For example ping 158 58 23 30 Try to run telnet and connect to the server host from the client For example telnet 158 58 23 301526 Using the HTML Client 10 67 Checking the HTML Server 10 68 Checking the HTML Server To verify that the HTML server is responding to requests first determine on which port the server is running by typing the following command netstat a The display shows a full listing of your TCP and UDP connections similar to the following display tcp 0 0 6598 LISTEN Next run telnet and connect to your application server on the port you have determined it is using telnet axis 6598 You should see a display similar to the following display Trying 15D 25 5 ts sh Connected to axis Escape character is When you press RETURN the HTML code for the initial page of the demon stration application appears to indicate that the server is functioning and communicating with the client Pragma no cache Content type text html lt HTML gt META HTTP EQUIV REFRESH CONTENT 10 URL cgi bin fglcl exe demo gt lt HEAD gt lt BODY BGCOLOR F5F5F5 gt IMG SRC Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Manual Installation on UNIX Manual Installation on UNIX Manual ins
8. This program can be a macro or any other command available in the calling program For example LET command EXECUTE macrol xlm Savel FALSE CALL DDEExecute EXCEL Document1 command RETURNING ret Transmitting Values to a Windows Program The following function sends data to the specified program and document using the DDE channel Syntax CALL DDEPoke progname docname cells values progname CHAR 128 Program name docname CHAR 128 Working document or system Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 11 Getting Values from a Windows Program 5 12 cells CHAR 128 Working items values CHAR 128 Data sent to the progname Returns TRUE if the values have been successfully transmitted FALSE if an error occurs The error can be seen using the function DDEGeterror For example LET val 12 t13 t14 CALL DDEPoke EXECEL Document1 R1C1 R2C2 val RETURNING ret Getting Values from a Windows Program The following function gets values from the specified program and stores it in a variable Syntax CALL DDEPeek progname docname cells progname CHAR 128 Program name docname CHAR 128 Working document or system cells CHAR 128 Working items Returns Data from the windows program NULL if an error occurs The error can be seen using the DDEGeterror function Each value retrieved by the function is separated by the tabulation character The newline character is changed to the ASCII
9. widget RADIO config str_one lab_one str_two lab_two str_three lab_three r end In order to use radio buttons you have to set the widget attribute to RADIO The config option is built in the following way The str_one string is returned if the first radio button of the frame is selected The str_two string is the value returned for the second button The lab_one string is the string used for the label of the first button and lab_two for the second button The value returned by the radio button is a null string if no button is selected in the frame Itis possible to define a default value for the radio button group Invoking a Key Code You can send a single key instead of a string when you invoke a radio button or check box The option class key must be added in the attribute section of the declaration of the radio button or check box in the form file as the following example shows DATABASE FORMONLY SCREEN Key Check 1 Key Radio 1 05 08 06 ATTRIBUTES f05 formonly f05 class key widget CHECK config F1 F6 Check 1 f06 formonly f06 class key widget CHECK config F2 F7 Check 2 f08 formonly f08 class key widget RADIO config F11 Radio 1 F12 Radio 2 F13 Radio 3 Using Form Extensions to 4GL 6 13 Combo Fields In this example the field 05 will send key F1 when activated and F when deactivated The three choices of the radio button 08 will
10. Description Your temporary runtime license has expired Solution Call your Dynamic 4GL distributor to get a new license lt name gt illegal option lt name gt Description The specified program lt name gt has been called with a specified parameter lt name gt that is not recognized by the program Solution Run the program using the flag h or h to get help information about it Error Messages C 17 License Errors 6033 6034 6035 6041 6042 6043 lt name gt lt parameter gt option requires an argument Description You cannot use this option of the fg Wrt tool without a parameter Solution Check your command line and try the command again Warning This is a temporary license installation number is s Description You have installed a temporary license of 30 days You will have to enter an installation key before the end of this period if you want to keep on running the program Solution This is only a warning message Cannot read in directory Description The compiler cannot access the FGLDIR lock directory The current user must have read and write permissions in this directory Solution Give the current user read and write permissions to the FGLDIR lock directory Problem while searching license information Description An error occurred during the license verification process Solution Restart your program If this does not solve the problem check that you have in
11. Dynamic 4GL Architecture The application server can be a UNIX server or a Windows NT computer In a typical installation Dynamic 4GL is installed on the application server either the development or runtime version with the 4GL programs The database server is usually installed on this same computer but this is not required The client computers can be X11 compliant interfaces or Windows computers Each client has its own Dynamic 4GL daemon that handles the GUI aspects of 4GL applications 1 6 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Differences Between Dynamic 4GL and 4GL Differences Between Dynamic 4GL and 4GL Dynamic 4GL is based on the features in Version 7 3 of 4GL However it is possible to compile programs created with older versions of 4GL The following list summarizes the differences between Dynamic 4GL and AGL Initialization of variables The 4GL compiler initializes global variables with empty structures whereas the Dynamic 4GL compiler initializes them to null The 4GL compiler initializes decimal variables to 0 and the Dynamic 4GL compiler sets them to null like INFORMIX 4GL Rapid Develop ment System RDS Datetime With the instruction CURRENT the Dynamic 4GL compiler manages three positions of the fraction part whereas 4GL manages only two Arrays If you call for an index that is out of range of an array the Dynamic 4GL compiler can either stop execution of the program with a runtime error or
12. PROMPT In Dynamic 4GL the 4GL PROMPT statement waits for an answer in the graphical window at the prompt line if the graphical window is opened first If no graphical window is open before the PROMPT statement is executed the prompt is made in the ASCII terminal for example MAIN DEFINE C CHAR 1 DISPLAY Hello PROMPT Press any key FOR CHAR C END MAIN a Inthe previous example PROMPT is executed in the terminal and in terminal mode even if you are in graphical mode a The following example shows how to execute PROMPT in graphical mode MAIN DEFINE C CHAR 1 DISPLAY Hello AT 5 5 PROMPT Press any key FOR CHAR C END MAIN Introducing Dynamic 4GL 1 9 4GL Extensions 4GL Extensions The following list summarizes the features that were added to the 4GL language Channel functions Channel functions are a way to use I O streams Channel extensions provide access to the files and the processes of the system without using the RUN statement Your application requires fewer resources than with the RUN statement and allows you to communicate with pipes with other applications DDE functions DDE functions call a Windows application from 4GL With this new extension you can invoke a Windows application and send or receive data to or from it To use this new functionality the program must be executed on a Windows computer or on a UNIX computer but from a Windows front end fgl_system function You can r
13. RLOGIN Key SHOW_PROGRESS KEEP_PASSWORD CANCEL_CONNECT CU_ADDTITLE CU_TERMSTR CU_DEFTERM CU_CMDSTR CU_DEFCMD Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Description If the window waiting for a connection is confusing set to 0 If the password should be kept for the next application set to 1 This only works if password checking is on and the server side asks for it Keeping a password is dangerous try to find the global variable for the kept password in remote2 tcl and if you know it you can spy the password from the UNIX side with a simple fglUiRetrieve It is more secure to turn it off but for Windows NT asa server with the Ataman remote login services it is the only way to avoid being prompted for a password for each connection If set to 1 which is the default allows cancelling a connection trial by clicking the CANCEL button of the Wtk connect box as soon as the wait icon has disappeared Should be set to 0 if problems occur when using non standard TCP IP stacks 2 of 2 In addition to the CU_COMPSTR CU_USERSTR CU_COMPUTER and CU_USER variables which are also used by the Computer User dialog the Add Rlogin program also uses the following variables that start with CU_ Title of the Add Rlogin dialogs Label of Terminal string Default value of Terminal entry field Label of optional command line Default value of command entry field The name of the icon can also be influenced when creating an
14. SOL identifiers are the names of database entities such as table and column names indexes and constraints The first character must be an alphabetic character as defined by the locale or an underscore ASCII 95 symbol You can use alphanumeric characters and underscores _ for the rest of the SQL identifier Most SOL identifiers can be up to 18 bytes in length What characters are valid in SOL identifiers depends on the locale of the database server Neither single byte nor multibyte whitespace characters can appear in SOL identifiers For INFORMIX SE database servers whether non English characters are permitted in the names of databases tables or log files depends on whether the operating system permits such characters in filenames Global Language Support D 25 The 4GL Compilers D 26 SQL Identifier Column name Constraint name Database name Index name Log filename Stored procedure name Synonym Table name View name 4GL Identifier Variable name Cursor name Filename or pathname Formal argument name Function or report name Prepared statement name Statement label Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide The user interface of the 4GL compiler is in English If edit fields contain multibyte characters there is no checking and the results might be unpre dictable Embedded SQL statements can include valid non English identifiers for some database entities The following tables summarize the instances wh
15. To set up a delay in milliseconds before sending the command line to the UNIX server Can be used for fast client workstations If set to 1 a debug window will be displayed to check the dialog between the 4GL Server and the UNIX server 4 0f 7 Section Values LOGIN_QUESTION LOGIN_OK CHECK_PASSWORD PASSWORD_QUESTION SHOW_COMPUTER SHOW_USER SHOW_TERMTYPE SHOW_CMDLINE KEEP_PASSWORD Configuration File WTKSRV INI Entries Description To set up the login string sent by the UNIX server and which will be displayed in the authentication dialog box if CHECK_PASSWORD is enabled and the first password supplied failed To set up the string sent by the UNIX server once the authentication is successful If set to 1 the password authentication process with the UNIX server will be enabled To set up the password string sent by the UNIX server and which will be displayed in the authentication dialog box if CHECK_PASSWOROD is enabled If set to 1 shows the computer frame inside the login dialog If set to 1 shows the user frame inside the login dialog If set to 1 shows the terminal type frame inside the login dialog If set to 1 shows the command line frame in the login dialog If the password should be kept for the next application set to 1 This only works if password checking is on and the server side asks for it Keeping a password is dangerous try to find the global variable for the kept
16. f2 fl dh bee f1 f2 f3 1 f4 3 f4 f5 ATTRIBUTES f1 FORMONLY a f2 FORMONLY b f3 FORMONLY c f4 FORMONLY d f5 RMONLY e INSTRUCTIONS DELIMITERS SCREEN RECORD s_rec1 3 a b SCREEN RECORD s_rec2 c d The following 4GL program invokes the FGL_SCR_SIZK function AIN ue EFINE nl n2 INT EFINE ch CHAR 10 Co pa CALL fgl_scr_size s_recl RETURNING nl LET nl fgl_scr_size s_recl Can also be called in a LET statement DISPLAY nl nl LET ch s_rec2 CALL fgl_scr_size ch RETURNING n2 LET n2 fgl_scr_size ch Can also be called in a LET statement DISPLAY n2 n2 CLOSE WINDOW w1 END MAIN PEN WINDOW w1 AT 2 3 WITH FORM file ATTRIBUTE BORDER Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 45 Dynamic Configuration of Report Output This example produces the following output nl 3 n2 2 The proper value is returned even though the array dimension is not specified An error is returned if no form is open or if the specified screen array is not in the current open form Dynamic Configuration of Report Output All earlier releases of 4GL required that the parameters of the OUTPUT section of a report be specified as fixed values either literal integers or string literals in the REPORT definition A new feature of this release enables you to redefine all the values of the OUTPUT section of a re
17. gui java screen workspaceFrame font absoluteSize gui java screen controlFrame width gui java screen controlFrame button icon visible gui java screen toolBar floatable gui java screen toolBar icon path Description Defines the blink rate of a caret in ms The caret is the cursor that appears in entry fields Defines the font used for the WorkspaceFrame Defines the relative size of fonts used in the Java client Defines the width of the ControlFrame in characters The gui button width setting is ignored by the Java Client Defines whether each icon associated with a menu appears Defines whether the toolbar can be moved When the toolbar is floating small grips appear on the left side Defines the path to the toolbar icons 1 of 2 Using the Java Client 11 51 Editing the clijava cnf File Interface Element Entries gui java screen menuBar visible gui java screen menuBar static help visible gui java screen menuBar static help label gui java screen menuBar static help about visible gui java screen menuBar static about label Font Types and Known Font Equivalents Description Defines whether the menu bar is visible Defines whether the static menuBar help entry is visible Defines the static menuBar entry help label Defines whether the static menuBar about entry is visible Defines the static menuBar entry about label 2 of 2 The
18. no cache gt TENT no cache gt STITLE lt TITLE gt The Phonebook Demonstration lt TITLE gt STRYAGAIN lt A HREF cgi bin fglcl p SREFRESH honebook gt Try again lt A gt lt META HTTP EQUIV REFRESH CONTENT 10 URL cgi bin fglcl phonebook gt SHEAD lt IMG SRC C1i HTML clipart p ALIGN LEFT gt lt H3 gt The Phonebook lt H3 gt STAIL lt HR gt honebook large gif lt CENTER gt Welcome to lt B gt The Phonebook lt B gt Demo program lt CENTER gt lt BODY gt lt HTML gt Header headRecord SNEEDED1 lt HTML gt lt HEAD gt SNEEDED2 STITLE lt HEAD gt lt BODY BACKCOLOR gt SHEAD Tail tailRecord STAIL Error Using the HTML Client 10 27 Step 2 Editing the Server Configuration File 10 28 er p o H H Cc lt lt SR T lt lt B H lt B An Er lt B T D o H H R 1 B H wW PNNHANAAMNMAAA en WS H H T B H NMA ARANA w 4 nN T Has D e e STAIL rorRecord ragma no cache ntent type text html TML gt EAD gt EEDED2 EFRESH TITLE HEAD gt ODY SBACKCOLOR gt EAD R gt error has occured lt BR gt ror S s lt BR gt R gt RYAGAIN STAIL Time Out timeOutRecord no cache text html ragma ntent type TML gt EAD gt EEDED2 EFRESH TLE HEAD gt ODY BACKCOLOR gt EAD R gt
19. wish Your shell prompt should turn into a percent character and a small black square should appear You are now in the Tcl Tk Inter preter as Figure 13 3 shows Figure 13 3 Tcl Tk Interpreter To quit enter exit The small square should disappear and the prompt should be restored to your standard UNIX prompt Using the X11 Client 13 9 Running the Program on the X11 Client 13 10 Configuring the Environment Typically the first user to run a graphical 4GL program on the computer water would use the number 0 as the occurrence number for the fglX11d daemon 1 For this example use 5 as the occurrence number fglXlld n 5 amp Add the ampersand character amp to the command line to cause the daemon to execute in the background The prompt can then be avail able for new commands 2 Add the FGLSERVER environment variable to tell the 4GL program which daemon to use In this case the daemon is running on the computer water and the occurrence number is 5 FGLSERVER water 5 export FGLSERVER 3 Check the value of the FGLGUI environment variable with the following command echo FGLGUI If it is set to 0 the program will be executed in ASCII mode exactly as if compiled with 4GL compilers If set to 1 it will use the fglX11d daemon and the application appears in graphical mode 4 Set the FGLGUI environment variable to 1 with the following commands FGLGUI 1 export FGLGUI Inf
20. 5 11 5 12 5 13 5 13 5 14 Table of Contents v Returning Key Code Values a ES Returning Key Codes from P Code go a Pe ge oe DIO Returning Key Codes from C Functions 5 18 Creating a Custom Character Filter 5 18 Starting a UNIX Emulator 1 we 5 19 Starting Windows Applications 5 20 Using Input Statement Functions areia ok tye ay D2 Returning a Value if a Field has been Modified Ion an a o A Returning the Name of a Field 1 1 1 5 23 Returning the Value of a Field 1 1 5 23 Setting the Value in a Field aem ae a ee ee D29 Displaying a Row at a Given Line in a den heey 2 3 4 5424 Returning the Position of the Cursor 5 27 Terminating Applications 1 ee ee 5 29 New Language Features 0 8 tie od oh Be te eg owe 29 Enhanced SQL Syntax Support Se Dok os se vee D20 Syntax for Expansion of Abbreviated Year Values 6534 Enhanced Syntax for Screen Array Management 5 38 Dynamic Configuration of Report Output 5 46 New Built In Operators bo By tied oP ed wha de DAES New Syntax to Hide the Comment tne Pa te ge aoe DDO Editing Multibyte Data in 4GL Forms 5 51 New Conditional Comments 5 53 Chapter 6 Using Form Extensions to 4GL In This Chapt t s s aes ahai He Ee a BOY aa 6 3 Implementing Li
21. 6601 6802 6805 C 2 Description A function that returns several variables has not returned the correct number of parameters Solution Check your source code and recompile The display field label tag name has not been used Description A field tag has been declared in the screen section of the form specification file but is not defined in the attributes section Solution Check your form specification file fglform Cannot open database dictionary lt filename gt Run fglschema database Description If you use references to a database in your form to compile it Dynamic 4GL needs the database dictionary Solution Run the program fglschema with the name of the database as a parameter or check the value of the environment variable FGLDBPATH fglform Cannot open Database dictionary lt name gt Run fglschema database Description The form compiler cannot find the schema of the specified database Solution Check if the schema of the database exists and check if the FGLDBPATH environment variable is well set to the path to the schema Open Form lt name gt Bad Version lt number gt expecting lt number gt Description The form that you are trying to open has been compiled with an old version of the compiler Solution Recompile your form with the new form compiler Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 4900 4901 6011 6020 6023 6601 4GL Compilation Errors 4GL Compila
22. FGLSHELL External shell for linking system tools CC GCC or Informix tools ESQL C4GL to compile a P code runner LD_LIBRARY_PATH Location of shared libraries 2 of 2 Important This configuration file must have the same name as the 4GL application This file is a Bourne shell script If you are using a UNIX C shell you must configure the file to work on your system It is a good idea to include it in your user configuration files Compiling a Simple Program This section provides a step by step procedure to compile a simple 4GL program with the Dynamic 4GL compiler which involves these tasks m Writing the 4GL source code m Compiling to P code or C code After you compile the program you compile the form specification file Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Writing the Source Code Writing the Source Code The first step is to write the 4GL source code for your application The following sample program is made of two 4GL modules and one form specification file The first source code file ex1 1 4g MAIN CALL fgl_init4js OPEN WINDOW wl AT 1 1 WITH 24 ROWS 80 COLUMNS OPEN FORM frml FROM ex1 1 DISPLAY FORM frml MENU F4GL COMMAND Message box CALL message_box COMMAND Exit EXIT MENU END MENU END MAIN The second 4GL source code file ex1 2 4g FUNCTION message_box DEFINE f01 f02 bt1 CHAR 20 INPUT BY NAME bt1 01 02 CALL fgl_winmessage f01 f02 bt1 END FUNCTION The for
23. For example 1000 Part not found 1001 Price must be a positive number 1002 Invalid format for phone number To translate the messages into another language simply provide translated versions for the message text using the same format 2 At the system prompt invoke the message compiler utility fglmkmesssage by using a command of the following form fglmkmsg filename The message compiler processes filename msg and produces a com piled message file that has the name filename iem If you want the compiled message file to have a different name from the source file specify that filename as a final argument fglmkmsg source output The syntax of fglmkmesssage is described in the INFORMIX 4GL Reference Manual Accessing Message Files To access the compiled message file from your application you can write a function that reads the messages from the compiled iem file For example the calling program includes logic to display a Part not found message in the following pseudo code DEFINE OK noPart INT msg CHAR 79 LET noPart 1000 To supply new versions of the messages you need only provide a new source file and compile it with the message compiler The function calls in your application remain the same Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Handling Code Set Conversion Handling Code Set Conversion The process of converting characters at the locale of the 4GL application to characters at the locale of the
24. In this case you would have to set your environment variable FGLLIBSQL like this export FGLLIBSQL SINFORMIXDIR lib esql libsqlshr a INFORMIXDIR lib esql libosshr a INFORMIXDIR lib libasfshr a INFORMIXDIR lib esql libgenshr a INFORMIXDIR lib esql libosshr a INFORMIXDIR lib esql libgenshr a usr lib libtli a INFORMIXDIR lib libnetstubshr a usr lib libc a usr lib libmsaa a usr lib libbsd a Common Problems and Workarounds B 9 Finding System Libraries on UNIX B 10 If you do not have ESQL C development but only 4GL development on your system the way to proceed is similar to that with ESQL C except that you will copy and modify the script INFORMIXDIR bin c4g l and use the copy to compile a 4GL example but then you must remove the libraries from the list that are specific to INFORMIX 4GL Finding System Libraries on UNIX On some operating system implementations the libraries might have been split When linking you might discover some undefined symbols For example if the findlib sh script failed to find the required libraries one way to find the missing libraries would be as follows Given a missing function named funcname execute the following UNIX shell command for i in lib a usr Lib a gt do gt echo Si gt nm i grep funcname gt done pg If the result looks like usr lib libname a funcname 1640 glob 0 and the first number is greater than zero here it is 1640 the
25. Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Pyare gy Four J s Dewetopment Tools Version 3 0 July 1999 Part No 000 5412 Published by INFORMIX Press Informix Corporation 4100 Bohannon Drive Menlo Park CA 94025 1032 1999 Informix Corporation All rights reserved The following are trademarks of Informix Corporation or its affiliates Answers OnLine CBT Store CISAM Client SDK ContentBase Cyber Planet DataBlade Data Director Decision Frontier Dynamic Scalable Architecture Dynamic Server Dynamic Server Developer Edition Dynamic Server with Advanced Decision Support Option Dynamic Server with Extended Parallel Option Dynamic Server with MetaCube ROLAP Option Dynamic Server with Universal Data Option Dynamic Server with Web Integration Option Dynamic Server Workgroup Edition FastStart 4GL for ToolBus If you can imagine it you can manage it Ilustra INFORMIX Informix Data Warehouse Solutions Turning Data Into Business Advantage INFORMIX Enterprise Gateway with DRDA Informix Enterprise Merchant INFORMIX 4GL Informix JWorks InformixLink Informix Session Proxy InfoShelf Interforum I SPY Mediazation MetaCube NewEra ON Bar OnLine Dynamic Server OnLine for NetWare OnLine Secure Dynamic Server OpenCase ORCA Regency Support Solution Design Labs Solution Design Program S
26. Korn shell C shell Microsoft DOS PATH Description Values Korn shell C shell Microsoft DOS FGLDIR This environment variable contains the path to the installation directory This environment variable is required when you use either the development package or the runtime package of Dynamic 4GL The path to Dynamic 4GL UNIX usr fgl2c Windows C usr fgl2c export FGLDIR usr fgl2c setenv FGLDIR usr fgl2c C gt set FGLDIR C usr fgl2c This system variable contains the path to the binary programs Add the path to the Dynamic 4GL binary program The path to the binary directory export PATH S FGLDIR bin PATH setenv PATH SFGLDIR bin SPATH C gt set PATH SFGLDIR bin SPATHS Environment Variables A 3 FGLCC A 4 FGLCC Description Value Korn shell C shell FGLRUN Description Value Default Korn shell C shell Microsoft DOS Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Available only on UNIX This environment variable must be set when you want to compile a new runner The name of the C or C compiler export FGLCC gcc setenv FGLCC gcc This environment variable must be set to the name of the specific P code runner when linking P code modules using fgl2p o Use this environment variable for modules calling C functions that have been linked to this runner by the fglmkrun utility The name of the runner that you currently use FGLRUN fgl
27. anta ok cae Teo ie GR de A Ce howe Reg da a 21057 Time Out Message 2 1 ewe ee ee 10 57 Too Many Tasks 0 ee ee ee 10 58 Normal Termination 4 10 59 Styles Bo BOS ee cee ee ce Ue a we we e E ewe OD Button Down a o ee 10 60 Error Down a e o 10 60 Menu as Link eee 10 60 Button Width 10 60 Menu Button Width 10 61 EmulateHTML 2 10 61 Image Path 2 1 we ee ee ee ee 10 61 Image Alternate Text 2 2 2 2 we ee 10 62 Image Border 2 2 2 we ee ee 10 62 Spawning e 10 63 Spawning Method 2 ee 10 63 Program ee ee ee 10 63 Runner Name s e s s s e so e so s e e ww 10 64 Runner Target 0a a aa aaa 10 64 Runner Environment a a a a aaa 10 65 Arrays C bes O Se MoS Ge e Be a Gee ee y OOS Array as Button 2 2 2 1 ee ee ee 10 66 ArrayImage 2 ee ee ee ee 10 66 Troubleshooting the UNIX Installation 10 66 Checking the HTML Client 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 ww 10 66 Checking the HTML Server 2 2 2 ww we 10 68 Using the HTML Client 10 3 10 4 Manual Installation on UNIX Extracting the Files Installing the HTML Client on the Web Sena Installing the HTML Server on the Application Server Installing the HTML Documentation on the
28. numeric You cannot make the modification directly with a text editor You have to look at the file with od c numeric For example if you get 00000000 002 NO MO MO 00000005 then you must use the command echo n 002 000 000 gt numeric Make sure you save the original version You should then see the file as 00000000 002 NO MO MO 00000005 Common Problems and Workarounds B 15 Workarounds for X11 Workarounds for X11 This section describes various other workarounds that you will find helpful No Program Display at Startup If you are using the X11 front end and the daemon fglX11d is started successfully and you can run the wish program and get the wish window but when starting a program nothing appears the problem is usually that the default font from the program does not exist in the database The solution is to run fglfontsel in ASCII FGLGUI 0 with the same username as the one that runs the daemon Select a font with ESC restart the daemon and then restart the program in graphical mode Select the correct font with fglfontsel under X11 Numlock X11 and the Mouse With NumLock on some mouse features do not run under X11 To disable this effect run the following command xmodmap which displays lines similar to the following shift Shift_L 0x32 Shift_R 0x3e lock Caps_Lock 0x42 controlControl_L 0x25 Control_R 0x6d modl Alt_L 0x40 mod2 Num_Lock 0x4d mod3 Mode
29. CALL drawarc 500 400 100 12 25 RETURNING ret Using Graphical Extensions to 4GL 7 25 Drawing a Polygon 7 26 Drawing a Polygon The following function draws a polygon Syntax drawpolygon list list CHAR xx List of coordinates Returns The item number of the polygon in the canvas This function draws a filled polygon defined by the list of points The list must contain at least three points To separate points use spaces rather than commas For example CALL drawpolygon 120 150 200 150 400 430 RETURNING ret Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler In This Chapter siwe ue VR a we wc aw a ww Bes 8 3 Configuring Dynamic 4GL io amp soe eae ware 83 Runtime Configuration File 2 84 User Configuration File 4 os amp ejes el wane e 84 Program Configuration File a amp 2 5 ara of oe Od 0 8 4 General Configuration Settings 2 2 2 2 eee 85 Runtime Configuration Settings 2 86 General Settings 2 en 8 6 Graphical Daemon Autostart ee 8 9 UNIX Settings PAE AA AE a OSLO Microsoft Windows Settings E oo ed SORT License Configuration Settings 8 14 General Settings 0 0 814 UNIX Settings od da e e e we e e 8 16 GUI Settings DE RI A e as AZ General GUI Settings E Menu GUI Settings a ee 8 19 Status Bar
30. Check the system error message and retry C 24 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 6083 6084 6085 6086 6087 License Errors Description There is a problem with the socket of the Windows computer Solution Check that the system is correctly configured and retry the program SYSERROR d s Cannot set option DONTLINGER on socket Check the system error message and retry Description There is a problem with the socket of the Windows computer Solution Check that the system is correctly configured and retry the program SYSERROR d s Cannot set option LINGER on socket Check the system error message and retry Description There is a problem with the socket of the Windows computer Solution Check that the system is correctly configured and retry the program SYSERROR d s Cannot connect to the license manager on host s Check the following places m fgllic server entry in fglprofile m the license manager computer m the license manager service Description The application cannot check the license validity To do so it tries to communicate with the Dynamic 4GL license service running on the Windows NT computer where the product is installed Solution Check that the Dynamic 4GL License Server is running on the computer where the product is installed SYSERROR d s Cannot send data to the license manager Check the system error message and retry Description There is a problem with the socket
31. DEFINE i SMALLINT DEFINE 1_buffer CHAR 80 DEFINE 1_writeBuffer CHAR 80 CALL channel open_file f1 frmlistcontact per w CALL channel set_delimiter f1 Header CALL channel write f1 Generated screen DO NOT EDIT CALL channel write f1 DATABASE formonly CALL channel write f1 CALL channel write f1 SCREEN CALL channel write f1 CALL channel write f1 lt p align right gt CALL channel write f1 lt big gt lt font face Arial color 0000FF gt CALL channel write f1 lt strong gt List of contacts lt strong gt lt font gt lt big gt lt p gt CALL channel write f1 lt HR gt CALL channel write f1 lt I gt Company lt I gt c001 CALL channel write f1 lt HR gt CALL channel write f1 lt TABLE border 0 CELLSPACING 0 CELLPADDING 0 gt lt TR gt CALL channel write f1 lt td bgcolor 00FFFF gt lt font face Arial color 0000FF gt Id amp nbsp amp nbsp lt font gt lt td gt CALL channel write 1 lt td bgcolor 00FFFF gt lt font face Arial color 0000FF gt Contact nbsp nbsp lt font gt lt td gt CALL channel write f1l lt td bgcolor 00FFFF gt lt font face Arial color 0000FF gt Phone number nbsp amp nbsp lt font gt lt td gt CALL channel write f1l lt td bgcolor 00FFFF gt l
32. Default Values of GLS Environment Settings Default values assumed by INFORMIX 4GL and INFORMIX SQL products which differ from those of ALS environments are described in this section The following table shows the values assumed by 4GL when you define only some of the required values of locales A value of ja jp ujis is assumed in the following example CL means CLIENT_LOCALE and DL means DB_LOCALE User Defined Values in Product CL Defined CL Value DL Defined DL Value CL Value DL Value No No en_us 8859 en_us 8859 Yes ja_jp ujis No ja_jp ujis ja_jp ujis Yes ja_jp ujis Yes ja_jp ujis ja_jp ujis ja_jp ujis No Yes ja_jp ujis en_us 8859 ja_jp ujis If you do not set the DBLANG environment variable it is set to the value of CLIENT_LOCALE Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide System Environment Variables System Environment Variables This section describes how you can query your system environment for language and country variables Windows Environment Variables To access the language environment variable programmatically you can use any of the following three approaches Read the Language value directly from the ResourceLocale section of the registry specifically HKEY_CURRENT_USER Control Panel Desktop ResourceLocale This has a 32 bit numeric value called a locale ID part of which defines the language that is used in the Windows user interface The numbers are defined in WINNT H For example if Reso
33. E un application has been terminated on timeout RYAGAIN Li ormal end dRecord EEDED1 TML gt EAD gt EEDED2 ITLE HEAD gt ODY BACKCOLOR gt EAD R gt anks for trying The Phonebook lt BR gt RYAGAIN Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide lt BR gt Step 2 Editing the Server Configuration File Results of Updating the Application Configuration File The modifications shown in the sample configuration file change the sample application display from the display shown in Figure 10 3 to the display shown in Figure 10 4 Figure 10 3 Display Before Modification BOTE igi Pbilta Sporta S0 120 45 za info phi leporta mos 104 Flep Sell ME RES amp Using the HTML Client 10 29 Step 2 Editing the Server Configuration File Figure 10 4 Display After Modification The following modifications are displayed 1 2 3 4 5 A small animated gif A header designed in the appname conf file A small modification in the forms An array header A background color 10 30 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Steo 3 Creating a Script to Initialize the Application Step 3 Creating a Script to Initialize the Application The shell launched to initialize the program on UNIX is named start and contains the following code bin sh FGLGUI 2 export FGLGUI FGLPROFILE FGLDIR etc fglprofile web export FGLPROFILE exec fglrun main This script sets FGLGUI to 2 which is the mo
34. Each network client must have an IP address when using a license manager FGLSERVER must hold the IP address or the host name of the client localhost is not allowed Description You are using the remote license process and you have set the value of fgllic server in FGLDIR etc fglprofile to localhost or to the 127 0 0 1 address Solution You must use the real IP address of the computer even if it is the local computer This is also true for the value used with the FGLSERVER environment variable Cannot get information from host s Check fgllic server entry in fglprofile Description The system cannot find the IP address of the specified host Solution This is a configuration issue regarding your system The command ping should not reply as well Correct your system configuration and then try to execute your program Cannot reach host s with ping Check fgllic server entry in fglprofile Check your network configuration or increase fgllic ping value Description The license server cannot ping the client computer or it does not get the response in the time limit specified by the fgllic ping entry in the FGLDIR etc fglprofile file Solution Try to manually ping the specified computer If this works try to increase the value of the fgllic ping entry in fglprofile If the ping does not respond fix the system configuration problem and then try the program again SYSERROR d s Cannot set option TCP NODELAY on socket
35. HTML Client Enhancements m The DISPLAY MESSAGE and ERROR statements only take effect when the user interacts with the program such as when an INPUT INPUT ARRAY DISPLAY ARRAY CONSTRUCT or MENU statement is used RUN WITHOUT WAITING can be used but it cannot be used to start a new Dynamic 4GL program that interacts with the user through the Web browser The user must decide to access the new program m Forward and Back browser buttons do not work reliably When using the Forward and Back buttons the HTML client has to go back to the server for information Unfortunately Dynamic 4GL applications are usually not written to go back to a screen form unless you specifi cally accounted for this behavior when you wrote the Dynamic 4GL code HTML Client Enhancements You can add the following enhancements to your HTML client applications m Customized page headers and footers HTML tags in the screen portion of the form HTML tags as labels m HTML tags in your 4GL modules Installing the HTML Client The following two sections show how you can install components to deploy your Dynamic 4GL applications on a Web server for UNIX and Windows NT Installing on UNIX This section contains instructions for installing the Web deployment components of Dynamic 4GL on your UNIX system Using the HTML Client 10 9 Installing on UNIX 10 10 Web Deployment Component Requirements To install this software you need to have installed an
36. INFORMIX BIN fglrunEnv3 FGLGUI 2 fglrunEnv4 FGLPROFILE FGLDIR etc fglprofile web For example Environment Note do not use environment variables within the definition of environment variables fglrunEnv0 Expected type string Arrays The following flags enable configuration for DISPLAY ARRAY and INPUT ARRAY m arrayAsButton Array as button m arrayImage Array image Using the HTML Client 10 65 Troubleshooting the UNIX Installation 10 66 Array as Button Allows you to use a bitmap as the link to an item in an array Specify 1 to use a bitmap as a link or 0 to not use a bitmap For example Array As Button default 0 arrayAsButton 1 Define an image with arrayImage Expected type integer Array Image Allows you to specify the bitmap used as the link to an item in an array Use arrayAsButton to use a bitmap as the link to an item in an array For example Array Image default Cli HTML images bulletl gif arrayImage Cli HIML images bulletl gif Expected type string Troubleshooting the UNIX Installation If you have problems installing on UNIX check the HTML client and the HTML server to verify that each is running Checking the HTML Client To check the HTML client you must simulate running your application in a Web server On the Web server change to the CGI binaries directory and set the QUERY_STRING environment variable to the name you us
37. In This Chapter This chapter explains how to set environment variables and compile a simple program in Dynamic 4GL Setting the Environment Variables During installation a file is created that sets the environment for your config uration This file is located in the directory where you installed Dynamic 4GL and is named envcomp The first task is to set up correct environment variables To do this execute the envcomp script located in the FGLDIR directory For instance if the compiler is installed in the usr fgl2c directory type the following Bourne shell commands cd usr fgl2c envcomp This script adds the following environment variables Variable Description FGLDIR The directory specified during the installation for Dynamic 4GL INFORMIXDIR The Informix root directory specified during the installation of Dynamic 4GL FGLDBS Tells the compiler which version of the Informix interface you installed on your computer FGLCC Name of the C compiler you want to use 1 of 2 Basics of Using Dynamic 4GL 3 3 Compiling a Simple Program 3 4 Variable Description FGLLIBSQL List of the required Informix SQL libraries FGLLIBSYS List of the required system libraries FGLGUI Used only at runtime to specify if the program should be executed in graphical mode or in ASCII mode PATH Search path for required files and components The script adds the FGLDIR bin directory to your PATH
38. Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 2 3 2 3 2 4 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 8 2 9 2 10 2 11 2 11 2 12 2 13 2 14 2 14 2 14 2 15 2 15 2 15 2 15 2 15 2 18 2 19 2 21 2 22 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Using the Dynamic 4GL Compiler In This Chapter Setting Environment Variables fat ie Compiler Compiling Form Specification Files and Help mee Files Compiling Form Specification Files Compiling Help Message Files Generating a Database Schema File Compiling to P Code Overview of a P Code Example Using C Functions in 4GL Applications Compiling to C Code Overview of a C Code Example f Using C Functions in 4GL Applications Compilation Tools f Main Compilation Tools Other Compilation Tools Configuration Tools z Miscellaneous Programs and Scripts Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL In This Chapter Channel Extensions Initializing Channel Extensions Opening a File Opening a Pipe KG Setting the Default Separator Reading Data from an Opened Channel Writing Data to a Pipe or Stream Channel Error Codes Sharing Information Using DDE Supported Windows Applications Using DDE Extensions a oe Transmitting Values to a Windows Programs Getting Values from a Windows Program Closing a DDE Connection Closing all DDE Connections Extending the DISPLAY ARRAY ment 4 3 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 5 4 6 4 8 4 19 4 19 4 21 4 26 4 27 4 27 4 28 4 28 5 4
39. The registry database is locked Description You cannot access the registry database s information because it is locked Solution Check your system configuration The service depends on a service that does not exist or has been marked for deletion Description The license service cannot be launched because it depends on an unexisting service which has probably not been installed Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 6706 6707 6708 6709 6710 6712 6714 Licensing Problems Windows NT Solution Look for the missing service The service depends on another service that has failed to start Description The license service cannot be launched because it depends on another service that cannot be run Solution Retry A thread could not be created for the Win32 service Description A thread could not be created while trying to run the license server Solution Retry The requested control code is not valid or it is unacceptable to the service Description While trying to shut down the license server the service got a bad instruction code Solution Call technical support is not installed Description You are trying to install the server and it failed or you were trying to uninstall it but it could not be found Solution Re install the license server using the command fglserv i s does not exist Description The host you are using as a license server has no specific service r
40. The second occurrence of the function is in the specified module Solution Eliminate one of the two function definitions from your source code fglrun Module lt name gt Unknown P code Description An unknown P code instruction was found in the P code application Solution Check that the version of the Dynamic 4GL package executing the P code is the same as the one that compiled the application It is also possible that the P code module has been corrupted In this case you need to recompile your application fglrun INTERNAL ERROR Alignment Description This error is internal which should not normally occur C 10 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 6206 6207 6208 6209 6018 6019 Runtime Errors Solution Contact Informix Technical Support fglrun The dynamic loader cannot open module lt name gt Description The module is not in the current directory or in one of the direc tories specified that the environment variable FGLLDPATH specifies Solution Set the environment variable FGLLDPATH fglrun The dynamic loaded module lt name gt does not contain the function lt name gt Description A 4GL module has been changed and recompiled but the different modules of the application have not been linked afterward Solution Link the new modules together before you execute your application fglrun Module lt name gt already loaded Description A module is loaded twice at runtime T
41. Therefore even if the client stops functioning the server will still be accessible Configuring the Web Deployment Software This section describes the configuration settings for Web deployment The following files contain these settings m appname conf file m fglcl conf file use the fglcl conf file to configure the HTML Client If you plan to have a great number of users processing your program you can have them use more than one fglhtmld daemon and consider one program as more than one application Specify this in the fglcl conf file Configuration Settings in the fglcl conf file To configure the HTML Client use the fglcl conf file Location A multiple entry file such as an ini file would allow the HTML client fglcl to find its required information For example sample fglserver 198 2 1 0 0 computer fglserver 198 2 1 0 1 Calls would then be done through fglcl sample or fglcl computer Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide fglserver The full URL could then look like the following http web_server_ip_address web_server_cgi_alias fglcl appName On Windows NT the fglcl conf file is not in the registry because spawned cgi binaries might not have access to the Registry Also an unknown user could by means of a program read the registry The best portable solution is to place the file HTML client fglcl program in the CGI binaries directory for the following reasons Some Web servers have a WWW_ROOT li
42. fgl2c c fnCCode 4gl Link the three object modules the system libraries and the Informix libraries together fgl2c o exCCode 42e exCCode 420 fnCCode 420 exc o Run the example by typing exCCode 42e 4 24 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Using C Functions in 4GL Applications The next step is to share global variables between C functions and 4GL functions The definition process for global variables is exactly the same as when you compile your program in C code or in P code except that no C extension file is needed The syntax of the CNAME macro is define variable_name_in_4gl CNAME variable_name_in_4gl where variable_name_in_4g is the name of the variable in 4GL To illustrate this macro with C code compilation you simply modify the previous example to use a global variable instead of a parameter to exchange the data between the 4GL functions and the C function The first new 4GL module is exCCode 4gl The second one is fnCCode 4g GLOBALS DEFINE word CHAR 12 END GLOBALS FUNCTION fnccl IF word How are you THEN DISPLAY Very fine and you AT 10 1 END IF END FUNCTION Using the Dynamic 4GL Compiler GLOBALS DEFINE word CHAR 12 END GLOBALS MAIN OPEN WINDOW wl AT 1 1 WITH 20 ROWS 50 COLUMNS ATTRIBUTES BORDER LET word How are you CALL mainc SLEEP 3 CLOSE WINDOW wl END MAIN 4 25 Compilation Tools 4 26 Informix Dynami The new C function
43. inputwrap fieldorder Retrieving Information from an Application Window Returns TRUE if the current window has a border otherwise returns FALSE Returns the form line of the current window Returns the menu line of the current window Returns the comment line of the current window Returns the message line of the current window Returns the error line of the current window Returns the value of insertkey value as with the fgl_getkey function Returns the value of deletekey value as with the fgl_getkey function Returns the value of nextkey value as with the fgl_getkey function Returns the value of previouskey value as with the fgl_getkey function Returns the value of acceptkey value as with the fgl_getkey function Returns the value of helpkey value as with the fgl_getkey function Returns the value of abortkey value as with the fgl_getkey function Returns TRUE if the inputwrap option is on otherwise returns FALSE Returns TRUE if the fieldorder option is constraint otherwise returns FALSE The variable that contains the return value of the function Using Graphical Extensions to 4GL 7 9 Setting the Active Window 7 10 Example MAIN DEFINE VAR CHAR 20 CALL fgl_init4js OPEN WINDOW hello AT 2 2 WITH 20 ROWS 50 COLUMNS ATTRIBUTES BORDER LET var fgl_window_getoption name DISPLAY You are in window var AT 5 5 SLEEP 3 CLOSE WINDOW hello END MAIN Setting the Active
44. interface elements can be switched dynamically by referencing a different set of translated files Consider different keyboard layouts A character such as that is easily accessible on an ASCII keyboard might require several keystrokes in the standard keyboard of some other country Consider creating a configuration utility to deal with different font types Some applications that will be deployed in several different countries might need to load different fonts to accommodate specific national characters Because these fonts are often supplied by third parties you might not be able to predict the font names when you develop the application In this case you can use the default font names and provide a config uration utility that allows the user to specify the font name before running the application Consider differences in paper size when designing reports Most countries outside the U S use the ISO Standard A4 paper size which is 21 by 29 7 centimeters slightly longer and narrower than the American standard 8 5 by 11 inches Avoid fragmentation of messages or potentially ambiguous key or command words Avoid determining variable portions of a message at runtime for example the differing syntax of other languages can make the order in which your functions return param eters an obstacle to correct translation Wherever possible avoid abbreviations acronyms contractions and slang Place comments around any strin
45. lists the messages in numerical order and describes how to correct the situation that initiated the error message Appendix D Global Language Support describes how to use the GLS features with Dynamic 4GL 4 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Types of Users Types of Users This guide is written for all Dynamic 4GL users This guide is written with the assumption that you have the following background m A thorough knowledge of INFORMIX 4GL m Some experience working with relational databases or exposure to database concepts Software Dependencies This guide is written with the assumption that you are using a supported Informix database server Documentation Conventions This section describes the conventions that this guide uses These conventions apply to all Informix documentation The following conventions are covered m Typographical conventions m Icon conventions Introduction 5 Typographical Conventions 6 Convention KEYWORD Typographical Conventions This guide uses the following conventions to introduce new terms illustrate screen displays describe command syntax and so forth Meaning All primary elements in a programming language statement keywords appear in uppercase letters in a serif font italics italics italics Within text new terms and emphasized words appear in italics Within syntax and code examples variable values that you are to specify appear in it
46. return gt __file j Next execute fglmkrun with fileno c as an additional parameter for Informix Version 5 x fglmkrun o fglrun fileno c FGLDIR lib fglExt c This creates the runner named fglrun in the current directory Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Interruption Signal Creating the C Code Libraries If you have Version 6 x or Version 7 x Informix database servers set the FGLDBS environment variable with ix711 FGLDBS ix711 export FGLDBS Then run the fglinstall program in order to compile the C code libraries and tools fglinstall You are now ready to compile 4GL programs on UNIX Interruption Signal When you press the interrupt key or the Interrupt button your client computer intercepts this and sends it to the server It is not possible to send an interrupt signal over the network so Dynamic 4GL sends an MSG_OOB out of band message through the connected socket which is the real interrupt message for network operations Usually the application server receives this signal and stops the application Problems can occur in the following situations m The client TCP IP stack does not support the OOB message This is often the case with the TUN TCP IP stack from ESKER In this case you must disable the OOB functionality The compiler will then send a whole command over the network to the server computer to stop the application Add the following line in your fglprofile file gui use0
47. right key button frame Number that indicates the button width in characters 15 gui button width 20 gui use OOB interrupt Description Enables or disables the OOB signal mechanism If the TCP IP Value Default Syntax stack of the client computer especially Windows computers does not support the OOB mechanism you must disable it In this case a second slightly more time consuming method is used 0 disables the OOB signal on the TCP stack 1 enables the OOB signal on the TCP stack 1 gui use00B interrupt 1 Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 17 General GUI Settings 8 18 Description Value Default Syntax Description Value Default Syntax Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Sleep minTime Specifies the minimum time in seconds before the interrupt button appears when you use the SLEEP statement Number of seconds 3 Sleep minTime 5 gui key radiocheck invokeexit Specifies the name of a key that if pressed when the focus is on a radio button or a check box invokes the currently selected control and then immediately goes to the next field It can also be set to empty string Key name Return gui key radiocheck invokeexit Return Menu GUI Settings Menu GUI Settings This section describes the menu settings in the GUI section of the configuration file Menu style Description Specifies the display style for the menu Value 0 Create normal horizo
48. specified directory for Informix products database server or INFORMIX CLD a Informix is not installed No Informix product has been installed on your computer database server or INFORMIX CLD Normally you will use the automatic search Click Accept to continue Click Refuse to go back if the file path to the Informix product is not correct If any Informix product is found the installation program displays a dialog box that says the installation program will install a runner for the Informix database and a runner for the non database application By default the installation program installs the package in the USR FGLRC directory on the disk where the system is installed If you want to change the directory where Dynamic 4GL will be installed click Browse Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Dynamic 4GL Installation 5 Click Next to start the installation procedure At the end of the installation procedure if no license is installed you will be prompted to register your license During the licensing pro cedure do not press ENTER or RETURN You must use TAB to go from one field to another The INFORMIX License Manager Program dialog box allows you to install or remove a license as Figure 2 1 shows Figure 2 1 IR INFORMIX license manager program INFORMIX License Manager Program Serial number Check Dialog Box FuD P123456 E Al E Serial number key Check L Type Users
49. the FGLDIR environment variable Solution Stop and restart the graphical daemon each time you change the graphical client Cannot open server file Check installation Description A file on the server side cannot be sent to the graphical interface Solution Check the permission of the file located in the FGLDIR etc directory These files must have at least read permission for the current user Server autostart cannot identity workstation Description You must set the FGLSERVER environment variable as well as the entry of the autostart feature in the FGLDIR etc fglprofile file Solution Set the needed environment variables or add values in the FGLDIR etc fglprofile file to enable the graphical daemon autostart feature Server autostart unknown workstation set fglrun server lt number gt lt aliaslist gt Description The computer described by the entry fglrun server in the fglprofile file is not accessible on the network C 6 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 6309 6310 6320 6321 6322 Runtime Errors Solution Check if the computer name is correctly set in the DISPLAY or FGLSERVER environment variable Not connected Cannot write to the GUI Description The communication between the 4GL application and the graphical client is broken Solution Check if the FGLSERVER and the DISPLAY variables are correctly set Also check if the daemon of the graphical front end is running Not co
50. 10 32 10 36 10 36 10 37 10 39 10 39 10 40 10 41 10 41 10 44 10 44 10 46 10 46 10 47 10 48 Table of Contents ix X Chapter 11 Configuration Settings in the Bla conf file Location aa ad so dete amp fglserver debug HTMLdebug Security 3 3 Security Through the Web Seres 3 Security Through the File System Summary bts ay 2 Configuring the appname conf File General Configuration Settings Pre and Post Messages Styles Spawning Arrays Troubleshooting the UNIX X Installation Checking the HTML Client Checking the HTML Server Manual Installation on UNIX Extracting the Files Installing the HTML Client on hie Web momen Installing the HTML Server on the Application Server Installing the HTML Documentation on the Web Server Installing the Example Troubleshooting the Windows NT as Checking the HTML Client Checking the HTML Server Using the Java Client In This Chapter Introduction Programs and Applets Swing sde Server Side compone y How Dynamic 4GL Uses Java Java Client Limitations Java Client Security Java Client Definitions Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 10 48 10 48 10 49 10 49 10 50 10 50 10 51 10 51 10 52 10 52 10 52 10 56 10 59 10 63 10 65 10 66 10 66 10 68 10 69 10 69 10 70 10 71 10 72 10 72 10 73 10 73 10 73 11 3 11 3 11 4 11 5 11 5 11 5 11 8 11 8 11 8 Chapter 12 Requirements Jav
51. 10 46 Application Web Server and Database Security oe ew ee 10 46 Certificate Authority 2 2 2 2 0 ee 10 47 Preventing Security Problems 10 47 Configuring the Web Deployment Software 10 48 Configuration ee in the Jia conf file 10 48 Location P Eick ode ee et md vee Bs e a OAS fglserver i 6 ee eee 10 49 debug 10 49 HTMLdebug a oa ee ee ee we 10 50 Security aly ala ca tata e Bet A 1050 Apache Web Server igre ay Wd ce ee Uy ate es 10 90 Microsoft IIS Personal Web Server 4 0 ral feo fe ety ale es 10590 Security Through the Web Server 2 10 51 Security Through the File System 10 51 MMM 10 52 10 2 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Configuring the appname conf File 10 52 General Configuration Settings 2 10 52 Version a0 a ae a SoA Oe Ava kD A EE Bowe amp a 410553 Application Name 2 2 ee ee 10 53 Client 2 2 2 2 2 ee eee ee 10 53 Service o 10 54 Server Number 2 ee ee 10 54 Security Level 2 2 2 2 2 we 0 ee ee 10 54 TimeOut we eee ee 10 55 Maximum Tasks ee eee 10 55 Debug s s ia ch ty ho a is a a i ee sy EDD Pre and Post Messages ww we 10 56 Header ee ee 10 56 Foten s e e og Ree eR ee we a 2 10556 Errors
52. 1250 x cp1250 cp1250 1251 RUSSIAN_CHARSET Cyrillic 1251 pe slavic Windows Windows 1251 x cp1251 cp1251 1253 GREEK_CHARSET Greek Windows 1253 pc greek Windows 1253 cp1253 1254 TURKISH_CHARSET Turkish 1254 pc latin5 Windows Windows 1254 pc turkish cp1254 1255 HEBREW_CHARSET Hebrew 1255 pc hebrew Windows 1255 cp1255 1256 ARABIC_CHARSET Arabic 1256 pc arabic Windows 1256 cp1256 1257 BALTIC_CHARSET Baltic Windows 1257 1257 pc baltic cp1257 1258 VIETNAMESE_CHARSET Vietnamese 1258 Windows 1258 874 THAI_CHARSET Thai Windows 874 874 1 of 2 D 8 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Fully Supported Windows Toolkit WTK Character Sets Microsoft Code Code Set Character Set Name or Alias Page ID 1361 JOHAB_CHARSET Johab Korean 1361 Windows 1361 932 SHIFTJIS_CHARSET Japanese 932 CCSID932 Windows 932 shift_jis x sjis ms_Kanji sjis s cs ShiftJIS IBM CCSID 932 Mixed pc sjis including 1880 UDC cp932 ksc HANGUL_CHARSET Korean Korean 949 KS5601 Wansung KS C 5601 1987 Windows 949 cp949 57356 gb GB2312_CHARSET Windows 936 936 GB2312 80 Chinese People s Republic of China cp936 Singapore Simplified Chinese Microsoft Windows big5 CHINESEBIG5_CHARSET Windows 950 Big 5 950 Traditional Chinese MS Windows cp950 Code Page 950 Chinese Hong KongSAR 57352 China Taiwan 2 of 2 Global Language Support D 9 Fully Supported Windows Toolkit WTK Character Sets D 10 charac
53. 22 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Special Tags Features Tags Description FGL Replaces the export FGLSERVER lt ip_number gt lt server_number gt command with the IP number automatically set to the IP address of the client computer You do not need any script on the UNIX server side to get the IP address of the client SRVNUM Wtk server port increment number The second part of FGLSERVER PORT WTk server base communication port number USR Client current user name IP Replaces the IP address of the client computer This value can be used if for example you are using a UNIX C Shell and you cannot use the FGL tag to set the FGLSERVER value COMPUTER Machine host name E_LINES export LINES lt Number of lines in terminal emulation window gt E_SRV export FGLSERVER LINES Number of lines in terminal emulation window 4GLSRVER Wik server version 2 of 2 Important Use the FGL tag for backward compatibility only For forward compat ibility use the FGLKSH tag instead Using the Windows Client 12 23 ilogin Command Line Features 12 24 ilogin Command Line Features The ilogin feature allows you to customize the terminal emulation login before you start a 4GL program To enable this functionality change the command line in the following way 1 2 Change the login keyword to ilogin if necessary Add a flag before the user name the computer name the terminal type name an
54. 30 introduces a double pipe concatenation operator that accepts two values of simple data types as operands and joins them to return a single character string value In the right hand side of the LET statement or in the argument list of a function call the concatenation operator can join two values of any simple data type It associates its operands from left to right Thus a b c and a b c are equivalent Precedence of this operator is higher than LIKE MATCHES or relational operators but lower than the arithmetic operators If either operand is a NULL string then the returned value is NULL repre sented as a string of zero length This is in contrast to how LET ignores NULL values within comma separated lists unless every value in the list is NULL The NULL and LET returns from a comma separated list of NULL values is represented as a single blank space For example if a and b are non NULL strings and c is NULL then LET x a b c This assigns a b to variable x LET y a b c This assigns NULL to variable y Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide New Built In Operators In LET statements you can choose between these two methods of treating NULL values in concatenation by substituting for comma if you want a NULL string returned from any concatenation that includes a NULL operand In some contexts only can perform concatenation CALL myfunct a b c is not equivalent t
55. 500 AAA H FE E H E Maximum time in ms for the client to place a new GET request after receiving data from the servlet after this time the servlet assumes the client died and shuts down the corresponding application Default value 30000 Syntax cjac comm server http getTimeout lt number gt cjac comm server http getTimeout 30000 HH HEHE After this amount of time the client will assume that an open request is locked break this request and send a retry Default value 20000 Syntax cjac comm client http requestTimeout lt number gt cjac comm client http requestTimeout 20000 HERE REERHEER HEE HEE Maximum time in ms for application startup After this timeout occurs CJAC will try to restart the application Default value 10000 Syntax cjac comm server task startUpTimeout lt number gt cjac comm server task startUpTimeout 10000 HEREEREERHEE RHEE HEE When using a RUN WITHOUT WAITING waits a maximum of time in ms before reannouncing a newly started application to the client Default value 5000 Syntax cjac comm server task reannounceDelay lt number gt cjac comm server task reannounceDelay 5000 11 46 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Sample cjac cnf file HEE FE TE HH EH HH FE FE EE Ea HE FE a aE Ea HE EE a EE EE EE EE EEE HE Application configuration HE EH TE AE HE FE EE HHH EE HE FE a EE a EE HE EE HE EH EEE EH aE EE EEE HERE EERHEER HEE HE Environment Default v
56. 6 12 In the file check per DATABASE FORMONLY SCREEN Check box 1 CheckBox 2 chk01 chk02 1 ATTRIBUTES chk01 formonly chk01 default str_on widget CHECK config str_on str_off str_lab i chk02 formonly chk02 default No widget CHECK config Yes No acknowledge end The sequences are optional and are only designed to preserve compati bility with INFORMIX 4GL In the attribute section of the file the widget option is set to CHECK if you want to use check boxes The config option contains three parameters The first two parameters are respectively the values returned by the check box when it is activated and deactivated The third parameter is the label displayed at the right side of the check box The check box is set to a null string if you do not specify a default value for it Important The length of the string returned by an active check box must be at least as long as the one returned when it is set to be inactive or the check box will behave unpredictably Radio Button Syntax The definition of radio buttons uses the same options as the definition of check boxes The following example displays frames that include three radio buttons Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Invoking a Key Code In the file radio per DATABASE formonly screen radiobutton rad001 attributes rad001 formonly rad001 default str_one
57. 6340 Cannot open factory profile lt filename gt Description The FGLDIR etc fglprofile file is missing or is unreadable Solution Check the permission of the file If the file is missing reinstall the compiler Cannot load customer profile lt filename gt Description The configuration file defined by the FGLPROFILE environment variable is missing or unreadable Solution Check if the FGLPROFILE environment variable is correctly set and if the file is readable by the current user Cannot load application resources lt name gt Description The directory specified by the fglrun default entry in FGLDIR etc fglprofile is missing or not readable for the current user Solution Check if the entry fglrun default is correctly set in FGLDIR etc fglprofile and if the directory specified is readable by the current user Cannot open char table file Check your fglprofile Description This error occurs if the conversion file defined by the gui chartable entry in the FGLDIR etc fglprofilefile is not readable by the current user Solution Check if the gui chartable entry is correctly set and if the specified file is readable by the current user Internal error in the runtime library file lt name gt Description Something unpredictable occurs generating an error Solution Contact Informix Technical Support Cannot open file Description You used the channel extension in your program The statement channel open
58. Asian languages including multibyte East Asian locales for Chinese Japanese and Korean languages 4GL does not however support languages that use right to left or bidirec tional text such as Arabic Farsi Hebrew or Urdu Additional details about GLS can be found in the Informix Guide to GLS Functionality The following environment variables can be set to support non default character sets and cultural conventions for the display of numeric date and currency data values CLIENT_LOCALE DBAPICODE DB_LOCALE DBNLS GL_DATE GL_DATETIME LANG SERVER_LOCALE SQL identifiers that include non ASCII characters that the locale of the database supports can appear within SQL statements in 4GL source code provided that the locale of the 4GL client system also supports these non ASCII characters in its codeset 4GL identifiers data strings and the values of CHAR VARCHAR and TEXT variables formal arguments and returned values can include non ASCII characters that the current locale supports Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 51 Editing Multibyte Data in 4GL Forms 5 52 4GL forms can include locale dependent characters as text and fields can support such characters in data entry and data display operations For East Asian locales that support multibyte characters this feature is new in 4GL 7 30 If a multibyte string requires more bytes of storage than the declared size of a 4GL form field or more than a segmen
59. C Compiler Requirements 2 6 Disk Space Requirements The following disk space is required for installation m 15 megabytes of disk space in the tmp directory or another specified directory This disk space is released after the installation is complete m 20 megabytes of disk space for the compiler and the Tcl Tk graphical display server C Compiler Requirements You must have an ANSI compatible C compiler on the development computer even if you do not plan on compiling to C code The C compiler is used during the installation to create a runner that links the following libraries m System libraries m INFORMIX ESQL C libraries available in the Client SDK m Dynamic 4GL libraries If you want to use a native C compiler check that it conforms to ANSI standards An ANSI compatible C compiler must accept the c flag to produce object files and the o flag to produce executable files Also check to be sure that the path to the C compiler is added to the PATH environment variable setting If you do not want to use your native C compiler install the GNU C compiler delivered with Dynamic 4GL Important You need to create a new runner whenever one of the following compo nents changes your operating system database interface or version of Dynamic 4GL Be sure that you can compile ESOL C programs with the ESQL C compiler If you are not using the default C compiler which is normally cc make sure
60. C compiler installed on your computer m Log in as root cd SFGLDIR src m Edit the file psall c and change the ps ae command if needed cc o psall psall c cp psall SFGLDIR bin cd SFGLDIR bin chown root psall chgrp root psall chmod 0755 psall chmod ats psall Ur SC SOP LA Y LA UA Common Problems and Workarounds B 13 Values of Streams on SCO Computers B 14 Add to your environment file for example profile envcomp FGLDIR env Agl the lines FGLPS psall export FGLPS It is also possible that the file system is full and the 4GL application cannot create the internal data files in the FGLDIR lock directory Use the command df to check whether you have enough free space on the file system where Dynamic 4GL is installed Values of Streams on SCO Computers Stream values must be big enough depending on the UNIX node using TCP NES or other nodes To check if the stream size is large enough log in as root use the crash command and the strstat command The values in the FAIL column must always be zero For example crash dumpfile dev mem namelist unix outfile stdout gt strstat ITEM CONFIGALLOC FREE TOTAL MAX FAIL streams 512 52 460 15 53 0 queues 1424 240 1184 172 244 0 message blocks 6258 124 6134 3673 269 0 data block totals 5007 124 4883 3103 198 0 data block size4 512 Zi 491 207 29 0 data block sizel6 512 3 509 428 67 0 data block size64 512 31 481 2115 40 0 dat
61. Client The client computer displays the Java Client using a Java enabled Web browser or Java applet viewer To accomplish this the client computer must have the Swing library installed The following sections describe how to install the Swing library First to verify that your client can support the Java Client run the Client Detection Wizard The wizard checks the operating system browser version and whether the browser has the appropriate Java software installed The Client Detection Wizard Web page is included in web server clijava dir see Tag Words and Paths on page 11 9 The Web page is called res_clijava_detection_wizard html Display the page in a Web browser on the client computer to run the Detection Wizard Using the Java Client 11 23 Additional Installation Tasks In addition to install Swing Java classes you must set the CLASSPATH environment variable The steps for setting this environment variable differ depending upon the platform See Setting CLASSPATH on page 11 25 for more information Tip If you are using a Web browser you can install the Sun Java Plug in instead of the Swing Java classes However it is recommended you install the Swing Java classes If you want to install the Sun Java Plug in refer to the Sun Web site for more information Installing swingall jar The swingall jar file is included with Dynamic 4GL Java Client package you choose to install it as part of the installation p
62. Development license fea EEES FGLDIR CXUSANFGL2C il A z gt Installation Number Check a a Installation Key Check i Cancel Uninstall Licence Reset Tip You enter license information only once If you need to reinstall the product you do not need to enter the license information again unless you removed the old FGLDIR directory structure The serial number and serial number key are provided with the Dynamic 4GL media The installation number is generated for you To access the instal lation key go to the following Web site www informix com keyissue Installing Dynamic 4GL 2 17 Configuring Dynamic 4GL for Windows NT 2 18 The serial number follows the standard Informix format an 11 character alphanumeric string The remaining numbers and keys are always built on the same architecture twelve uppercase letters and digits followed by an optional checksum number In order to avoid any confusion the letter O is never used it is always the digit 0 zero Every field must be completed with the following exceptions m The Installation Number field is automatically computed and therefore you do not need to complete it When you reach that field a button should appear allowing you to license using the Web site mentioned at the beginning of this section m The Check fields enable you to check that the corresponding serial number has been
63. Explorer 4 x with CPU at 133 MHz 200 MHz Java Foundation Classes Swing 1 1 recommended 30 megabytes for the browser 12 Instead of the Swing Java Classes you megabytes for the Java Plug In and 1 could install the Sun Java megabyte for the applet Plug In The Sun Plug in is only available for Solaris Windows 9x and Windows NT 4 0 Mac OS PowerPC 32 megabytes of RAM 64 megabytes recommended PowerPC 603e at 200 MHz PowerPC G3 at 233 MHz recommended 20 megabytes for the MRJ Mac OS Runtime for Java and 1 megabyte for the applet Apple MRJ Mac OS Runtime for Java 2 1 MacOS 8 1 or later Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 0 Important Browser size can vary widely from one operating system to the other and depends upon the options the user selects when installing the browser Using the Java Client 11 11 Client Java Applet Viewer Requirements Client Java Applet Viewer Requirements The following table summarizes the supported hardware and software for the Java Client Applet Viewer Platform Version Hardware Software UNIX various 32 megabytes of RAM 64 megabytes Java Runtime Environment MVETSIONS recommended Java Foundation Classes Swing 1 1 Windows Intel 32 megabytes of RAM 64 megabytes Java Runtime Environment 1 1 3 Java recommended Runtime Environment or Java Devel Intel or compatible Pentium class opment Kit 1 1 7 recommended CPU at 133 MHz 200 MHz Java Foundation Class
64. For each environment variable increment the value of x by 1 to create distinct resource names Name and value of the environment variable to set None fglrun setenv 0 INFORMIXDIR c informix fglrun defaultenv x Description Specifies the default value of an environment variable If a Value Default Syntax variable is not found in the environment this value will be exported You need to define at least INFORMIXDIR INFORMIXSQLHOSTS INFORMIXSERVER and INFORMIXHOST name of computer on which the Informix database server runs to use a remote session on Windows NT Increment the value of x by 1 to create distinct resource names Name and value of the environment variable to set None fglrun defaultenv 0 INFORMIXSQLHOSTS IXSERVER Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 13 License Configuration Settings License Configuration Settings This section describes the settings that affect licensing General Settings This section describes the general settings for the license configuration section of the configuration file fgllic server Description Name of the computer that runs the license service program You must set this value to use the license server Value Name of the license server Default None Syntax fgllic server ixserver fgllic service Description Service port number to use for communication between the client and the license server Value Port number Default 6399 Synta
65. HTML gt HEAD gt TITLE gt Too Many Tasks lt TITLE gt HEAD gt BODY gt lt H1 gt The maximum task limit has been reached lt H1 gt lt BODY gt lt HTML gt ANAAAA Expected type message 10 58 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Styles Normal Termination Allows you to specify a termination message After a normal ending of the program you receive this termination message For example Normal end endRecord SNEEDED1 lt HTML gt HEAD gt EEDED2 ITLE HEAD gt ODY BACKCOLOR gt EAD R gt anks for trying The Phonebook lt BR gt RYAGAIN Li DHANMAA UMMA ELE Oa N A ur 4 D H Expected type message Styles The following styles are used to configure your application by changing its look and feel buttonDown Button down errorDown Error down menuAsLink Menu as link buttonWidth Button width menuWidth Menu button width emulateHTML Emulate HTML imagePath Image path showImageAlternate Image alternate text imageBorder Image border Using the HTML Client 10 59 Styles 10 60 Button Down Allows you to place buttons on top of or below the form Specify 0 for buttons below the form and 1 for buttons above the form For example Buttons below form buttonDown 0 Expected type integer Error Down Allows you to set the error line at the top of your page or at the bottom At the bottom it looks like a standard 4GL program but
66. INFORMIXC 2 6 INFORMIXDIR 3 3 INFORMIXHOST 8 13 INFORMIXPROTOCOL 8 12 INFORMIXSERVER 8 13 INFORMIXSERVICE 8 12 INFORMIXSQLHOSTS 8 13 LANG D 44 LC_COLLATE D 17 D 26 LD_LIBRARY_PATH 3 4 PATH 3 4 A 3 A 9 A 10 returning the value D 43 SERVER_LOCALE D 36 setting 3 3 setting for the compiler 4 3 setting in Windows Registry D 21 setting through Setnet32 D 43 TCLDIR A 9 TCL_LIBRARY A 10 TK_LIBRARY A 10 Windows system language variables D 42 WINSTATIONNAME 8 9 envtcl shell script 13 8 en_us 1252 dict D 15 D 17 en_us 1252 dict locale D 26 en_us 8859 1 D 17 Error messages and internationalization D 34 ERROR statement with HTML Client 10 9 ESQL C 2 6 Example C code program 4 19 Example cjac cnf file 11 45 Example P code program 4 6 Extended ASCII character sets D 12 Extensions to the 4GL language 6 3 F fgl2c 4 27 8 5 A 3 B 17 fgl2cres web file 10 71 fgl2p 4 27 A 4 Index 3 A BC D E F GH FGLCC environment variable 3 3 A 4 fglcl file 10 16 fglcl conf file 10 70 fglcomp program 4 27 FGLDBPATH environment variable A 2 FGLDBS environment variable 3 3 FGLDEBUGON environment variable A 7 FGLDIR environment variable 3 3 A 3 fglfontsel program 4 28 fglfontsel 42e program 4 28 fglform compiler 1 12 4 27 FGLGUI environment variable 1 12 3 4 7 4 13 10 A 2 fglhtmld file 10 16 fglhtmld HTML server process 10 71 fglinstall script 4 28 FGLLDPATH environment variable A 5 FGLLIBSQL environmen
67. Informix language supplement Your Informix sales representative can advise you regarding the availability of language supplements of localized versions of Windows and of database servers that are compatible with 4GL Language Supplements Use of 4GL with some non English languages might require an Informix language supplement specific to the conventions of the country or language Language supplements are currently required for example for Informix database servers to support each of the following East Asian languages Country or Language Informix Language Supplement People s Republic of China Language Supplement ZHCN 7 20 Taiwanese Language Supplement ZHTW 7 20 Global Language Support D 19 Locales Supported by 4GL D 20 Country or Language Informix Language Supplement Japanese Language Supplement JA 7 20 Korean Language Supplement KO 7 20 Thai simplified Language Supplement TH 7 20 Language supplements for these East Asian languages include locale files translated message files and translated menu files Localized versions of 4GL for East Asian locales for example Japanese 4GL will include the relevant files See the release notes for additional information A corresponding International Language Supplement includes locale files and code set conversion files for most European languages Because most of these files are included with the INFORMIX NET 7 2 connectivity software that is provided with 4GL this supplement
68. Input Statement Functions A a a OZ Returning a Value if a Field has been Modified woe Me ee ot he OR ZT Returning the Name of a Field 2 2 1 1 9 23 Returning the Value of a Field 2 2 2 1 9 23 Setting the Value in a Field 9 23 Displaying a Row at a Given Line in a Screen Array 5 24 Returning the Position of the Cursor 0 5 27 Setting the Cursor Position 2 1 ew 9 28 Terminating Applications 2 a ee ee ee DY New Language Features S Se Ae a e hs wee i at Se 0529 Enhanced SQL Syntax Support Boole hy eyed Gk hk Ga SEBO Support For Embedded SQL 7 3 Syntax 5 30 Support for Preparable SOL Statements 5 31 Syntax for Expansion of Abbreviated Year Values 5 34 Legacy Support for DBCENTURY 9 35 New CENTURY Field Attribute 5 36 New CENTURY Display Attribute in PROMPT Statements 5 37 Enhanced Syntax for Screen Array Management 5 38 Data Editing in Screen Arrays Be oo ge i en th FOO New CURRENT ROW DISPLAY Attribute ee Be ee ee SORA New COUNT Attribute 2 2 2 ee ee ew 548 New MAXCOUNT Attribute ote te a Be BRAS New FGL_SCR_SIZE Built In Function wie ae oe on eo a O AA Dynamic Configuration of Report Output 5 46 New Built InOperators 2 2 1 1 we ww ee 9 48 String Concatenation Operato
69. Installation Files This step is necessary only if you are installing the Java Client manually Copy the files from the CD to a folder on your hard drive Then follow the steps in the following sections to place the Java Client components in the proper directories Using the Java Client 11 21 Windows NT Installation 11 22 Installing Application Server Components Several Java Client components must be placed in your FGLDIR directory on your application server These components are included in the appserver tgz file in your Java Client installation directory They include m etc clijava cnf m etc clijava res m msg clijava iiem a stc clijava msg m clijava m clijava release m clijava release k n release txt To install these files unzip the contents of appserver tgz and extract the files to your FGLDIR directory Installing Web Server Components Two groupings of files must be placed within your Web server Some files belong in the documents directory of the Web server Included among these files are the CJA applet downloaded by browsers connecting to the Web server and the sample HTML pages that call demonstration applications These files are included in the webserverapplet tgz file in your Java Client installation directory The remaining files including the CJAC servlet go into the servlets directory These files are included in the webserverservlet tgz file in your Java Client installation directory To inst
70. Op Wy A Els Me OS Ug a gs Ny Ol prt E output 0x8e Oxc4 0x80 Oxc7 0x90 Oxc9 Oxc4 0x8e Oxc7 0x80 Oxc9 0x90 Starting a UNIX Emulator This function allows a RUN of a program needing a UNIX terminal emulator on the Windows client even if the running F4GL program has been started without a visible terminal Syntax fgl_system command In this syntax command is a string or variable that contains the commands to be run The UNIX terminal will be raised and activated and then lowered later when the program that needs it finishes Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 19 Starting Windows Applications 5 20 Running this function correctly requires the termcap entries hp for raising the terminal and rp for lowering the terminal For the Windows front end terminal emulation the entries should have the values hp E Oy rp E ly Starting Windows Applications The following functions start a Windows program on the computer that runs the Windows Client Syntax WinExec progname Starts a program on the Windows Client without waiting for its end to resume execution of the 4GL program WinExecWait Starts a program on the Windows progname Client and waits for its end to resume execution or progname CHAR 256 Program name with or without its absolute path Example LET var WinExec C EXCEL EXCEL EXE This line starts excel exe on the Windows PC running the front end Thos
71. Position in the field where the cursor has to be positioned specify a cursor position greater than the length of the variable the cursor will disappear Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Terminating Applications Terminating Applications The following option executes a 4GL function when the application window is closed by a user action for example ALT F4 on Windows clients Syntax OPTIONS ON CLOSE APPLICATION STOP CONTINUE CALL func Returns None If a user tries to stop an application in graphical mode the application either stops continues or a function is called If this option is not used by the program the application displays a warning message that the application cannot be stopped Syntax OPTIONS ON CLOSE APPLICATION WARN SHOW WARNING Example OPTIONS ON CLOSE APPLICATION WARN This option defines the function that must be called when the application receives the SIGTERM signal only available on UNIX Syntax OPTIONS ON TERMINATE SIGNAL CALL func Returns None If this statement is not called the program is stopped with the exit value of SIGTERM 15 Tip You can stop the program in a clean manner using ROLLBACK WORK However this does not have any user interaction New Language Features The following language features of INFORMIX 4GL were introduced in Version 7 30 or in a few cases in Version 7 20 All these features are supported by Dynamic 4GL
72. Reference Manual You can set environment variables either as defaults for all applications or specific to a given application The format for setting the variables is as follows cjac app lt app key gt env lt env variable gt lt value gt lt substitution gt Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Editing the cjac cnf File The lt app key gt is the value you assign to the CJA when the CJA is called within an HTML page You can specify any value you choose for each appli cation For more information about configuring CJA see Setting CJA Parameters on page 11 55 For example to set DBDATE for the stores7 application you would include the following entry cjac app stores7 env DBDATE DMY4 You can also create default settings for variables that will remain the same for all applications This is done by replacing the lt app key gt with If you wanted DBDATE set to DMY4 for all applications you would specify cjac app env DBDATE DMY4 Environment Variables on UNIX The following environment variables must be set LD_LIBRARY_PATH REMOTEUSER See Substitute Environment Variables on page 11 40 INFORMIXSERVER INFORMIXDIR CLIENT_LOCALE FGLPROFILE FGLGUI FGLSERVER See Substitute Environment Variables on page 11 40 FGLLDPATH DBPATH PATH FGLDIR Using the Java Client 11 39 Editing the cjac cnf File 11 40 environm FGLSE FGLSE FGL_AU Environmen
73. Rlogin icon There is a difference between connection with or without optional command string For connections with the command string the entry ADDED_TITLECMD must be used For connections without the command string it is ADDED_TITLE In both entries again c and u can be used as an alias for the chosen computer and user names Using Ataman Remote Connection Services Example ADDED_TITLE Login on c User u ADDED_TITLECMD Command on c User u All variables for the Add Rlogin program are copied in section INSTALL of the WTKSRV INI file during installation as well as variables used in precon figuration of rlogin If some variables are not set the default settings from the standard instal lation are used To avoid unwanted settings erase unused entries from the sample install ini file or comment them out with a semicolon in the first position of the line Using Ataman Remote Connection Services Ataman allows you to create an rlogin connection between a client computer running the Windows Client and a Windows NT computer running the remote connection services If you are using Ataman command syntax is the same as that used on a UNIX system except when you specify a command line string to be executed after the connection For this you need to add the x0d x0a string or the command will not be executed before you hit the Return key after the connection The following example shows a connection icon command line start
74. SQL after the SQL statement then 4GL 7 30 prepares executes and frees the specified SOL statement when its SOL block is encountered as in this example SQL BEGIN WORK END SQL Any 4GL variables that appear within an SOL block must be prefixed by the symbol One or more whitespace characters such as blank spaces can appear between and the name of the host variable SQL UPDATE SomeTable SET Col2 Col3 ColN rec coll THRU rec colN WHERE CURRENT OF somecursor END SQL In the declaration of a database cursor the following syntax that includes an SOL statement block within a DECLARE statement is valid DECLARE curs CURSOR SQL bcd define the SELECT UPDATE or INSERT cursor END SQL An SQL block cannot appear however within a PREPARE statement Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Enhanced SQL Syntax Support SQL blocks of 4GL 7 30 and Dynamic 4GL 3 0 support both singleton EXECUTE PROCEDURE statements that return values and singleton SELECT statements that return values as in the following examples SQL EXECUTE PROCEDURE someproc 1 invar INTO varl var2 END SQL SQ SELECT Coll Col2 INTO varl var2 FROM SomeTable WHERE PKey var3 END SQL The EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement cannot appear within an SQL block Question mark place holders in SQL blocks can appear in strings that are prepared but not in other contexts Thus the following code generates a syntax error DECLARE c
75. STARTIWIK EXE ilogin visible 0 computer zeus user lic term xterm cmd export LINES 25 If you want to make the Terminal emulation window appear you just have to click Show Wtk Rlogin Connections Select the Terminal in the list you want to be displayed and then click switch to Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Customizing the Login Dialog Box Important During the execution of a 4GL application using the fgl_system statement instead of run raises the invisible WTK terminal emulation then hides it after the execution of the specified command You have to check if the rp and the hp entries are correctly set in the UNIX termcap definition file For more infor mation about the fgl_system 4GL function see the INFORMIX 4GL Reference Manual Customizing the Login Dialog Box You might want to hide some of the fields of the login dialog box To do so add the following key to the RLOGIN section of the WTKSRV INI file RLOGIN Key Description SHOW_COMPUTER If set to 1 shows the computer frame inside the login dialog SHOW_USER If set to 1 shows the user frame inside the login dialog SHOW_TERMTYPE If set to 1 shows the terminal type frame inside the login dialog SHOW_CMDLINE If set to 1 shows the command line frame in the login dialog A few other keys can change the behavior of the login process 1 of 2 Using the Windows Client 12 27 Customizing the Login Dialog Box 12 28
76. Settings 2 a we ee ee ee 8 36 Memory Mapping Settings a a 2 ew ee ee 8 37 Local Editing Settings 2 2 2 2 ee ee 8388 Cut Copy and Paste Feature Settings 2 8 39 8 2 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide In This Chapter This chapter describes all the settings available in the configuration file For each setting this chapter provides a description possible values and an example of the syntax The configuration file has the following sections Configuring Dynamic 4GL General configuration file settings Runtime configuration settings License configuration settings GUI settings Status Bar settings Memory mapping settings Local editing settings Cut copy and paste feature settings Configuring Dynamic 4GL You can control the behavior of the Dynamic 4GL compiler with the following three configuration files m Runtime configuration file m User configuration file m Program configuration file Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 3 Runtime Configuration File 8 4 Runtime Configuration File The main configuration file fglprofile is located in the FGLDIR etc directory This configuration file is loaded first and is loaded each time you run an application User Configuration File The user configuration file is specified by the FGLPROFILE environment variable If this environment variable is set in the environment of the current us
77. Text of the question n stands for new line default_value Answer on which the focus has to be positioned possible_values List of values separated by the pipe character 1 Figure 7 5 shows sample message values Figure 7 5 Message Values Possible Configuration ae a French German English Ok or Ok or Ok or Ouil Non Interrompre Ja Nein Unterbrechen Yes No Cancel Oui Non Jal Nein Yes No Ok Interrompre Ok Unterbrechen Ok Cancel or or Ok Annuler Ok l Interrupt Abandon Repeter Ignorer Abbrechen Wiederholen Abort Retry Ubergehen Ignore Repeter Interrompre Wiederholen Unterbrechen Retry Cancel 7 14 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Formatting Text in a Message Box icon Name of the icon to be used in the dialog box danger Number of the warning item a skull with crossbones will appear each time the pointer enters the corresponding button on X11 only Returns Text of the chosen answer The following program shows you how to use the fgl_winquestion function MAIN DEFINE answer CHAR 100 CALL fgl_init4js LET answer fgl_winquestion Title of the dialog box Question Text Yes Yes No Cancel question 1 END MAIN This code produces the dialog box that Figure 7 6 shows Title of the dialog box Lx das 2 Question Text i No Cancel This function replaces the typical PROMPT FOR CHAR loop Formatting T
78. The description section states whether the environment variable is only available on UNIX Dynamic 4GL Environment Variables This appendix provides a brief description of each environment variable and the possible values you can set for it with examples of how to set the environment variable on the available platforms A 2 FGLGUI FGLGUI Description Values Default Korn shell C shell Microsoft DOS FGLDBPATH Description Values Default Korn shell C shell Microsoft DOS Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide This environment variable determines if the Dynamic 4GL programs will run with a character based ASCII user interface or a graphical user interface GUI 0 or not set 0 on UNIX 1 on Windows export FGL setenv FGL C gt set FGL GUI 1 GUI 1 GUI 1 The 4GL application executes using ASCII mode The 4GL application executes using graphical mode Korn shell C shell Microsoft DOS This environment variable contains the paths to the schema files of the databases used separated by colons The compiler does not use the schema tables directly but rather its own schema file generated by fglschema The path to the schema file Set to the current directory export FGI setenv FGI C gt set FGI LDBPAT LDBPAT TH schema SFGLDBPATH TH schema FGLDBPATH LDBPAT TH C schema SFGLDBPATHS FGLDIR Description Values Default
79. These features do not affect the graphical interface Chapter 6 Using Form Extensions to 4GL describes the features that have been added that extend the functionality of 4GL forms Chapter 7 Using Graphical Extensions to 4GL describes the features that have been added that extend the functionality of 4GL These features affect the graphical user interface GUI Chapter 8 Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler describes how to edit the fglprofile file to change the behavior of the Dynamic 4GL compiler Chapter 9 Using the Configuration Manager describes how to use the Configuration Manager to change the look of a GUI Chapter 10 Using the HTML Client describes how to deploy your Dynamic 4GL applications on a Web server and enhance the appearance of the Dynamic 4GL application for display with a Web browser Chapter 11 Using the Java Client describes how to install configure and execute the Java Client Chapter 12 Using the Windows Client describes how to install configure and execute the Windows Client Chapter 13 Using the X11 Client describes how to install configure and execute the X11 Client Appendix A Environment Variables describes the environment variables you need to know about to use Dynamic 4GL Appendix B Common Problems and Workarounds provides workarounds for common problems that you might encounter Appendix C Error Messages
80. Web Server Installing the Example Troubleshooting the Windows NT Installation Checking the HTML Client 21 Checking the HTML Server Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 10 69 10 69 10 70 10 71 10 72 10 72 10 73 10 73 10 73 In This Chapter This chapter describes how to deploy your Dynamic 4GL applications on a Web server In addition you can enhance the appearance of the Dynamic 4GL application for display with a Web browser Using the HTML Client 10 5 Web Deployment Architecture Unsecured Side Secured Side Database can also benetwork Web Deployment Architecture Figure 10 1 shows an overview of the Web deployment architecture Figure 10 1 Web Deployment Architecture Web Server httpd Programs CGI binaries Normal content pages images logos and so forth OP FCS Application Server DVM y WTK X11 HTML Server 4GL app ASCII Terminal Local Intranet Database access to a database server 1 The components shown in the figure are as follows Application Server The server that runs the Dynamic 4GL program The term application server can refer either to a physical computer or to the software process fglrun that runs the application Web Server The server httpd that makes Web pages available to browsers 10 6 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide
81. Web server directory m fglcl conf the configuration file for the HTML client This file contains configuration settings for each Dynamic 4GL application you are running Copy this file to the cgi bin directory under your main Web server directory For example the following code copies each of the files from an installation directory named d4g1 Cli Html to the CGI binaries directory on a Web server named usr3 httpd and then sets appropriate file permissions SLS 0250 represents the directory where the HTML client binary for the Solaris platform resides cp d4gl1 Cli Html WebServer cgi bin SLS 0250 fglel usr3 httpd cgi bin chmod 755 usr3 httpd cgi bin fglcl cp d4gl1 Cli Html WebServer cgi bin SLS 0250 fglcl conf usr3 httpd cgi bin chmod 644 usr3 httpd cgi bin fglcl conf Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Installing the HTML Server on the Application Server Installing the HTML Server on the Application Server To install the HTML server you copy four files from the AppServer directory to the directory where your Dynamic 4GL compiler or runtime resides as specified in the setting for the FGLDIR environment variable You must copy the following files m fglhtmld the HTML server Copy this file to the bin directory under FGLDIR m fgl2cres web the resource file for the HTML server Copy this file to the etc directory under FGLDIR m fglprofile web the profile for the HTML server Copy this file to the etc di
82. Window The following function makes the specified window named name the active window Syntax fgl_window_current name name Specifies the name of a window Example Call fgl_window_current hello Closing a Window The following function closes the window named name Syntax fgl_window_close name name Specifies the name of a window Example CALL fgl_window_close name Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Creating Toolbars and Toolbar Icons Creating Toolbars and Toolbar Icons You can add a toolbar that contains icons that represents hot keys to the top of the screen A corresponding help tip appears when the mouse pointer is positioned over an icon To enable tool bar functionality add the following line to the fgl profile file gui toolBar visible 1 To disable toolbar functionality add the following line gui toolBar visible 0 After this line you might have groups of lines with each group corre sponding to an icon on the toolbar gui toolBar order text keytext gui toolBar order bmp bmpname gui toolBar order hideButton 0 1 The following table describes the elements in this example Element Description order The position of the icon in the toolbar keytext Text as specified in the label name or the key value of a hot key the presence of which will activate the icon on the toolbar bmpname Name of the bitmap file to use for the icon The file bmpname bmp must exist in di
83. You can create a file with the mkchartab utility see Appendix D Value The path from the FGLDIR directory to the filter file Default None Syntax gui chartable iso ansinogr Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 7 General Settings 8 8 Description Value Default Syntax fglrun ix6 Description Value Default Syntax Description Value Syntax Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide fglrun cursor global With a 7 x Informix database you can choose the scope range for cursors at runtime By default the scope is local to the module as in INFORMIX 4GL 4 x 0 for local scope 1 for global scope 0 fglrun cursor global 0 Commands the P code runner fglrun to act like INFORMIX 4GL 6 x For more information see Chapter 6 Using Form Extensions to 4GL 0 to react like INFORMIX 4GL 4 x 1 to react like INFORMIX 4GL 6 x 0 fglrun ix6 0 fglrun warning logfile Specifies if warnings are written to an error log file Specify 0 if you do not want warnings written to an error log file Specify 1 if you want warnings written to an error log file fglrun warning logfile 0 Graphical Daemon Autostart Graphical Daemon Autostart This section describes the settings that control the startup of the graphical daemon fglrun server cmd Description Specifies the command used to start the GUI daemon fg1X11d Value Command to start the graphical daemon Default fglX11d A for UNI
84. and thus cannot be changed easily Using the HTML Client 10 21 Screens Screens A screen file has the extension per The following screens are used in the application fcompany Includes company information fcontact Includes contact information flcomp Displays a list of companies through a screen record that contains the company s unique id name telephone number fax number and email address flctct Lists some entries of the contact such as unique id name telephone number fax number and email address The contact s name is the result of a concatenation of a title Mr Ms and so forth and the first middle last names and a suffix The screen also has a field for selecting and displaying the com pany s name fpasswd Fetches the user name and password Step 1 Creating a Dynamic 4GL Application The first step is to create a 4GL application and then recompile it with Dynamic 4GL For information on creating a 4GL application refer to your 4GL documentation The following 4GL application has been created for you This application helps you to manage company and sales contact information This appli cation allows users to browse companies browse contacts edit and add companies edit and add contacts remove companies and contacts with privileged access 10 22 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Step 2 Editing the Server Configuration File Step 2 Editing the Server Configuration F
85. another directory change C swing 1 1 to the appropriate file location If you have other CLASSPATH entries separate them with a semicolon Click Set Click OK Restart Netscape Navigator or Internet Explorer if necessary Macintosh Follow these steps to add the Swing classes to the Internet Explorer Class Paths settings Start Internet Explorer It loads and you should get either a home page or a blank screen depending on your users settings Select the Edit menu and then select Preferences The Internet Explorer Preferences dialog box appears Click Java in the Web Browser settings list box The Java settings appear with the following panes Java Options Class Paths Security Options In the Java Options pane check the Enable Java checkbox and then select Apple MRJ from the Java virtual machine list box Apple MRJ is more compliant to Sun s Java standard In the Class Paths pane click Add A Select Item dialog box appears Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Additional Installation Tasks 5 Select the swingall jar file The location depends on where you installed the folder By default it is lt volume gt A pplications Swing 1 1 swingall jar On the Macintosh path separators are colons 6 Click Select A prompt appears that reminds you to restart Internet Explorer to have the changes take effect You should restart your browser before using your new class path 7 Click OK 8 Chec
86. as defined in 4GL only for CHAR variables The code is include f2c fglExt h GLOB_CHAR res 100 GLOB_INT var UsrData usrData GLOB var GLOB res 0 0 int fnel int nyy UsrFunction usrFunctions fe ined tnek 0 03 ay 0 0 0 0 y Create the new runner fglmkrun o newrunner example o fglExt c The following table shows the supported data types CHAR GLOB_CHAR GLOB_VARCHAR SMALLINT GLOB_SMALLINT INTEGER GLOB_INT SMALLFLOAT GLOB_SMALLFLOAT FLOAT GLOB_FLOAT 1 of 2 Using the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 4 17 Using C Functions in 4GL Applications 4 18 DECIMAL GLOB_DECIMAL MONEY GLOB_MONEY DATE GLOB_DATE 2 of 2 The list of supported data types can also be found in the file FGLDIR include f2c fglExt h Global RECORD and ARRAY statements are not allowed Adapt your 4GL example as follows GLOBALS DEFINE var INTEGER res CHAR 100 END GLOBALS MAIN LET var 15 LET res The result is CALL fnccl END MAIN Compile it with fgl2p and run it with the new runner fgl2p o example 42r example 4gl newrunner example 42r Building a Runner on SCO Systems With SCO systems the use of fglmkrun during a manual installation causes the following error message Symbol not found fileno First referenced in file lib libf2c a This problem arises because of differences between the various versions of the SCO libraries The solution
87. changes Get size of screen array Declares the size of a named screen array so that the correct number of values is displayed COMMENT OFF in windows Allows a window with a form to be reduced to one or two an input and comment line lines For more information see New Language Features on page 5 29 and the INFORMIX 4GL Reference Manual Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Installing Dynamic 4GL In This Chapters a S086 oa ee ae ew Bre 9283 Before Installing Dynamic 4GL eo meet eae aoe 23 Upgrading Dynamic 4GL 2 we en 2 4 Supported Operating Systems 24 Hardware Requirements 25 TCP IP Requirements e ara a a A 25 Disk Space Requirements 2 26 C Compiler Requirements 2 2 ew 26 Informix Client SDK 2 27 Dynamic 4GL Directory 2 2 ee ee ee ee 27 Installing Dynamic 4GL on UNIX a 2 2 2 2 we ew 28 Displaying the Installation Options 2 1 28 Installing Without a CD 2 2 ee ee ee YD Installing the Dynamic 4GL Files 2 2 2 10 GLS Installation ee TD Licensing the Software we ee DT Licensing After 30 Days a a o a 212 Avoiding Licensing on Reinstall 2 12 Compiling the Libraries Bah Dy Re aD Sy ea ae Creating the Environment Shell Seine St ee BR A Oe Bt aS Pr
88. database server or vice versa is called code set conversion If your application needs to run on computers that encode different character sets it might be necessary to enable code set conversion This section provides some background and details Code set conversion is performed by INFORMIX NET no explicit code set conversion is done by 4GL Figure D 3 shows the relationship between 4GL INFORMIX NET and the database Figure D 3 Processes and Their Locales CLIENT LOCALE DB LOCALE l INFORMIX 4GL j INFORMIX NET Database The code sets in the CLIENT_LOCALE can differ from those in DB_LOCALE In the CLIENT_LOCALE the code sets which are specified in locales use code points that are pre defined by Microsoft standards The code sets that are used in the DB_LOCALE tend to use characters that are based on UNIX conventions if the application is designed to access legacy data Code set conversion is done by way of a code set conversion file Files for code set conversion between CLIENT_LOCALE and DB_LOCALE need to be present on the client For conversion to take place conversion files need to be present in the informixdir gls cv directory For details of converting between client and server code sets see the sections that follow For more information see the Informix Guide to GLS Functionality Global Language Support D 49 What Is Code Set Conversion D 50 What Is Code Set Conversion Different o
89. displaying the 100th row from the program array Figure 5 7 i a iHtkna iin setcrline Dialog Box Now press F5 or click the 400th button The form is displayed with the first row being current and containing the 400th row of the program array Returning the Position of the Cursor The following function returns the position of the cursor in the currently prompted field Syntax fgl_dialog_getcursor or fgl_getcursor Returns Position of the cursor in the field In this example you can type a few letters in the fields and then click the getcursor button The position of the cursor will be displayed in the error message list Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 27 Returning the Position of the Cursor The 4GL source code demo1 4gl MAIN DEFINE text CHAR 512 DEFINE pos INTEGER OPEN WINDOW wl AT 1 1 WITH FORM demol INPUT BY NAME text ON KEY f4 LET pos fgl_dialog_getcursor M D INP LOSE W D MAI ESSAGE UT INDOW wl current position pos E e E And the form specification file demol1 per SCREEN Short entry f001 ATTRIBUTES f001 formonly text type char scroll F i END INSTRUCTIONS DELIMITERS KEYS f4 getcursor Setting the Cursor Position pos If you 5 28 Syntax The following function sets the cursor at a defined position in the currently prompted field fgl_dialog_setcursor pos Or dialog setcursor pos
90. enter No For instance if you want to change the directory where Dynamic 4GL is installed you would enter No Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide GLS Installation If you want to overwrite an installed version of the compiler with a new version you are prompted for the creation of a backup archive of the existing compiler After these operations the install shell copies the Dynamic 4GL files to the specified install directory GLS Installation During the installation you will be prompted to install Dynamic 4GL in GLS enhancements You should only install the GLS enhancement if you are planning on using the GLS features The GLS enhancement will install additional files For more information on GLS refer to Appendix D Global Language Support Important Remember you must have the Client SDK 2 01 or later installed and the database server running to install the GLS features Licensing the Software After Dynamic 4GL has installed all the application files you will be prompted to license the software To license Dynamic 4GL you need the serial number and serial number key supplied with in the Dynamic 4GL package You also need access to the Internet and a web browser You will be prompted for the serial number provided with the Informix media The serial number follows the Informix format an 11 character alphanumeric string Type it and press RETURN as the following example shows Enter yo
91. entered correctly Important Do not press ENTER to go to the next field This key validates the OK button and would therefore cause the license installation to be incomplete Use TAB or the mouse After licensing if you have installed the development package the program compiles the different P code libraries needed to compile 4GL to P code For the runtime license this compilation is not needed because you will never have to compile a program Configuring Dynamic 4GL for Windows NT After installing Dynamic 4GL you can configure the product The following steps show how to setup Dynamic 4GL for a database server For more infor mation on how to configure the database server see Configuration Files on page 12 37 1 From the Start menu choose Programs gt Dynamic 4GL gt Dynamic 4GL Workshop The command prompt window appears with all parameters configured for the Administrator account You can now make the environment file for the user magellan 2 Copy the FGLDIR env bat file to FGLDIR magellan bat In the magellan bat file change the following lines SET FGLPROFILE C usr FGL2C ETC FGLPROF ILE to SET FGLPROFILE C usr FGL2C ETC magellan prf Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Connecting to a Windows NT Database Server 3 Save the magellan bat file 4 Copy the FGLDIR etc fglprofile file to FGLDIR etc magellan prf Make the sample program testdbs 4gl to test the database connec tion for exam
92. execute oflag CHAR 1 r Read mode w Write mode a Append mode writes at the end of the file u Read and write from command only avail able for the UNIX system Returns None The command is assigned to the handle called for the different operations on the opened channel For example CALL channel open_pipe pipe ls 1 r Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 5 Setting the Default Separator 5 6 Setting the Default Separator The following function allows you to change the delimiter of each opened channel defined by its handle within a 4GL program Syntax CALL channel set_delimiter handle delimiter handle CHAR xx Unique identifier for open channel delimiter CHAR 1 Delimiter of field Returns None Because channel read write functions are the same as those used by LOAD UNLOAD functions the default separator is defined by the DBDELIMITER environment variable The default value is the pipe character If delimiter empty string no delimiter is used For example CALL channel set_delimiter pipe Reading Data from an Opened Channel The following function reads data from the stream specified by the handle and stores the data in a buffer Syntax channel read handle buffer list handle CHAR xx Unique identifier for open channel buffer list List of variables if you use more than one vari able you must enclose the list in brackets Returns SMALLINT TRUE if data has been rea
93. fgl_init43s LET key fgl_getkey IF key 116 THEN CALL fgl_winmessage fgl_winmessage You have pressed T info END IF END MAIN If you press T you receive the message that Figure 5 2 shows fgl_winmessage Figure 5 2 fgl_winmessage 5 You have pressed T Window This function can be used in association with the fgl_keyval function of 4GL The following table shows the values returned by the fgl_getkey function Value Returned Meaning 0 through 255 A single character from the ISO8859 1 character set This does not apply if you are using a GLS locale with another character set For more information see the INFORMIX 4GL Reference 3000 through 3063 Function keys F1 through F64 2000 KEY_UP 1 of 2 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Value Returned 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 4003 Returning Key Codes from P Code Meaning KEY_DOWN KEY_LEFT KEY_RIGHT KEY_BACKUP KEY_NXTSCR KEY_PRVSCR KEY_LBSAME KEY_HELP KEY_INSCHAR KEY_DELCHAR KEY_INTRPT KEY_HOME KEY_END KEY_INSLINE KEY_DELLINE KEY_ACCEPT KEY_DBINIT KEY_AUTONEXT returned whenever an auto next field is exited regardless of which key was actually pressed DEL 2 of 2 Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 17 Returning Key Codes from C Functions 5 18 Returning Key Codes from C Functions In C functions the equivalent of the function f
94. file for any Web browser Both file types are in ASCII format Using the HTML Client 10 19 Deploying a Sample Application 10 20 The following table summarizes the differences between the two types of files per File User interface is done through screen A field can be either dependent on a database or completely independent A form might or might not depend on a table Forms are defined by non proportional ASCII characters International characters are quite difficult to manage Forms are not expandable without modification of the form compiler There is a notion of forms in HTML html File User interface is done through pages A field is independent of any data source A page does not depend on any table Pages are defined by proportional characters and special HTML tags All international characters are a sequence of ASCII characters For example is represented by amp eacute HTML is expandable through new tags that can be interpreted by specific software Web form compiler browser and so forth An HTML form is contained in a page A page can contain more than one HTML form An HTML form contains several fields buttons and widgets Deploying a Sample Application This section uses a simple Internet phonebook application to illustrate the steps required to deploy your Dynamic 4GL application on the Web This section assumes the following facts Dynamic 4
95. htdocs tar xzf doc tgz Next create a directory named Cli Html under the document root directory on your Web server and copy the documentation there For example mkdir usr3 httpd htdocs Cli Html cp r usr3 httpd htdocs Cli Html Be sure to name this directory Cli Html if you use another name you will need to edit the configuration files for the example program so that the example will run correctly You might want to add a link from your home page to the Cli Html index html file to make it easy to access the documentation Installing the Example The phonebook example is a phone directory that uses the stores7 database The example is originally placed in the example directory You can copy it to any directory To install the example 1 Place either the UNIX or the Windows NT version of the phonebook example in a directory 2 Run make on UNIX or nmake on Windows NT and follow the on screen instructions Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Troubleshooting the Windows NT Installation 3 Enter make install or nmake instal1 to install the data used in the phonebook example 4 Enter make text to install the text version of the phonebook example or make web to install the Web version The text version runs in ASCII and Windows terminals and can be deployed on the Web however it is not optimized for Web deployment The Web version includes enhancements for Web deployment Configuring your environment to run
96. images are located This setting is used with the Dynamic 4GL DISPLAY statement For example Images path default images imagePath Cl1i HTML images Using the HTML Client 10 61 Styles 10 62 If you specify the following imagePath C1li HIML images and your Dynamic 4GL program contains the following code DISPLAY mypicture gif TO myField Then the resulting HTML code will appear as follows lt IMG SRC C1li HTIML images mypicture gif gt The Web server will then look for the image in lt document_root gt Cli HTML images mypicture gif Expected type string Important Be sure to select an image format that your Web browser supports Image Alternate Text Allows you to specify whether alternate text is displayed A browser can display alternate text when the image fails to load properly It can also display alternate text when the cursor is positioned over the image This text is described in the ALT section of the tag Specify 1 to display alternate text or 0 if you do not want alternate text to be displayed For example Show alternate text for images default 0 showImageAlternate 1 Expected type integer Image Border Allows you to specify the width of the border in pixels that browsers display around images For example Border width of an image when image is a link default 2 imageBorder 2 Expected type integer Informix Dynamic 4GL User
97. is exc c ifdef Informix include f2c r_c h define word CNAME word here is the variable declaration in the C file endif include lt stdio h gt extern char word 13 here is the prototype of the variable in the C file int mainc int n printf Ssin word FGLCALL fnccl 0 0 return 0 CFACE mainc 0 0 7 7 Now compile these three files cc c exc o exc c D Informix ISFGLDIR include fgl2c c exCCode 4gl fallo e2 EnCCode tgl Next link the three object modules the system libraries and the Informix libraries together fgl2c o exCCode 42e exCCode 420 fnCCode 420 exc o Compilation Tools All the tools you need in order to compile 4GL programs to P code or C code are located in the bin subdirectory These tools are described in the following sections c 4GL User Guide Main Compilation Tools Main Compilation Tools The following table lists the programs you will most often use to compile applications Filename fgl2p fgl2c fglcomp fgllink fglform fglschema fglmkrun fglnodb fglrun Description Script to compile applications to P code Script to compile applications to C code Main compiler program Main linking program Tool for compiling form specification files per Script to create a schema of your databases used by the 4GL compiler at compile time Script to create a new P code runner The default P code runner without any database inte
98. it can return NULL for the non existing elements of an array and continue with the program Use the entry fglrun arrayIgnoreRangeError in the configuration files if you want the compiler to continue execution Input array If you use an INPUT or INPUT ARRAY instruction in Dynamic 4GL be sure that at least one field is not declared as noentry The following example shows an INPUT ARRAY instruction where Informix accepts all fields declared as noent ry INPUT ARRAY rec_array WITHOUT DEFAULTS FROM scr_arr BEFORE ROW EXIT INPUT END INPUT Introducing Dynamic 4GL 1 7 Differences Between Dynamic 4GL and 4GL 1 8 Mouse usage Creating graphical applications in Dynamic 4GL makes it possible to use the mouse to move from one field to another directly without passing by an intermediate field in the INPUT statement Therefore an entry exists in the configuration file that allows you to execute all the intermediate triggers when users move from one field to another This entry is named dialog fieldOrder Right clicks and double clicks are also supported The following two entries in the configuration files accommodate these mouse actions gui key doubleClick left key default is KEY_accept gui key click right key default is F36 Reports Normally if any value that is part of an aggregate function avg sum is NULL the result of the function is also NULL In Dynamic 4GL reports you can have aggregates return 0 in
99. it is usually cmd exe The argument entry provides the execution instructions Separate command and argument entries for the same lt app key gt can be combined For example cjac app cmd bin sh cjac app arg c is equivalent to cjac app cmd bin sh c Setting General Parameters Governing CJAC Behavior You must also specify a number of parameter settings that govern the behavior of CJAC This section describes the following parameters cjac comm client http requestTimeout cjac comm client http requiredBandwidth cjac comm client http getTimeout cjac comm server task reannounceDelay cjac comm server task startUpTimeout cjac comm server tcp basePort cjac comm server tcp maxConnection cjac comm server task portRange cjac comm server task reuseDelay cjac setup check arg cjac setup check enabled Using the Java Client 11 41 Editing the cjac cnf File 11 42 cjac comm client http request Timeout Specifies in microseconds ms the delay after which CJAC replies to the GUI client if the application does not reply Specify this parameter as an integer The default is 20000 For example cjac comm client http requestTimeout 20000 cjac comm client http requiredBandwidth Specifies in bytes per second the required bandwidth for communication between the 4GL application and CJAC Specify this parameter as an integer The default is 500 For example cjac comm client http requiredBandwi
100. key is encoded to prevent it from being dupli cated by another browser thus preventing a second connection to the application server 10 44 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Default Security Figure 10 14 shows the default security architecture of the Web deployment software when a Dynamic 4GL application is running on the Web Figure 10 14 Secured Service Webwork Default Security Architecture for Web Deployment Unstone Mataro rl Notice that the application server is on a secured network with access to the Internet the Web server is on a secured service network the router can either be on a secured service network or on a third unsecured network the firewall is optional your application server and your Web server can reside on the same computer Each runner process started by the application server has a unique random number This number is used to make a link between each page the appli cation server serves to the Web server Using the HTML Client 10 45 Recommendations for Enhancing Security 10 46 Recommendations for Enhancing Security The following recommendations can enhance the security of your applications SSL Using a secure socket layer SSL between the Internet browser and the Web server facilitates a secure data flow Using a Filtering Router A filtering router can disable port 6500 the standard application service port or the effective application server communicat
101. later Important Web server HTTP server size can vary widely from one operating system to the other and depends upon the options the administrator selects when installing the server Dynamic 4GL Application Server Requirements The following table summarizes requirements for the application server Hardware Requirements Dynamic 4GL runtime DVM version 3 x or later For hardware requirements and information about installing the compiler refer to Chapter 2 Using the Java Client 11 13 Installing the Java Client 11 14 Installing the Java Client After you configure your Web server for servlets you can install the Java Client You can install the Java Client on UNIX or Windows NT These instructions assume that you are installing the Java Client on a computer that acts as both application server and Web server The client user interface portion of the architecture is handled through the Swing classes you install in your Web browser Installing Swing is described in Installing swingall jar on page 11 24 UNIX Installation UNIX installation includes Verifying required components Running the shell script Installing the client component swingall jar Performing additional installation tasks Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide UNIX Installation Verifying Required Components To use the Java Client you need the proper software configured and installed Verify that you have all the fo
102. lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Job lt TD gt lt TD gt f 008 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Dept lt TD gt lt TD gt 009 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Telephone lt TD gt lt TD gt 010 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Fax lt TD gt lt TD gt f011 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt E mail lt TD gt lt TD gt f012 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TABLE gt END ATTRIBUTES 001 formonly ctc_id 002 formonly ctc_com_id 003 formonly ctc_title include we ND MESS e Mr MOS hy OMS oY Prot th 004 formonly ctc_first 005 formonly ctc_middle 006 formonly ctc_last 007 formonly ctc_suffix include we I II III IV Jr Sr f008 formonly ctc_job 009 formonly ctc_dept 010 formonly ctc_tel 011 formonly ctc_fax 012 formonly ctc_email END INSTRUCTIONS DELIMITERS END 10 38 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Horizontal split The following section describes the HTML tags shown in this example Title The first set of tags defines a right aligned paragraph using the Arial font similar to Helvetica in blue 0000FF lt p align right gt lt big gt lt font face Arial color 0000FF gt lt strong gt Contact lt strong gt lt font gt lt big gt lt p The value 0000FF defines a dark blue color Horizontal split The HTML HR tag creates a horizontal line on the page
103. must be added fglrun setenv 0 INFORMIXSERVER 01_ntserverl fglrun setenv 1 INFORMIXHOST ntserverl fglrun defaultenv 0 INFORMIXDIR C usr Informix fglrun defaultenv 1 INFORMIXSQLHOSTS NTSERVER1 9 Save these modifications and then create a connection using Wtk as Figure 2 4 shows Mi Establish Connection x Figure 2 4 Establish Connection History of Connections Dialog Box Computer poo User DA Terminal ho Command line EE IM Connection is visible cancer 2 24 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Installing and Configuring the Ataman Remote Login Service 10 When the connection is made enter the password You will be in the FGLDIR directory 11 Start your environment file magellan bat Now you can run testdbs 42r This program indicates that your sta tus is set to 0 as Figure 2 5 shows which means that the connection was successful Figure 2 5 4GL Server Dialog Box Informix 4GL Server 0 Al x Show Wtk Riogin Connections Logging Reload o oo Installing Dynamic 4GL 2 25 Basics of Using Dynamic 4GL In This Chapter Setting the Environment Variables Compiling a Simple Program Writing the Source Code Compiling the Source Code Compiling to P Code Compiling to C Code f Compiling the Form Specification File Viewing the Dynamic 4GL Application 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 6 357 3 8 3 2 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide
104. need not be purchased by 4GL customers unless the required locale is not included with 4GL When the Informix database server is installed in locales based on non English European languages both the default English database server and the International Language Supplement must be installed When 4GL is installed the locale files must also be installed Contact your Informix sales office for information regarding current support for specific locales Locales Supported by 4GL A locale is the part of the processing environment that defines conventions for a given language or culture such as formatting time and money values and classifying converting and collating characters The Informix GLS locale definition is similar to the X Open CAE Specification Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Locales Supported by 4GL Code sets that WTK 4GL supports include those listed in the following table Country or Language Windows Code Page People s Republic of China 936 also known as GB 2312 80 Taiwanese 950 also known as Big 5 Japanese 932 also known as Shift JIS Korean 949 also known as KSC 5601 Eastern European Latin 1250 Eastern European Cyrillic 1251 Western European Latin 1252 Greek 1253 Turkish 1254 Here Latin in reference to Windows code pages 1250 and 1252 denotes what is also called the Roman alphabet in U S English In any locale 4GL requires at least one font that supports the code set if the applicatio
105. need to make some adjustments to your cjac cnf file When starting an application locally with the Web server and application server on the same computer the application server environment variables can be set directly by cjac cnf When the Web server is connecting to the application server remotely the environment variables specific to the application server cannot be set locally Instead the environment variables will usually be set by a script run on the remote application server immediately before running the application The script and application will usually be run using a command such as rlogin rexec rsh telnet or ssh The PATH environment variable within cjac cnf allows CJAC to find the correct executable to run the remote connection mechanism The arguments for the remote command must be defined in the cjac app arg entry Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Editing the clijava cnf File The following example shows cjac cnf entries defined for remote application server access PATH bin assuming rsh is located within bin cjac app stores cmd bin sh cjac app stores arg c cjac app stores arg rsh AppServer 1 S FGL_AUTHUSER d4gldemo runwout sh FGL_GUISRVNUM The runwout sh file would look something like bin sh FGLDIR usr fgl2c export FGLDIR PATH FGLDIR bin bin usr bin PATH export PATH FGLGUI 1 export FGLGUI FGLSERVER WebServer 1 export FGLSERVER LD_LIBRARY_PATH 1li
106. not use the COMMENT attribute the Comment line is unused space on the screen 4GL 7 30 introduces a new feature that enables you to conserve display space within a 4GL window by hiding the Comment line The new syntax that can appear within the ATTRIBUTE clause of the OPEN WINDOW statement is COMMENT LINE OFF This is supported by both 4GL 7 30 and by Dynamic 4GL 3 0 If this is specified then the Comment line is hidden for that 4GL window and cannot display messages from the form specification even if some fields of a form that this window displays have the COMMENT attribute Dynamic 4GL can use a new syntax extension COMMENT LINE n var where n is a digit in the range from 0 to the number of lines in the 4GL window and var is an integer variable with the same range The Dynamic Dynamic 4GL specification COMMENT LINE 0 in the ATTRIBUTE clause of the OPEN WINDOW statement is logically equiv alent to the new 4GL 7 30 specification COMMENT LINE OFF Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Editing Multibyte Data in 4GL Forms Editing Multibyte Data in 4GL Forms 4GL 7 20 introduced GLS a locale based feature for supporting the entry display retrieval and collation of strings that include non ASCII characters as well as display formats for number time and currency data for various languages and cultures besides those of the default U S English locale 4GL 7 x supports the Informix locale files for most European and
107. operating systems however some operating systems do not support GLS as the following table illustrates Important For information about any changes to the supported operating systems refer to the Dynamic 4GL ReadMe file Operating System Version GLS Support AIX 3 2 5 No 4 2 1 amp higher Yes DG UX R4 20 amp higher Intel Yes HPUX 10 01 amp higher Yes SCO UNIX 3 2 5 0 x ELF Yes Unixware 2 10 x Yes 7 Yes 1 of 2 2 4 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Operating System Digital UNIX OSF IRIX Reliant UNIX SINIX SUN Windows Dynix Ptx Linux Version 4 0 5 3 032 format 6 2 amp higher n32 format 5 43 amp higher SPARC Solaris 2 5 1 amp higher Intel Solaris 2 6 amp higher NT4 Intel 4 4 2 amp higher kernel 2 0 3 amp higher glibc 2 0 7 amp higher Hardware Requirements Hardware Requirements GLS Support Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 of 2 Before you install Dynamic 4GL check that your system meets the following requirements A network card is required Warning Changing the network card disables the license information TCP IP Requirements A development version of TCP IP must exist on the development server Check your operating system manuals to be sure it is installed as the default For example on SCO UNIX System 3 2 the library libsocket a must be present For Windows NT use the Microsoft TCP IP stack Installing Dynamic 4GL 2 5
108. pad Y can be configured Button generated by the widget BMP form statement For this object background active background border width pad X and pad Y can be configured Button generated by the widget RADIO in the form For this object background disabled foreground active background relief border width pad X and pad Y can be configured Button generated by the widget CHECK in the form For this object disabled foreground background active background relief border width pad X and pad Y can be configured You can use two kinds of buttons TK buttons or Windows buttons Your choice depends on the value of the gui mswindow button entry point in the file SFGLDIR etc fglprofile For more information about the fglprofile see Chapter 5 Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL and Appendix B Common Problems and Workarounds Using the Configuration Manager 9 7 Widget Menu Field Object The Field object allows you to configure the different field configurations used in the screen form Field Basic form item configuration For this object background entry active background highlight relief and border width can be configured Screen record Form item using the DISPLAY INPUT ARRAY statement For this item background right padding active background highlight background relief and border width can be configured Canvas Form item used with the canvas functions For this object background relief a
109. password in remote2 tcl and if you know it you can spy the password from the UNIX side with a simple fglUiRetrieve It is more secure to turn it off but for Windows NT as a server with the Ataman remote login services itis the only way to avoid being prompted for a password for each connection 5 of 7 Using the Windows Client 12 41 Configuration File WTKSRV INI Entries Section Values SHOW_PROGRESS CANCEL_CONNECT USESCROLLBAR HISTORYLINES ILOGIN_INTERACTIVE ILOGIN_TITLE ILOGIN_TITLE_FAILED ILOGIN_TITLE_PASSWORD ILOGIN_TITLE_CREATEICON ILOGIN_ENTRYWIDTH ILOGIN_TXT_COMPUTER ILOGIN_TXT_USER ILOGIN_TXT_TERMTYPE Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Description If the window waiting for a connection is confusing set to 0 If set to 1 which is the default allows to cancel a connection trial by clicking on the CANCEL button of the Wtk connect box as soon as the egg timer has disappeared Should be set to 0 if trouble occurs when using nonstandard TCP IP stacks If set to 1 a scrollbar on the right side of the terminal emulation allow the user to scroll backward the display of the terminal to see the history lines If set to 0 default value no scrollbar is displayed Must be set to the maximum number of lines keep in the history lines buffer The default value is 100 Tells the ilogin dialog if it should run with a box default 1 or immediately 0 Title in the caption of the
110. proper syntax Solution Check your syntax Cannot read from unopened file or pipe Description You used the channel extension in your program You are trying to read data from a handle that refers to an unopened pipe Solution Check your syntax Error Messages C 9 Runtime Errors 6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 fglrun Module lt name gt The function lt name gt will be called as lt name gt Description An incorrect number of parameters are used to call a 4GL function Solution Check your source code and recompile your application fglrun Module lt name gt Bad version Recompile your sources Description You have compiled your program with an old version The new P code version of your program is not supported Solution Compile all source files and form files again fglrun File lt name gt Bad magic number Code cannot run with this P code computer Description You have compiled your program with an old version The new P code version of your program is not supported You might also have a file with the same name as the 42r You used the fglrun 42r Name without speci fying the extension Solution To resolve this problem call fglrun with the 42r extension or recompile your application fglrun Module lt name gt The function lt name gt has already been defined in module lt name gt Description The specified function is defined for the second time in the appli cation
111. report output and begin the next page See your printer documen tation for the appropriate string value Only the first character in the string is passed to the printer This feature can reduce the time required to print long reports Example START REPORT repname TO OUTPUT stringl DESTINATION string2 WITH TOP MARGIN 2 TOP OF PAGE L PAGE LENGTH 66 Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 47 New Built In Operators 5 48 Here the caret symbol specifies the CONTROL key this is in contrast with other 4GL features for example the ON KEY clause that use CONTROL as the notation to reference the CONTROL key If the WITH clause appears its values override any corresponding parameter that were explicitly stated in the OUTPUT section of the REPORT definition or any default values An implication of this new feature is that any report can now use either top of page character string processing or repeated blank lines to space to the page depending on what was specified when the report is started New Built In Operators This release supports a new string concatenation operator resembling that of the Informix dialect of SQL It also supports a new synonym for the relational operator resembling the operator of C String Concatenation Operator In all releases of 4GL the comma symbol has concatenation semantics in some contexts for lists of strings as in LET PREPARE and PRINT statements 4GL 7
112. required to install the Dynamic 4GL Windows WTK client on the computer before you install the Dynamic 4GL runtime package However it is strongly recommended The installation software looks for this client and creates icons that allow you to test if the package is correctly installed Installing Dynamic 4GL on Windows NT This section describes how to install Dynamic 4GL on Windows NT For instructions on how to install the Windows client see Installing the Windows Client on page 12 5 Dynamic 4GL Installation An installation program is provided To perform a manual installation see Post Installation Tasks on page 2 21 Installing Dynamic 4GL 2 15 Dynamic 4GL Installation 2 16 To install the development and runtime packages on Windows NT 1 Insert your CD This procedure assumes it is on the D drive Execute the installation program For the runtime package enter D os nt runtime setup exe For the development package enter D os nt development setup exe The Installation window appears Click Continue The installation program will look for the Informix database and ESQL C version and will localize these products You can choose among the following three modes of installation o Automatic search of an existing Informix version This option searches the database registry for all needed information database server or INFORMIX CLD Q Specify the Informix directory This option prompts for the
113. running Dynamic 4GL compiler with a valid license number Web HTTPD server m Browser with HTTP form and table support HTTP version 3 2 or higher These features are present in Microsoft Internet Explorer Version 2 x or higher and in Netscape Navigator Version 2 x or higher Using the HTML Client 10 13 Installing on Windows NT 10 14 Location of Web Deployment Components After installing the Dynamic 4GL software the components for Web deployment are available in the CLIENTS CLI HTML directory on the CD The following subdirectories are present ALL BIN DOC SELFEXTR TLB In addition you will find the cli html exe file which is the executable for the installation program Running the Installation Program To install the HTML client software on Windows NT execute the file named cli html exe During the installation you are prompted to supply the following infor mation For each prompt respond and click Next to continue the installation m A location for the HTML client Choose Destination Location screen The default is C 4gIsrv Cli HTML You can change the installation directory from the default but make sure you do not specify the same directory for the compiler Be sure that the location specified by the FGLDIR environment variable is not the location you give for Choose Destination Location m The type of installation Setup Type screen a Ifyou select Complete installation all the com
114. send F11 F12 or F13 You can also activate or deactivate radio buttons and check boxes but only the one from the key class in 4GL programs In order to activate a check box or radio button use the following statement replacing myButton with the name of a check box or a radio button in the current form DISPLAY TO myButton And to deactivate it use DISPLAY TO myButton If you activate a default class radio button or check box type outside of an input statement it will appear checked but you will be unable to use it Combo Fields The combo field object is an association between a classical field and a bitmap bmp field on its left side It is possible to give a value to the field or to click the bitmap to send a specified key The bmp fields do not require any changes to the 4GL source code to be added The field definition has two more attribute parameters widget and config The widget parameter should be set to FIELD_BMP to indicate the type of field 6 14 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Implementing Scrolling Fields The config string is the name of the bitmap file with a bmp extension and the name of the key sent to the application when the bitmap is clicked The bitmap file must be in FGLDIR bmp or in FGLDIR toolbars The default values are FGLDIR toolbars combo bmp for the bitmap file name and F1 for the key The size of the bitmap is constant so a large bitmap will be truncated For example DATABAS
115. sends the F1 key 6 10 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Implementing Bitmaps Implementing Bitmaps To add a picture to a form create a field tag in the screen section of a form and add the widget and config string to the attribute definition of the tag In this case the widget parameter must be set to BMP and the config parameter must be set to the name of the bitmap file to be displayed and to the name of the key to send to the application when the bitmap is clicked The width of the field tag in the screen section of the form must be at least as wide as the name of the bitmaps that will be used or it will not be possible to change them with the DISPLAY TO statement Implementing Check Boxes and Radio Buttons You can use check boxes for making binary choices Each check box controls a single variable Check boxes in a group are not mutually exclusive options Radio buttons provide a way to select one of several mutually exclusive options Several radio buttons work together to control a single variable In ASCII mode with the FGLGUI environment variable set to 0 the radio buttons and check boxes are displayed as standard Informix fields Check Box Syntax In form specification files check boxes are defined in the same manner as plain fields But the attribute definition of the field has more options In the following example two check boxes are displayed Using Form Extensions to 4GL 6 11 Radio Button Syntax
116. socket to search an active client Description There is a problem with the socket of the Windows computer Solution Check that the system is correctly configured and rerun the program SYSERROR d s This is a WSAStartup error Check the system error message and retry Description There is a problem with the socket of the Windows computer Solution Check that the system is correctly configured and rerun the program C 26 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 6095 6096 6098 6099 6107 6108 6109 License Errors Cannot start the license manager s Description License type incompatible You are installing a version with an unappropriated license There is a license server and you are installing a version of a classical one Solution Reinstall and then contact your vendor Connection refused by the license server Description There is problem connecting the client computer to the Windows license server Solution The problem is due to a configuration problem of the license server computer Check the configuration of the computers and of the products Stopping the license manager Description The license server service is stopping Solution This is an informational message SIGTERM received Stopping the license Manager Description The license server service is stopping Solution This is an informational message User limit exceeded Retry later Description The maximum number of clients
117. specify a database name as parameter d dbname because the page uses temporary tables Reports in 4GL programs can also use temporary tables Because they use a lot of space you must first call the function fgl_report_use_temptable to enable them Otherwise you can see only 10 pages backwards a If you execute the report with FELGUI 0 the pager will display all the report without stopping after each page m Screen record without size With fglform per compiler you are not required to specify the screen record size but if you do not specify the size you will not have a scrollbar m Character filter You can define conversion files to be used for characters on the GUI New Features in Dynamic 4GL The following features are new to Dynamic 4GL Main Features Dynamic 4GL provides GLS and Java client support as follows m GLS support Allows Informix database servers to handle different languages cultural conventions and code sets For more infor mation refer to Appendix D Global Language Support m Java client Allows 4GL applications to be displayed as a Java applet within a browser with little or no recoding For more information refer to Chapter 11 Using the Java Client Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Graphical Improvements Graphical Improvements Dynamic 4GL has the following graphical feature enhancements Local Editing Enables the client to wait until an entire value has been en
118. the TCP IP address or name of the computer running the Windows Client and daemon_number is set to the occurrence number of the Windows Client The following example shows it in a Bourne shell FGLSERVER 127 0 0 10 0 export FGLSERVER These two lines tell the compiler that the GUI runs on the computer with the IP address 127 0 0 10 and uses the occurrence number 0 In addition you need to check the value of the FGLGUI environment variable If the environment variable is set to 0 the program is executed in ASCII mode exactly as if compiled with 4GL compilers If the environment variable is set to 1 it uses the Window Client and the application appears in graphical mode To check this setting use the following UNIX command echo S FGLGUI The following Bourne shell example shows how to set the environment variable FGLGUI 1 export FGLGUI Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Using the VGA Driver with Windows 3 1 Using the VGA Driver with Windows 3 1 The WTK INI file is the main configuration file for the Tcl Tk interpreter The WTK INI file is usually located in the lt installdir gt BIN directory The Tcl Tk interpreter can use the standard VGA driver of Microsoft Windows 3 1x To configure the driver set the following variables Variables Description VERSION Version of WTK BLACKFRAMES Set to 1 if you get black borders instead of the three dimensional shaded frames Useful for 16 colors configurations and bo
119. the TCP IP ports that you defined in the fglcl conf configuration file The default port value is 6500 This action can be done manually for instance on a development system or can be automated If the action is automated the imple mentation differs depending upon the operating system o UNIX daemons are usually controlled by the inetd daemon This daemon controls and supervises the system and communication daemons a Windows NT such programs are services as of version 1 00 xx the server is not a system service A browser issues a request to the Web server The Web server also called httpd communicates via TCP IP The default port is usually 80 The Web server detects whether the request has been made to a 4GL program or a static HTML page If the request is made to a 4GL application the Web server will create an instance of the HTML client fglcl The HTML client can now contact and fetch information from the Web server The behavior of the HTML client is defined according to the HTML cli ent s configuration file and the argument given by the Web server Communication between the client and the server is through sockets If this is a new request the HTML server creates a new instance of fglrun the application server process If this is a continuation of a previous process it sends the data to the application server handling this browser client In either case a new Web page is created from the output of t
120. the appli cation server process fglrun and a sequence number Nothing appears on the client side so you cannot copy and paste the URL to another browser The only visible item is the application name which has the form fglcl appname or fglcl exe appname 10 40 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Customer Login HTML Emulation for Tables HTML Emulation for Tables You can insert HTML tags for tables in your per file in order to design a more attractive field display The HTML client will automatically add the necessary HTML tags that your application requires This is called HTML emulation For example if you include the following HTML tags in your per file lt TABLE WIDTH 70 BORDER CELLPADDING 2 CELLSPACING 0 BGCOLOR FFFFFE gt lt TR BGCOLOR DODODO gt lt TH WIDTH 30 gt amp nbsp lt TH gt amp nbsp Name f001 Password f005 lt TABLE gt Your application displays the table shown in Figure 10 12 Figure 10 12 HTML Table Display Using HTML Emulation Name Password Dynamic 4GL Features The following sample code generates a new screen from the data in the company table and creates a new file The function generateForms is added to the per file Using the HTML Client 10 41 Dynamic 4GL Features 10 42 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide DATABASE pb GLOBALS globals 4gl FUNCTION generateForms
121. the client The graphics server can be either X11 or a Windows version of the Tcl Tk software called WTK which is provided with the Dynamic 4GL software By changing a single environment variable you can also execute your programs in ASCII mode This means that users access your programs in the same way they would access 4GL programs by logging on to the same computer that runs the programs The ease by which you can change modes allows you to control the migration rate of your client computers Introducing Dynamic 4GL 1 3 Web Interface Web Interface You can also provide a GUI for your Dynamic 4GL applications through any compatible Web browser You can use either HTML or Java to do this To use HTML you run a daemon provided with the Dynamic 4GL software that converts the output of your program to HTML To use Java you must have a Web server that supports servlets The 4GL source code does not need to be converted to use either method Text Interface You can of course continue to display your Dynamic 4GL applications using text or ASCII GLS Support Dynamic 4GL supports Informix Global Language Support GLS The GLS feature allows Informix database servers to handle different languages cultural conventions and code sets While Dynamic 4GL is fully compliant with Informix GLS there are some restrictions You cannot use GLS with the Dynamic 4GL HTML or X11 Client In addition you must be using 4GL 7 2 or later this
122. the current user Solution Check that the current user can read the file FGLDIR etc f4gl sn Also check that the FGLDIR environment variable is set correctly Incorrect license file format Verify if a license is installed Description The file that contains the license has been corrupted Solution Reinstall the license If you have a backup of the current installation of Dynamic 4GL restore the files located in the FGLDIR etc directory Incorrect license file format Verify if a license is installed Description The file that contains the license has been corrupted Error Messages C 21 License Errors 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 Solution Reinstall the license If you have a backup of the current installation of Dynamic 4GL restore the files located in the FGLDIR etc directory No license installed Description There is no license installed for Dynamic 4GL Solution Install a license If a license is already installed check that the FGLDIR environment variable is set correctly Cannot uninstall the license Description There was a problem during the uninstall of the Dynamic 4GL license Solution Check if the FGLDIR environment variable is correctly set in your environment and if the current user has permission to delete files in the FGLDIR etc directory The fgllic server entry must be set in fglprofile in order to reach the license manager Description You are using the remote licen
123. the following files are in the directory Type of File Filename The source files ex1 1 4g1 ex1 2 4gl ex1 1 per The compiled form ex1 1 42f The P code modules ex1 1 42m ex1 2 42m The P code link ex1 42r 2 Type the name of your runner and as the first parameter the name of the file resulting from the link between all the 4GL modules The runner can be fglnodb because in this program you do not use any calls to the Informix database interface fglnodb exl 42r Authorizing the Client Computer Immediately after you have started the 4GL program you will be prompted on the Windows Client asking if you want to authorize the connection This message appears the first time a computer connects to the communication daemon running on the Client computer In this case it means user Informix on the computer water is trying to access earth Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Starting a C Code Application Select one of the following dialog box options You have five seconds to respond to the prompt or the Client automatically responds no m Yes allows user Informix on the computer water to have access to the local computer for all future connections The user name and the computer name are recorded in the windows rhosts file m Only once allows user Informix on the computer water to have access only this time m No denies user Informix on the computer water access to the local computer For more information on securit
124. the informix ini file 6 Launch the 4GL application You must modify applications that write blobs to a database to set loc_loctype in the locator structure loc_t to SOLBYTE or SQLTEXT Setting this enables INFORMIX NET to determine if you are writing a binary blob SOLBYTE that should not be converted or a text blob SQLTEXT that should be converted You do not need to set this parameter for reading blob data Global Language Support D 53 Enabling Code Set Conversion for Windows Determining the Code Sets Used by the Client and Database Because each operating system has its own way of declaring the code set it is using see your Windows system documentation or your system adminis trator to determine the code set that is used by the client computer Your system administrator should also know which code set is being used by the database Determining the Available Code Set Conversions All the code set conversions available to you are located in the informixdir gls cv directory If you have INFORMIX NET informixdir indicates the directory in which INFORMIX NET is installed The object file for each conversion has the suffix cvo The corresponding source file for each conversion has the suffix cv You need two object files for each conversion one for the client to server direction and one for the server to client direction The following table lists a few examples of code set conversion files that are currently av
125. the show login dialog boxes checked Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Configuring the Environment Variables To validate the information click OK You now have a new icon named Informix water To start the connection double click the icon and enter your password when prompted The rlogin terminal is now connected to the water server Configuring the Environment Variables If you are connecting a system you must set the necessary environment variables as follows 1 Execute the shell script envcomp created during the installation process and located in the directory where you installed Dynamic 4GL envfcomp Set the FGLSERVER environment variable to the address of the client computer S FGLSERVER earth 0 export FGLSERVER Check the value of the FGLGUI environment variable If it is set to 0 the program is executed in ASCII mode exactly as if compiled with 4GL compilers If it is set to 1 it uses the Window Client and the application appears in graphical mode Check this setting with the following command echo FGLGUI If it is set to 0 or if it is not set set it to 1 with the following commands FGLGUI 1 export FGLGUI Using the Windows Client 12 17 Starting a P Code Application 12 18 Starting a P Code Application Now that the environment variable is correctly set start the application 1 Change to the directory where the program is compiled If you have compiled it to P code
126. the toolbar Value Default Syntax Number of pixels 27 gui toolBar sizeX 27 gui toolBar gapX Description Specifies the horizontal space in pixels between the left border Value Default Syntax of the screen and the first bitmap Number of pixels 2 gui toolBar gapX 2 gui toolBar gapY Description Specifies the vertical space in pixels between the top of the Value Default Syntax screen and the bitmaps Number of pixels 1 gui toolBar gapY 1 Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 21 Toolbar GUI Settings 8 22 Description Value Default Syntax Description Value Default Syntax Description Value Default Syntax Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide gui toolBar sep Specifies the size of a separator in the toolbar pixel number gui toolbar sep gui toolBar sizeX Number of pixels 0 E 3 gui toolBar sep 0 3 For the gui toolBar 0 bmp comments hideButton key text parameters the 0 stands for the position of the icon in the toolbar For each new toolbar icon you should increment this value by 1 to create unique resource names gui toolBar 0 bmp Name of the bitmap to be used without file extension The specified icon must be stored in the gui toolBar dir directory Name of the bitmap file without file extension None gui toolBar 0 bmp quest gui toolBar 0 comments Label of the key used in the toolbar This value appears on th
127. to this problem is to create a file named fileno c that contains the following lines tinclude lt stdio h gt undef fileno int fileno f FILE f return f gt __file Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Compiling to C Code Then execute fglmkrun with fileno c as an additional parameter for Informix 5 x fglmkrun o fglrun fileno c FGLDIR lib fglExt c Compiling to C Code While Dynamic 4GL allows you to compile 4GL programs to C code consider compiling to P code rather than C code With C code compilation you must recompile the whole program whenever you change the execution platform whereas with P code you only need to rebuild your runner In addition P code does not execute significantly slower than C code Overview of a C Code Example In this section you compile the following 4GL program named example 4gl to C code MAIN DISPLAY Hello World END MAIN Using the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 4 19 Overview of a C Code Example Before you execute this program you first need to compile it and then link all the needed modules Figure 4 2 shows the complete compilation schema Figure 4 2 4GL C Code Source fgl2c c C code module Compilation Schema sae fgl2c c C code module Executable 4GL Source fgl2c c C code module FGLCC c C object files System Libraries Inform
128. translators who must adapt an internationalized application to the specific needs of a given linguistic or cultural setting Internationalization is the process of making software applications easily adaptable to different cultural and language environments Internationalization features support non ASCII characters in character string values and adaptable number time and currency formats International ization also implies the ability to switch runtime environments from one language to another Internationalization removes the need to recompile source code for a specific natural language or cultural environment A fully internationalized application can run in different cultural environments with minimal adjustments in some instances by simply exchanging language specific files and setting up the operating environment An internationalized application must support the use of extended ASCII code sets The default environment for 4GL is based on the ASCII code set of 128 characters Each of these encoded values or code points requires seven bits of a byte to store each of the values 0 through 127 representing the letters digits punctuation and other logical characters of ASCII Because each ASCII character can be stored within a single byte ASCII is called a single byte character set All other character sets that 4GL can support must include ASCII as a subset An internationalized application should at a minimum be 8 bit clean
129. value is 1 Specifies the path to the bitmap file The path you should use or as directory separators For example SPLASH_BITMAP_FILE C WINNT 256 bmp Applies a color filter to colorize the bitmap file The color can be the name or the hex value The default value is fffff The following table lists the different text splash configurations Section Values Description SPLASH SPLASH_TEXT_STRING SPLASH_TEXT_FONT_NAME SPLASH_TEXT_FONT_STYLE Specifies the display text The default value is blank Specifies the font name to use for the display text The default value is Arial Specifies the font style to use For example you can use bold normal or italic The default value is normal 1 of 2 Using the Windows Client 12 45 Splash Screen Configuration Section Values SPLASH_TEXT_FONT_SIZE Description Specifies the font size The default size is 12 gt points SPLASH_TEXT_FOREGROUND Specifies the foreground color text A color name or color hex value can be used The default value is the current system background color SPLASH_TEXT_BACKGROUND Specifies the background color text A color name or color hex value can be used The default value is the current system background color 2 of 2 Server Configuration To configure the server you can edit values in the fgl profile file The values will appear in the following format
130. variable Important For more information on setting the CLIENT_LOCALE variable refer to the Informix Guide to GLS Functionality Default Character Set The Latin reference to Windows code pages denotes what is also called the Roman alphabet in U S English In any locale Dynamic 4GL requires at least one font that supports the code set if the application needs to produce output to the screen or to a report The default value on a UNIX computer is iso8859 1 This character set is not fully supported You should set CLIENT_LOCALE to en_us 1252 if you want complete support of this character set For example CLIENT_LOCALE en_us 1252 unset DB_LOCALE default value CLIENT_LOCALE cs_cz cp1250 DB_LOCALE cs_cz 8859 2 CLIENT_LOCALE ja_jp sjis s DB_LOCALE ja_jp ujis CLIENT_LOCALE ko_kr ksc DB_LOCALE ko_kr ksc CLIENT_LOCALE ja_jp sjis s DB_LOCALE ja_jp unicode Global Language Support D 11 Internationalization and Localization D 12 Internationalization and Localization The terms internationalization and localization are near antonyms but they both describe activities that are critical for applications that will be deployed in more than one locale The first term internationalization refers to the work of analysts and developers who must design and write code that is gener alized for different cultural contexts The second term localization refers to the work of developers and
131. version is the first 4GL version to support GLS 1 4 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Dynamic 4GL Three Tier Client Server Architecture Dynamic 4GL Three Tier Client Server Architecture By a simple recompilation with Dynamic 4GL the 4GL sources are trans formed into a three tier client server system as Figure 1 1 shows This system facilitates migration from ASCII based terminals to systems with a GUL Figure 1 1 4GL Three Tier Client Server Architecture x AGL Code Unixor NT Web Browsers Database Application Clients Server Servers Dynamic 4GL uses this architecture in the following ways The 4GL application is compiled in P code and deployed on the application server where a Dynamic Virtual Machine DVM is installed Dynamic 4GL can access a database server anywhere on the network Dynamic 4GL can be accessed by ASCII X11 or Windows clients A Web server can access Dynamic 4GL The Java and HTML clients can access Dynamic 4GL through the Web Server Introducing Dynamic 4GL 1 5 Dynamic 4GL Three Tier Client Server Architecture Dynamic 4GL Client Example Figure 1 2 shows a 4GL application before and after it was converted to a Windows client Figure 1 2 4GL Application Converted to a Windows Client var re tad ed po hdd vg e He a se ee fore Serer Ss H pa iape Friern STO id m 4GL ASCII application recompiled using Dynamic 4GL for a Windows client
132. which it was downloaded Defines whether the progress bar is visible Defines the message displayed by the progress bar when sending data Defines the message displayed by the progress bar when receiving data Defines the message displayed by the progress bar when refreshing data Using the Java Client 11 53 Running an Application with the Java Client 11 54 Running an Application with the Java Client To run your application as a Java applet within a browser you must first create an HTML page that calls the Cli Java Applet The CJA must reside in the web_server_clijava_dir directory in the documents section of your Web server Creating the HTML Page The HTML page you create will be the page from which users will launch the application You will need to create a separate HTML page for each appli cation you want to run This page can contain anything you like but it must include a proper call to the CJA The syntax for the applet call is as follows lt APPLET CODE com informix gui applet CJA ARCHIVE cja jar WIDTH lt width in pixels gt HEIGHT lt height in pixels gt CODEBASE lt path to archive gt lt PARAM NAME AppKey VALUE stores gt lt APPLET gt The CODE and ARCHIVE entries are fixed and should not be changed The WIDTH and HEIGHT definitions are measured in pixels and define the size of the application within the browser CODEBASE is used to specify the location of cja jar if it is not
133. x INTEGER Coordinate of the first point of the line dy dx INTEGER Coordinate of the last point of the line Returns The item number of the line in the canvas This function draws a line from start point to end point using the drawlinewidth function The line is filled with the color set using the function drawfillcolor For example CALL drawline 500 400 600 500 RETURNING ret 7 24 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Drawing Text Drawing Text The following function draws text Syntax drawtext y x t y x INTEGER The starting point of the text t CHAR xx The string to draw from the starting point Returns The item number of the text in the canvas This function draws the specified string at the specified coordinate Use the drawanchor function to define the insertion point of the text For example CALL drawtext 500 400 Hello world RETURNING ret Drawing an Arc The following function draws an arc Syntax drawarc y x d start arc y x INTEGER The coordinate of the lower left corner d INTEGER The border length start INTEGER The start angle arc INTEGER The span of the arc Returns The item number of the arc in the canvas This function draws an arc of a circle bounded by a square You can specify the lower left corner of the square its border length the start angle of the arc in degrees and the span of the arc in degrees The line is filled with the color set using the function drawfillcolor For example
134. xii Chapter 13 Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Appendix D Security Features Authorizing a Connection Connecting Without a Password Command Line Features Special Tags Features ilogin Command Line Features Customizing the Login Dialog Box Using Ataman Remote Connection Services Adding a Scrollbar to the Terminal Emulation Window System Colors Customizing the Windows Client tasiallation Customizing Icons Titles and Directories Specifying the Windows Client Icons Installing Documentation Configuration Files Configuration File WTKSRV IND Entries Splash Screen Configuration User Defined Configuration File a User Definable WTKSRV INI Entries Winframe from CITRIX First Method Second Method Using the X11 Client In This Chapter UNIX X11 Client Comisi n Installing the X11 Client Managing Application Whidowine Running the Program on the X11 Client Environment Variables Common Problems and Workarounds Error Messages Global Language Support Index Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 12 20 12 20 12 21 12 22 12 22 12 24 12 27 12 29 12 30 12 31 12 31 12 32 12 32 12 36 12 37 12 37 12 43 12 47 12 48 12 50 12 50 12 52 13 3 13 3 13 4 13 5 13 8 Introduction In This Introduction About This Guide Organization of This Guide Types of Users Software Dependencies Documentation Conventions Typographical Conventions Icon Co
135. you have to perform the following steps Select the string you want to copy with the mouse Select the 4GL application where you want to paste the string Press the Copy key Select the place where you want to paste the string and press the Paste key The reason for this is that X11 does not offer a Windows type clipboard Instead Dynamic 4GL implements something similar to a Windows Clipboard for each application running the same FGLSERVER value When you paste a string into a 4GL application you need to put the string in the corresponding clipboard for the application Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 41 Using the Configuration Manager In This Chapter wot 2 44 Soke wa oe Bow AOR A ww Bos 9 3 About the Configuration Manager 1 ww ee 98 Starting the Configuration Manager 1 93 Starting on UNIX 2 2 1 wen 9 4 Starting on Windows 2 1 ee a 9 4 Using the Dynamic 4GL Side cl ORERE za G oe g a 9 File Menu i oo amp amp 2 a e 9 5 Widget Menu 2 9 5 Label Object 2 a ee ee 95 Attributes Object 2 2 2 96 Colors Object a ee 9 6 Button Object 2 0 0 o 9 7 Field Object 0 cos o e e a e enr Ew ee 9 8 Scrollbar Object ew ee 98 4GL Windows Object 2 2 we ee ee 98 The Help Tip Object 2 2 ee 9 9 The Help Menu 2 2 2 1 we ee ee
136. your applications from the browser involves placing entries in the fglcl conf file and in the cgi bin directory on your Web server For detailed information on configuring and executing applications see the on line HTML documentation You must make the necessary changes to the configuration files before you can test the installation Troubleshooting the Windows NT Installation If testing reveals a problem you can check the HTML client and the HTML server to verify that each is running For more information see Trouble shooting the UNIX Installation on page 10 66 This section gives differences that apply to Windows NT Checking the HTML Client To set the QUERY_STRING environment variable on Windows NT for the phonebook example type set QUERY_STRING phonebook Checking the HTML Server To see the TCP and UDT connection listing type C gt netstat a Using the HTML Client 10 73 Using the Java Client In This Chapter Introduction Programs and Applets Swing a Server Side Componer How Dynamic 4GL Uses Java Java Client Limitations Java Client Security Java Client Definitions Aliases Tag Words and Paths Requirements Java Client Web Browser Requirements Client Java Applet Viewer Requirements Web Server Hardware and Software Requirements Dynamic 4GL Application Server Requirements Installing the Java Client UNIX Installation Verifying Required Components Running the Shell
137. 0B interrupt 0 m The application server TCP IP stack does not handle OOB signals In this case you must also disable the OOB mechanism and use the following setting in the fglprofile gui use00B interrupt 0 Common Problems and Workarounds B 7 P Code Runner and C Code Compilation B 8 m The application server uses a different code number for the OOB message Some systems use different signals to code the OOB message For example the signal number changed between SCO OPEN SERVER 5 02 and SCO OPEN SERVER 5 04 To determine the received signal that your system uses add the following line in your fglprofile fglrun signalOOB 1 Then execute a 4GL program and press the interrupt key multiple times You will see messages similar to the following message on your terminal Enable trappings of signal Received signal is 18 18 is subject to change depending on systems Hit your interrupt key twice Received signal is xx Received signal is xx The value xx is returned by your operating system when an OOB message is received on a socket You can specify this number in the fglprofile file with the entry fglrun signalOOB xx P Code Runner and C Code Compilation This section describes how to specify which Informix libraries to use and how to find missing system libraries on UNIX Finding Informix 7 x Libraries on UNIX The best way to specify the list of Informix libraries to use is to set the FGLLIBSQL environment variable t
138. 13 character For example CALL DDEPeek EXCEL Document1 R1C1 R2C2 RETURNING ret Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Closing a DDE Connection Closing a DDE Connection The following function loses the specified DDE channel represented by its unique identifier Syntax CALL DDEFinish progname docname progname CHAR 128 Program name docname CHAR 128 Working document or system Returns TRUE if the closing action has been made FALSE if an error occurs The error can be seen using the DDEGeterror function For example CALL DDEFinish EXCEL Document1 RETURNING ret Closing all DDE Connections The following function closes all DDE connections as well as the program sending or receiving data on the DDE channels Syntax DDEFinishAll Returns TRUE if all DDE channels have been closed FALSE if an error occurs The error can be seen using the DDEGeterror function For example CALL DDEFinshAll RETURNING ret Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 13 Managing DDE Error Messages 5 14 Managing DDE Error Messages The following function retrieves the last error on the DDE channel Syntax DDEGeterror Returns Error message for the current error or NULL for no error For example CALL DDEGeterror RETURNING mess Extending the DISPLAY ARRAY Statement The following statements extend the DISPLAY ARRAY statement BEFORE ROW statements BEF
139. 2 DB_LOCALE 1508859 1 If your application must run in more than one locale with different code sets it is better to set the entries programmatically in the InetLogin structure rather than setting the entries with the Setnet32 utility for Windows 95 and Windows NT applications or in the informix ini file for Windows 3 1 applications You can also set these and other database environment variables through the Setnet32 program start Setnet32 and click MORE to display the second page of options To change to a different code set conversion close the connection by exiting from the 4GL application Then set new values for CLIENT_LOCALE and DB_LOCALE and restart the application To disable code set conversion through the InetLogin structure set CLIENT_LOCALE and DB_LOCALE to NULL or to the same code set To disable code set conversion on Windows applications delete the CLIENT_LOCALE and DB_LOCALE entries from the informix ini file Global Language Support D 55 To establish code set conversion 1 Set the SOL_TRANSLATE_DLL parameter to the name of the DLL that contains the character translation functions 2 Set the SQL_TRANSLATE_OPTION parameter to a number that indicates the current translation option Options are specific to the driver specified translation DLL Enabling Code Set Conversion for UNIX Code set conversion on UNIX is handled by UNIX environment variables To establish code set conversion on UNIX 1 Determi
140. 44 Client Configuration To configure the client change the values in the Wtksrv ini file A new SPLASH resource has been added to the file The following table lists the basic configuration resources Section Values Description SPLASH SPLASH_VISIBLE Disable or enable a splash screen 0 No splash screen appears 1 A splash appears The defaultis 1 SPLASH_BACKGROUND Specifies the background color for the splash frame A color name or color hex value can be used The default value is the current system background color SPLASH_FOREGROUND Specifies the foreground color for the splash frame A color name or color hex value can be used The default value is the current system background color SPLASH_DURATION Specifies the duration of the splash screen display in seconds The default value is 1 SPLASH_LAYOUT Select from four different splash screen layouts 1 Display bitmap and text on the left side 2 Display bitmap and text on the right side 3 Display bitmap and text on top 4 Display bitmap and text on bottom The default value is 0 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Splash Screen Contiguration The following table lists the different bitmap splash screen configurations Section Values SPLASH SPLASH_BITMAP_USE SPLASH_BITMAP_FILE SPLASH_BITMAP_COLOR_FILTER Description Specifies if a bitmap appears in the splash screen 1 Splash bitmap enable 0 Splash bitmap disable The default
141. 4gl When you compile and run these files the input and input array buttons display a form as three subforms The input is done through three fields on the first two subforms and the input array is done on the third subform The code is as follows Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Creating Folder Tabs File demo1 per DATABASE formonly SCREEN TITLE screen 1 3 field 1 01 field 2 02 SCREEN TITLE Screen 2 3 field 3 03 SCREEN TITLE Screen 3 3 Array row 1 a01 Array row 2 a01 Array row 3 a01 Array row 4 a01 ATTRIBUTES 01 formonly f01 02 formonly f02 03 formonly f03 a01 formonly a01l INSTRUCTIONS screen record scr_arr 4 a01 Using Form Extensions to 4GL 6 17 Creating Folder Tabs File demo1 4gl MAIN iw EFINE f01 f02 f03 CHAR 20 DEFINE arr ARRAY 10 OF RECORD a01 CHAR 10 END RECORD OPEN FORM frml from demol MENU Folder tabs COMMAND Input OPEN WINDOW wl AT 3 1 WITH 25 rows 80 columns SPLAY FORM frml PUT BY NAME f01 02 03 E FORM frml LOSE WINDOW wl COMMAND Input array OPEN WINDOW wl AT 3 1 WITH 25 rows 80 columns DISPLAY FORM frml INPUT ARRAY arr from scr_arr Cc E LOSE FORM frml LOSE WINDOW wl COMMAND Exit EXIT MENU END MENU END MAI 6 18 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Using Graphical Extensions to 4GL In This Chapter Display Extensions a Ca
142. 5 40 As an example the programmer might want to implement a system where the user is allowed to delete all but one of the rows but once a row is deleted a replacement row cannot be inserted in its place The following code imple ments this design DEFINE n_rows INTEGER DEFINE arrayname ARRAY 100 OF RECORD INPUT ARRAY arrayname WITHOUT DEFAULTS FROM s_array ATTRIBUTES COUNT n_rows MAXCOUNT n_rows SERT ROW FALSE DELETE ROW TRUE BEFORE INSERT CANCEL INSERT BEFORE DELETE LET n_rows n_rows 1 IF n_rows lt 0 THEN CANCEL DELETE END IF END INPUT New INSERT ROW Attribute 4GL 7 30 supports another new syntax feature that provides a means by which the programmer can enable or disable Insert operations for the entire form during INPUT ARRAY statements The new INSERT ROW attribute can be set to TRUE or FALSE in the ATTRIBUTE clause that follows the INPUT ARRAY binding clause The new attribute has this syntax INSERT ROW TRUE FALSE When INSERT ROW FALSE is specified the user cannot perform any Insert actions within the INPUT ARRAY statement For additional information about the INSERT ROW attribute in INPUT ARRAY statements see New DELETE ROW Attribute on page 5 41 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Enhanced Syntax for Screen Array Management New DELETE ROW Attribute 4GL 7 30 also supports a new syntax feature that provides a means by which the programmer can ena
143. 9 9 How to Configure an Object with the eee oe tie ae TINO OpeningaFile des tie ae aoe GELO Configuration Types ve ae aoa weak ay AO Color CHOICE i e go x oe ee Sk ok aD e Seow ote AA Radio Button Choice ee 911 Numeric Field fae 6 ee Aste wale ote del The Different Configurations bakoe we ve a ew ve om wed W912 Color Configuration 2 9 12 Relief Configuration Sra e AS Border Width Configuration E A GRIS Relief and Border Width Attributes 9 13 Attribute for a Specific Window 9 14 9 2 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide In This Chapter This chapter describes how to set properties for GUI controls on both UNIX and Windows About the Configuration Manager The Configuration Manager allows you to set the properties for any GUI controls It does this by updating a configuration file By default the config uration file is called HOME fgl2crc on UNIX and locals tcl on Windows The Configuration Manager also lets you manage these configuration files and configure different graphical widgets For instance you can configure foreground and background colors buttons radio buttons fields Starting the Configuration Manager You can use the Configuration Manager on UNIX or Windows NT You should start the Configuration Manager on the client side This means that if the compiler is installed on U
144. A program GUI or operating system is referred to as 8 bit clean if it allows the high order bit of a character code to take on a value of 1 4GL applications are 8 bit clean and therefore support the use of extended ASCII character sets such as Windows code pages or ISO 8859 character sets Localization is the process of translating and adapting an internationalized product to specific language and cultural environments Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Global Language Support Terms Localization usually involves setting the appropriate number time and currency formats for the intended country as well as creating a translation of the runtime user interface including help and error messages prompts menus and reports You can reduce the cost and effort of localization if the application is designed with international requirements in mind This release of 4GL supports localization in several areas Entry display and editing of non English characters References to SQL identifiers containing non English characters Collation of strings containing non English symbols Non English formats for number currency and time values For basic GLS concepts and for details of how Informix database servers and the INFORMIX ESQL C product implement GLS see the Informix Guide to GLS Functionality Global Language Support Terms Global language support GLS refers to the set of features that makes it possible to develop user interf
145. Boolean expressions that use relational operators and the sorted order of rows in queries and in reports Locale Restrictions The compiler requires the en_us 0333 locale It accepts as input any source file containing data values in the format of the client locale The compiler can generate binaries or P code files with client locale text strings The runtime locale of a 4GL program must be the same as its compile time locale As a convenience to the developer 4GL adds a field in P code header files to specify the locale in which the files were compiled but does not compare these locales The Forms Compiler The fglform forms compiler can process form specifications that include non English characters that are valid in the client locale It can also produce compiled forms that can display characters from the client locale and that can accept such characters in input from the user The Message Compiler The mkmessage message compiler has a user interface in English but can compile non English text into runtime messages in the local language Global Language Support D 27 Fast Asian Language Support D 28 On Line Help Help for 4GL applications in non English locales requires the native Windows Help facility East Asian Language Support 4GL can create applications for Asian languages that use multibyte code sets This support is only available when 4GL applications are developed and run under a multibyte version of Microso
146. C compiler and SCO B 14 GCC environment variable A 8 GCCDIR environment variable A 8 GCC_EXEC_PREFIX environment variable A 8 German language code D 43 Glossary of localization terms keeping D 33 GLS installation 2 11 servers D 3 GL_DATE environment variable D 35 GL_DATETIME environment variable D 35 GNU C compiler 2 6 A 8 Graphical replacement conversion D 51 Greek characters D 49 Greek language D 20 GUI configuration settings 8 17 H Hardware requirements 2 5 Headers and footers HTML Client application 10 19 Help messages compiling 4 4 translating D 27 High order bit D 12 Horizontal title menu button 9 7 HPUX operating system 2 4 HTML Client architecture 10 6 configuration 10 48 definition of 10 16 enhancements 10 9 enhancing application interface 10 18 example 10 72 implementing combo boxes 10 35 installing 10 9 limitations 10 8 manual UNIX installation 10 69 sample application 10 20 sample configuration settings 10 23 sample forms 10 37 security levels 10 44 A BC D E F GH server message file 10 71 troubleshooting NT installation 10 73 HTML Emulation for tables 10 41 HTML server 10 16 HTML tags 10 19 httpd file 10 16 httpd server 10 6 Icelandic language code D 43 Icon modification D 27 Icons Important Intro 7 Tip Intro 7 Warning Intro 7 Identifiers D 24 Important paragraphs icon for Intro 7 Index name D 25 InetLogin structure D 52 D 54 INFORMIXC environment variable 2 6 INFORMIXDI
147. CLient 11 9 People s Republic of China D 19 D 20 Pipe opening 5 5 writing data to 5 7 Polygons drawing 7 26 Portuguese language code D 43 Prepared statement name D 25 Printable characters D 23 Printed manuals Intro 7 Programs Java 11 4 Progress Bar for Java applets 11 53 PROMPT statement differences from 4GL 1 9 with HTML Client 10 8 Q Quoted string D 24 R Radio buttons configuration 9 10 implementing 6 11 Reading data from opened channel 5 6 Rectangles drawing 7 23 Registry file D 54 Registry setting environment variables in D 21 Relational operators D 14 D 26 Reliant UNIX 2 5 Relief configuration 9 13 Remove key binding 7 19 Report name D 25 Report pager 1 11 Reports differences from 4GL 1 8 Retrieving information from a field 7 8 Retrieving information from a window 7 8 Returning a field value 5 23 Returning cursor position 5 27 Returning field names 5 23 Returning key code values 5 15 Returning value of an environment variable D 43 Returning values after changes 5 21 Returning values after mouse click 7 18 Rlogin troubleshooting B 11 Round trip conversion D 51 rtsinstall script 4 28 A BC D E F GH RUN WITHOUT WAITING statement with HTML Client 10 9 Runner environment for HTML Client 10 65 Runner building 4 10 Russian language D 33 S Schema file generating 4 5 SCO Open Server 5 and GCC compiler B 14 SCO server troubleshooting B 12 SCO UNIX operating system 2 4
148. Combo Fields o 614 Implementing Scrolling Fields 2 2 2 ee 6 15 Creating Folder Tabs 2 2 2 1 we ee eee 6 16 6 2 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide In This Chapter This chapter describes the 4GL language extensions that Dynamic 4GL added and that you can add to the form specification files The following sections describe the 4GL extensions for implementing these controls List boxes Command buttons Bitmaps Check boxes Radio buttons Combo boxes Scrolling fields Folder tabs Using Form Extensions to 4GL 6 3 Implementing List Boxes 6 4 Implementing List Boxes Screen arrays in graphical mode are displayed with list box objects The following code generates output in graphical mode as Figure 6 1 shows DATABASE formonly SCREEN 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 ATTRIBUTES 01 formonly f01 type char 02 formonly f02 type char INSTRUCTIONS SCREEN RECORD s_rec 10 f 01 02 Figure 6 1 Graphical Mode Output Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Implementing List Boxes If you want the fields to appear on individual lines add the following string in the attribute section of your fields in the form specification file options nolist In the previous example if you change the lines fol f02 formonly f01 type
149. DBCENTURY fields Provides year 2000 support SQL Grammar extension Supports 4GL SQL syntax for versions 4 1 to 7 3 previously only 4 1 was supported Introducing Dynamic 4GL 1 13 New 4GL Language Features in the 7 3 Release 1 14 Syntax cleaning Provides easier names for many Dynamic 4GL functions although old function names will still be supported New terminate signal Allows a 4GL application to send a terminate signal available only for UNIX New synonym for the concatenation string operator Provides support for the concatenation string operator Control INSERT and DELETE operations in INPUT ARRAY Allows the INSERT and DELETE keys to be enabled or disabled independent of each other New ATTRIBUTE format in INPUT ARRAY Supports for two new functions to set attribute formats inside a dialog box Program controlled INSERT and DELETE operations Allows one or more rows of data to be inserted into the middle of a program array Program override of INSERT and DELETE operations Allows INSERT and DELETE keys to be overridden even if they are enabled Dynamically configure size of report Allows the size of the report page and report destination to be specified when a report starts Dynamic control of the effective size of a program array INPUT ARRAY Allows the size of the INPUT ARRAY to be dynamically controlled Current row highlighted automatically Allows the current row to be highlighted without requiring any code
150. Deployment Components Running the Installation Program Configuring Your System How Web Deployment Works at Runtime Supplying Your Own Headers and Footers Disabling Password Display Similarities Between a per File and an html File Deploying a eS Ei Screens gt Step 1 Cra a Dynami 4GL Apoiado Step 2 Editing the Server Configuration File Examples of Configuration Settings i Results of Updating the Application Configuration File Step 3 Creating a Script to Initialize the Application Step 4 Editing Your Client Configuration File Step 5 Starting the HTML Server Process on UNIX 10 31 Step 6 Starting the Browser 0 1032 Step 7 Using the Application 2 1 10 32 Step 8 Enhancing the Application 10 36 Creating Email and Web Site Links 10 36 Enhancing the Screen Files 2 0 10 37 Horizontal Split 2 we ee ee ee ee 10 39 Table E E E oe 10 39 How Links Between Pages Work e a Go Bs g gee 040 HTML Emulation for Tables 2 2 10 41 Dynamic 4GL Features 2 1 ee 10 41 Security Levels 2 we a 0 0 10 44 Default Security Ree ne we ee es bs Te ie ORE Recommendations for Danann AT ba BP aTe oh ae toa OLAS SSL po a ae Oe a 106 Using a Filtering Router pb Bom ce eh e a Ga o 106 Using a Firewall woe ew
151. Dynamic 4GL CD Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Installing Without a CD 3 Change to the mount directory 4 Run the shell script named install sh with the following command bin sh install sh i product type where product type is the package you want to install The following table lists the packages available Product Type Description compiler Installs the development package including all the tools needed to compile and execute your 4GL programs runtime Installs a runtime package The runtime package allows you to execute previously compiled Dynamic 4GL programs but it does not allow you to compile them patch Installs a patch over a version demo Installs the trial package If you do not have a tmp directory or do not have enough space on your tmp directory for Dynamic 4GL you will need to direct the installation script to another directory using the w flag For example bin sh sco dev 2 13 019 sh i compiler w usr tmp Installing Without a CD If you do not have a CD accessible from UNIX copy the file located in the directory OS UNIX your_OS_name SELFEXTR that corresponds to the package you want to install For example the scripts for a Solaris workstation are OS UNIX SUN SELFEXTR COMPILER SH OS UNIX SUN SELFEXTR RUNTIME SH OS UNIX SUN SELFEXTR GNUC SH OS UNIX SUN SELFEXTR TCLTK SH Installing Dynamic 4GL 2 9 Installing the Dynamic 4GL Files 2 10 Then log on go into the d
152. Dynamic 4GL User Guide Installing the Windows Client m The Add WTK 4GL Connection icon shown in Figure 12 3 creates new connection icons to remote hosts using the built in terminal emulation For information on creating connection icons see Preconfiguration of Rlogin Connections on page 12 34 Figure 12 3 Add WTK 4GL Connection Icon LOGIN m The Informix Config Manager icon shown in Figure 12 4 starts the Configuration Manager for the local Microsoft Client For more information about the Configuration Manager see Chapter 9 Using the Configuration Manager Figure 12 4 Informix Config Manager Icon EE m The Uninstall Informix 4GL Server icon shown in Figure 12 5 starts the uninstallation process of the Windows client Figure 12 5 Uninstall Informix T 4GL Server Icon Using the Windows Client 12 7 Installing the Windows Client on a Network 12 8 m The Doc for WTK icon shown in Figure 12 6 displays the online documentation The documentation is a wri file that can be displayed with the Windows text editor Figure 12 6 Doc for WTK Icon EEN Important The Dynamic 4GL installation can be changed by editing the configu ration files For instance you can customize the icons and help files For more information on editing the INSTALL INI configuration file see Chapter 9 Using the Configuration Manager Installing the Windows Client on a Net
153. Dynamic 4GL User Guide Managing Application Windowing Manually Installing Tcl Tk If you do not have a CD ROM drive copy the file tcltk sh from the directory OS UNIX your_OS_name SELFEXTR to your UNIX system You must use binary transfer 8 bit and not ASCII transfer 7 bit mode Follow the installation directions described in step 3 in Running the Program on the X11 Client on page 13 8 to run the installation shell Installing the X11 Daemon The daemon fg1X11d is installed with the Dynamic 4GL development package or the runtime package This daemon is located in the FGLDIR bin directory Setting the Tcl Tk Environment Variables The two environment variables that the envtcl file sets are m TCL_LIBRARY the path to the tcl libraries TK_LIBRARY the path to the tk libraries The envtcl file also adds the bin subdirectory to the PATH environment variable After the installation is complete execute the envtcl shell script to set the correct environment to use the Tcl Tk interpreter Add a call to this script in one of your startup files profile or login Managing Application Windowing The fg1X11d daemon manages application windowing One occurrence of this daemon must be started for each X11 display This daemon can run on a computer other than the one where the 4GL program runs or the one where the output is displayed Using the X11 Client 13 5 Managing Application Windowing 13 6 The fglX11
154. E aE aE aE HE aE aE aE HE EE HH Web Server Servlet Installation HHH HH HH HH HH HH HH HH HH HH HH HH HH HR HR HH HH HR HE HR HR RHR RHR RH RR HH HHH HH Enter your servlet home directory servlets Options VALUE Cl ancel Default usr local apache servlets This value is web_server_servlet_dir CJAC files will be installed in tmp servlets Do you agree Options Y es Nlo C Jancel Default Y Free disk space in usr local apache servlets 292956 blocks cli Java CJAC package Part 2 2 6ccecses eee eee Ok HHH HH HHH HH HHH HH HH HHH HR HH HH RH RH RH RHR HR HR HR HHH RHR HH RH RHR AAA User Manual Installation HHH HH HH HHH HHH HH HH HE HH HH HHH EHH HE HR HE HR HE HR HR HE HR AA Would you like to install the HTML version of the Cli Java documentation Options Y es Nlo C Jancel Default Y You selected Cli Java HTML documentation installation Do you want to install it in the following directory usr local apache htdocs clijava manual Options Y Jes Nlo C Jancel Default Y Free disk space in ache htdocs clijava manual 292045 blocks Cli Java User Manual Insatallation Ok You can now read the User Manual with your browser open it with the following URL file usr local apache htdocs clijava manual index html You have now completed the installation and will see the following banner HHH HH HHH HHH HHH HH HH HH HH HH HR HR H
155. E formonly screen bmp field bm 001 attributes bmf 001 formonly bmp_field widget FIELD_BMP config combo bmp Control q end Implementing Scrolling Fields A field shorter than the corresponding program variable can be scrolled during input if the scroll attribute has been added to its definition in the form file For example m Inthe gl file MAIN DEFINE text CHAR 512 OPEN WINDOW wl AT 1 1 WITH FORM demol INPUT BY NAME text CLOSE WINDOW wl END MAIN m Inthe per file SCREEN Short entry f001 ATTRIBUTES 001 formonly text type char scroll i END INSTRUCTIONS DELIMETERS n END Using Form Extensions to 4GL 6 15 Creating Folder Tabs 6 16 This would allow scrolling within the field up to the full length of the variable Creating Folder Tabs Folder tabs allows you to create tabs that display different parts of a form For example you might divide a form for entering information into three subforms that you can display by clicking a folder tab Important You do use an input statement on fields located on different subforms To use this feature add more than one SCREEN section in a form To set the label in the folder tab use the following syntax SCREEN TITLE label with the label appearing as the name of the folder tab The following example of how to create folder tabs shows two files demo1 per and demo1
156. GL Server Version number of used WTK Interpreter Version number of server Sets the port number of server default 6400 Hides the 4GL Server during startup of Terminal and pressing Escape in the server window default 1 to let the server minimized set to 0 Runtime Icon name for the server window default 4glsrv ico Set to 1 to display a progress box for two seconds telling the user the server started default 1 Set to 0 zero to prevent the progress box from appearing Text for reporting to the user the successful start of the server Text for reporting to the user the failure of the server start Text for the caption of the server Text for the caption of the 4GL connections dialog box 2 of 7 Section Values WTK_USEPEERNAME WTK_USEHOSTNAME INSTALL ADDINSTALL ADDTITLE ADDICON SERVERINSTALL SERVERTITLE SERVERICON CFGINSTALL CFGTITLE CFGICON CU_TITLE CU_COMPSTR Configuration File WTKSRV INI Entries Description Winsock ability default 1 When the application server tries to open a connection on the client machine default port 6400 to display the 4GL application the client first executes an authentication of the server If WTK_USEPEERNAME is set to 1 the client tries to resolve the application server name from its numerical IP address If authenti cation fails the WIK_USEPEERNAME entry is set to 0 and the numerical IP address is recorded in the rhost file of the client m
157. GL User Guide First Method One known exception for the WINSTATIONNAME environment variable is that it can be set to Console when you are working directly on the Winframe console In this example suppose the Winframe server is named MYSERVER When starting a 4GL application for example fglrun ia 42r the following events might occur m If FGLSERVER is set the application will use it m If FGLSERVER is not set you must unset the DISPLAY environment variable otherwise the F4GL runner assumes you are using a UNIX X11 server which is not the case m Extract the nnnnn from the WINSTATIONNAME environment variable and add 1 and this becomes the server number Example WINSTATIONNAME WinCenter 002 The server number will be 3 WINSTATIONNAME Console The server number will be 0 as the only known exception is Console At this stage the runner tries to connect to MYSERVER nnnn If it does not succeed the runner will launch fglssrv n nnnn example fglssrv n 2 This command can be set by fglrun server cmd in the fglprofile file Then the runner tries to reconnect to FGLSERVER MYSERVER nnnn If it still does not succeed the runner says error 1400 The fglssrv command is a batch file located in the FGLDIR bin directory that starts the 4GL Server with the port number passed as an argument incre mented by 6400 Sometimes it might happened that two WINSTATIONNAME environment variables are using the same nnnn numb
158. GL User Guide Microsoft Windows Settings Microsoft Windows Settings This section describes the settings specific to Windows configurations fglrun box error Description Specifies the type of error redirection to use You can use this only with a network drive solution Value o to display a Windows dialog box 1 to put the error on the stderr Default 0 Syntax fglrun box error 0 fglrun cmd winnt Description Specifies the shell command to run for the RUN WITHOUT WAITING statement on Windows NT A trailing space is required after the command Value Name of the command to execute Default cmd c Syntax fglrun cmd winnt cmd c fglrun cmd win95 Description Shell command to perform the RUN WITHOUT WAITING command on Windows 95 A trailing space is required after the command Value Name of the command to execute Default start m Syntax fglrun cmd win95 start m Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 11 Microsoft Windows Settings 8 12 Description Value Default Syntax Description Value Default Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide fglrun remote envvar In Windows specifies the name of the variable used to distinguish a remote connection from a network drive solution If the runner finds this variable on Windows NT it will export the following two environment variables to the database INFORMIXSERVICE default turbo INFORMIXPROTOCOL default olsoctcp Name of the variable
159. GL dialog box functions You can create different types of dialog boxes You can add a title and window size independently from your source specification You can also draw items or dynami cally change the labels on buttons New triggers for the DISPLAY ARRAY statement The DISPLAY ARRAY statement now accepts BEFORE AFTER EXIT CONTINUE DISPLAY and BEFORE AFTER ROW statements Toolbars A toolbar can be added to the top of the screen to represent frequently used commands The report pager A pager has been written that allows you to scroll reports that appear on the screen For wide reports of more than 80 columns you can also scroll horizontally The correct sizing of the vertical scrollbar requires a PAGE TRAILER To switch to the previous or next page click a button To manage interruption of the display the int_flag has to be tested after every OUTPUT TO REPORT instruction The pager 42e command starts the graphical editor used to display reports in C code The fglpager command starts the graphical editor used to display reports in P code The same pager can be used from the UNIX prompt for the C version pager 42e filename or on Windows NT for the P code version fglpager filename Introducing Dynamic 4GL 1 11 New Features in Dynamic 4GL 1 12 The fglpager command has the same functionality as pager 42e except that a you can only scroll 10 pages backwards a youcan see all pages but you must
160. GL is installed Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide You understand the operation of fglcl and fglhtmld You know the location of the configuration files You have a basic knowledge of HTML Deploying a Sample Application The example covers the following steps on O on FPF OO N Creating your Dynamic 4GL application Editing your server configuration file Creating a script to initialize the application Editing your client configuration file Starting the HTML server daemon Starting the browser Using the application from within the browser Enhancing the application to optimize it for Web use The application contains the following modules 4gl browse Handles browsing in companies and contacts It uses simple DISPLAY ARRAYS formgen Creates the forms shown in the application globals Contains the variables that must be global to a project or set of projects init Where initialization takes place In this application itis used for key button mapping main Handles simple initialization and menu generation new Creates new companies and contacts show Displays the complete information list of companies and contacts It is also used to edit and delete companies and contacts tools A library module that contains SuperUser a function that checks the super user s login name and password In this version only a basic authentication scheme is used Login and password are hard coded in the source code
161. Guide Spawning Spawning Spawning happens when the HTML server fglhtmld starts a new task spawnMethod Spawning method defaultProgram Program fglrunName Runner name fglrunTarget Runner target fglrunEnv Runner environment Spawning Method The Web deployment software on UNIX systems can use either of two spawning methods for launching a sub process m Spawn using a shell where you must define your environment variables m Spawn using a direct call to the runner and defining the environment before calling the runner Spawn method default 0 0 spawned by shell 1 spawned by runner and environment variables spawnMethod 0 Expected type integer On Windows NT systems the spawning method must be set to 1 Program Allows you to specify the script with which to start your application If you spawn your runner using method 0 spawn using a shell the daemon first launches a starting shell that contains fglrun and the environment for the whole session You need to use the defaultProgram variable to specify the starting script Using the HTML Client 10 63 Spawning For example Script to start the application defaultProgram start The start script looks like the following bin sh FGLGUI 2 export FGLGUI FGLPROFILE FGLDIR etc fglprofile web export FGLPROFILE FGLLANG english export FGLLANG unset DBPATH exec fglrun main Expected type string Runner Name Allows
162. H HR HHH HR HE ER HR HR HR AA End of the installation process HHH HH HHH HHH HH HHH HH HHH HH HH HH HH RH RH HH RH HH RH RH HR HR HH HR HR HR HR RH RH HH Installing the Client Component The Java Client package includes a swingall jar file which must be placed on the client computer You can choose to install this component on the Web server computer and later transfer the file to the client or you can run the installation shell script on the client computer itself this is Option 4 in the installation shell script For more information about installing swingall jar on the client see Installing swingall jar and Setting CLASSPATH on the Client on page 11 23 Using the Java Client 11 19 Windows NT Installation 11 20 Performing Additional Tasks To continue the installation see Additional Installation Tasks on page 11 23 Windows NT Installation Before beginning the installation verify that you have the following required components to run the Java Client m Client with TCP IP access and a Java enabled browser or Java Applet Viewer The browser or Applet Viewer must be compliant with JDK 1 1 3 or later and should support the JFC Swing Version 1 1 m Web server that can support Java servlets and is JSDK 2 0 compliant such as Apache with Apache JServ IIS or Netscape with JRun m Application server m Compiled Dynamic 4GL application and runner Windows NT offers both automatic and manual installatio
163. HIFT F1 12 gui key add_function 12 gui key interrupt Specifies the name of the interrupt key Name of the interrupt key Control c gui key interrupt Delete gui key doubleClick left Specifies the key code sent to the program when the left mouse button is double clicked Name of the key code to be sent to the program KEY_accept gui key doubleClick left F30 Key GUI Settings gui key click right Description Specifies the key code sent to the program when the right mouse button is clicked Value Name of the key code to be sent Default E36 Syntax gui key click right F20 gui key 0 translate Description Allows you to map one key to another If a key is remapped to an empty string this disables the key Use the file key tcl to test your keys Value Name of the key and the returned new value Default None Syntax gui key 0 translate KP_Decimal comma Using the Key tcl Script This file is located in the FGLDIR etc directory This script allows you to test the value mapped to a key For the X11 Client start the FGLDIR etc key tcl script with the following UNIX statement owish f key tcl For the Windows client 1 Copy key tcl script to your local drive 2 Create a new icon For instance copy the WTK server and edit the icon properties 3 In the Command line add the following e fgl2cusr bin wtk exe d f lt path_name gt key tcl where lt path_name gt is th
164. INTEGER Length of the rectangle Returns The item number of the rectangle in the canvas Setting the Fill Color The rectangle is filled with the color set using the function drawfillcolor For example CALL drawrectangle 500 400 120 110 RETURNING ret Drawing an Oval The following function draws an oval Syntax drawoval y x dy dx y x INTEGER Coordinate of the lower left corner dy dx INTEGER Length of the rectangle that contains the oval Returns The item number of the oval in the canvas This function draws an oval in a bounding rectangle The rectangle is defined in the same way as with the drawrectangle function The oval is filled with the color set using the function drawfillcolor For example CALL drawoval 500 400 150 100 RETURNING ret Using Graphical Extensions to 4GL 7 23 Drawing a Circle Drawing a Circle The following function draws a circle Syntax drawcircle y x r y x INTEGER The lower left corner of the bounding square that contains the circle r INTEGER The border length equivalently the diameter Returns The item number of the circle in the canvas This function draws a circle in a bounding square specifying the lower left corner of the square and the border length The circle is filled with the color set using the function drawfillcolor For example CALL drawcircle 500 400 65 RETURNING ret Drawing a Line The following function draws a line Syntax drawline y x dy dx y
165. Java Client Limitations on page 11 8 Java Client Enhancements You can make the following enhancements to the Java Client interface m Add JavaScript to call an applet m Use the Java Launcher to prepare Cli Java Applet startup m Embed the Cli Java Applet in tables text and so on See the supplementary HTML documentation included with the Java Client package for more information Using the Java Client 11 57 Using the Windows Client In This Chapter Windows Client Architecture Windows Client Requirements Windows 3 1 Requirements Monitor Requirements Dynamic 4GL Server Requirements Remote UNIX Computer Remote Windows NT Computer Installing the Windows Client After the Installation Installing the Windows Client on a Network Starting and Configuring the Windows Client Starting the 4GL Server LI Creating a Connection Command Line String infounation Connection Checking Example Debugging the Connection Windows Client Language Setting the Server Environment yan Dies Using the VGA Driver with Windows 3 1 Running the Windows Client Example Configuring the Environment Variables Starting a P Code Application Authorizing the Client Computer Starting a C Code Application Successful Connection 12 3 12 3 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 6 12 8 12 9 12 9 12 9 12 10 12 11 12 12 12 13 12 13 12 14 12 15 12 15 12 17 12 18 12 18 12 19 12 19 Secur
166. MIXDIR cp CD OS UNIX SCO COMPILER F4GL TGZ gzip d F4GL TGZ tar xvf F4GL tar NNNNA MN HM For an update first make a backup of your earlier version mkdir usr f4gl save cd usr f4gl tar cvf usr f4gl save f4gl version tar gzip usr f4gl save f4gl version tar nM NN UY Now you can install the new one cp CD OS UNIX SCO COMPILER F4GL TGZ gzip d F4GL TGZ tar xvf F4GL tar Manual License Installation To install or reinstall a license the FGLDIR environment variable has to be set to the directory where you have installed the product and the FGLDIR bin directory has to be added to your PATH variable Then execute the following commands cd FGLDIR bin licencef4gl This will start the license installation process as described in Licensing the Software on page 2 11 Post Installation Tasks If you are doing a manual installation you need to complete the following procedures by hand before you can use Dynamic 4GL If you are performing an automatic installation these tasks are done for you Common Problems and Workarounds B 3 Post Installation Tasks B 4 The C Compiler During this phase you might need a C compiler It is required if you plan to create a new runner or if you want to compile your 4GL programs to C code But it is not used afterward for P code compilation You can use either the native C compiler of the computer or the C compiler of the GNU tools included on the distribu
167. MN OP QRS TU VW X Y ze W Warning icons Intro 7 Web browser and Java Client 11 11 Web Deployment 10 6 installation on UNIX 10 9 Web server 10 6 10 16 Western European languages D 20 White space characters D 14 D 24 D 29 Window management functions 7 6 Windows applications starting 5 20 Windows Client architecture 12 3 checking for 7 5 command line features 12 22 configuration 12 37 customizing 12 31 DOS naming conventions B 12 example 12 15 link errors B 12 reinstalling B 12 SCO server B 12 security features 12 20 troubleshooting B 11 Windows help facility D 4 D 22 D 27 Windows program starting from UNIX server B 19 Windows troubleshooting on B 17 Window closing 7 10 Window retrieving information from 7 8 Window setting active 7 10 Window setting default size 7 6 Window setting title 7 7 WINSTATIONNAME environment variable 8 9 Word length D 30 Workarounds for common problems B 1 WTK Client 12 3 12 5 WTK interpreter 10 7 8 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide X X11 8 9 8 34 8 35 A 7 X11 Client example 13 8 X11 daemon 13 3 X11 problems troubleshooting B 16 X11 numlock and the mouse B 16 X Open D 20 Z ZHCN 7 20 supplement D 19 ZHTW 7 20 supplement D 19 Symbols bmp fields and combo fields 6 14 class files 11 3 jar files 11 3 per file compared to html file 10 19 editing for buttons 6 7 zip files 11 3
168. ORE DISPLAY statements AFTER ROW statements AFTER DISPLAY statements These statements can be used exactly as in an INPUT ARRAY You can use also CONTINUE DISPLAY or EXIT DISPLAY Important The trigger BEFORE ROW is executed before BEFORE DISPLAY whereas AFTER ROW is executed before AFTER DISPLAY Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Returning Key Code Values The following example shows the DISPLAY ARRAY command LET initdsp TRUE LET array_line 10 LET screen_line 5 DISPLAY ARRAY a TO scr BEFORE DISPLAY DISPLAY before display BEFORE ROW IF initdsp THEN CALL fgl_dialog_setcurrline screen_line array_line END IF LET initdsp FALSE AFTER ROW LET i arr_curr DISPLAY i TO a_field ON KEY F22 LET i arr_curr F i 40 THEN EXIT DISPLAY END IF AFTER DISPLAY DISPLAY after display LET i arr_curr F i gt 50 THEN CONTINUE DISPLAY END IF END DISPLAY Returning Key Code Values You can return a key code value after pressing a keystroke For P code the function is fgl_getkey For C code the function is uiInkey Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 15 Returning Key Codes from P Code 5 16 Returning Key Codes from P Code The following function waits for a keystroke and returns the key code of a pressed key Syntax fgl_getkey Returns Value of the keystroke Example The following program displays a message when you press T MAIN DEFINE key INTEGER CALL
169. R environment variable 3 3 INFORMIX ESQL C D 13 INFORMIXHOST environment variable 8 13 INFORMIX NET D 48 D 54 INFORMIX NET PC D 3 INFORMIXPROTOCOL environment variable 8 12 INFORMIX SE database server D 3 INFORMIXSERVER environment variable 8 13 INFORMIXSERVICE environment variable 8 12 INFORMIXSQLHOSTS environment variable 8 13 informix ini file D 54 Installation Dynamic 4GL 2 3 hardware requirements 2 5 HTML Client 10 9 Java Client 11 14 reinstalling Windows Client B 12 TCL TK 13 4 JK L MN OP QRS TU VW X Y Z Windows Client 12 5 X11 Client 13 4 install sh script 4 28 Internal data file corrupted error troubleshooting B 13 International Language Supplement D 19 Internationalization codeset conversion D 48 enabling for UNIX D 55 enabling for Windows D 52 definition D 12 fonts D 31 keyboard layouts D 31 measurement systems D 30 messages D 46 overview of methodologies D 34 paper size D 31 reports D 32 translation checklist D 32 IRIX operating system 2 5 ISO 8859 D 12 ISO Standard A4 D 31 Italian language code D 43 J JA 7 20 supplement D 19 Japanese language D 4 D 15 D 19 D 20 Java Client architecture 11 3 enhancements 11 57 installing 11 14 limitations 11 8 Java Foundation Classes JFC 11 5 Java introduction to 11 3 Joins D 37 K KEY 1 8 8 28 Key binding removing 7 19 Key BMP button 9 7 Key button 9 7 Key code values returning 5 15 Key code invoking 6 13 KEY Fiel
170. Screen array displaying a row 5 24 Screen record without size 1 12 Screens relief configuration 9 13 Scrollbar and capslock troubleshooting B 17 Scrolling fields implementing 6 15 Security levels and HTML Client 10 44 Security troubleshooting for HTML applications 10 47 Separator setting default with channels 5 6 Server compatibility D 3 Server locale D 21 SERVER_LOCALE environment variable D 36 servlets 11 5 Servlets and Java client 11 6 Setnet32 utility D 21 D 43 D 54 Setting compiler environment variables 4 3 Setting cursor position 5 28 Setting field values 5 23 Shift JIS code page D 20 Single byte locale D 28 SINIX operating system 2 5 Size setting default for window 7 6 SLEEP statement with HTML Client 10 8 Slow rlogin troubleshooting B 11 Software dependencies Intro 5 Solaris operating system 2 5 Sorting data JK L MN OP QRS TU VW X Y Z in a query D 26 in a report D 26 Spanish language D 33 Spawning methods for HTML Client 10 26 10 63 Special characters B 10 SQL identifiers D 24 SOLBYTE data type D 52 sqlexit statement 1 9 SQLTEXT data type D 52 SQL_TRANSLATE_DLL parameter D 55 SQL_TRANSLATE_OPTION parameter D 55 SSL and HTML Client 10 46 Starting a Windows program from UNIX B 19 Statement label D 25 Statically linked runner building 4 10 Stored procedure D 25 Streams troubleshooting B 14 writing data to 5 7 Strings character D 23 quoted D 24 Substitution conversio
171. Script Installing on the Web Server Installing the Client Component Performing Additional Tasks Windows NT Installation Automatic Installation Manual Installation Installing Client Components 11 3 11 3 11 4 11 5 11 5 11 5 11 8 11 8 11 8 11 9 11 9 11 11 11 11 11 12 11 13 11 13 11 14 11 14 11 15 11 15 11 18 11 19 11 20 11 20 11 20 11 21 11 21 Additional Installation Tasks Installing swingall j jar and Setting CLASSPATH on nihe Client Unjarring the cjac jar file Configuring the Servlet Engine for Use with the Java Client Verifying Your CLASSPATH et on the Web Server Testing the Installation ae Configuring the Java Client Editing the cjac cnf File Setting Environment Variables Setting Commands and Arguments for Application Execution Setting General Parameters Governing CJAC Behavior cjac comm client http requestTimeout cjac comm client http requiredBandwidth cjac comm client http getTimeout cjac comm server task reannounceDelay cjac comm server task startUpTimeout cjac comm server tcp basePort cjac comm server tcp maxConnection cjac comm server tcp portRange A cjac comm server tcp reuseDelay cjac setup check arg cjac setup check enabled Sample cjac cnf file Local and Remote Connections to th Ropliesaen Seiya Editing the clijava cnf File Changing Colors Configuring Interface Elements Font Types and Known Font Equivalents Configuring Other Java App
172. Start a Windows Program from the UNIX Server From Linux enter the following command rsh PC_name winexec progname exe From your UNIX system enter the following command rcmd PC_name winexec progname exe To open a file directly enter rcmd PC_name winexec progname exe c autoexec bat The graphical daemon must be running when you try this command emm386 on Windows 3 11 To speed up your applications on Windows 3 11 client computers you should not use the emm386 memory manager Common Problems and Workarounds B 19 1312 1314 1320 Error Messages This appendix lists error messages and suggested solutions for the following kinds of errors Form compilation errors 4GL compilation errors Runtime errors UNIX X11 client errors License errors fglmkrun errors Form Compilation Errors FORMS statement error number lt number gt Description An error occurred in the form at runtime Solution Edit your source file go to the specified line correct the error and recompile the file Program stopped at lt filename gt line number lt number gt Description At runtime an error occurred in the specified file at the specified line No err file is generated Solution Edit your source file go to the specified line correct the error and recompile the file A function has not returned the correct number of values expected by the calling function Form Compilation Errors 2975
173. Sues uae linked with the following options Runner name myrun Language support library ASCII Compiler esql Additional flags libs static Informix dir ix informix csdk Database interface ix914 work pl fgl2c lib 1libix914 a Memory mapping System built in User extensions Yes mer nee et at ee ic file c 4 10 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Using C Functions in 4GL Applications Details About fglmkrun You can use the following options when executing fglmkrun Syntax Options o name d dbver sh prog add other ext gls fglmkrun options ext Display fglmkrun version information Display help message with a list of fglmkrun options Verbose mode displays the compilation line used and fglmkrun output Output to name default fglrun This symbolic link is to the default runner created either in the FGLDIR bin gls directory if the flag gls is set and in FGLDIR bin ascii if it is not set Database interface version default ix410 m ix410 Informix 4 10 m ix501 Informix 5 01 m ix711 Informix 7 11 m ix914 Informix 9 1x and higher m ixgen Generic Informix 9 1x and higher External shell for linking esql c4gl and so on The fglmkrun script can use the system tools cc gcc or Informix tools esql c4gl to compile a P code runner For system tools the required Informix libraries and system libraries have to be set with the findlib sh script For Informix tool
174. T CHANGE THIS VALUE unless a support engineer tells you to do it Default value 6400 Syntax cjac comm server tcp basePort lt tcp port gt cjac comm server tcp basePort 6400 HEE HH HE EE HE HH HE EE Maximum number of simultaneous TCP connections to cjac Example if basePort 6400 and maxConnection 10000 then cjac will listen from port 6400 to port 16399 and allow 10000 applications to connect at the same time Default value 10000 Syntax cjac comm server tcp portRange lt number gt cjac comm server tcp portRange 10000 HERE EERHEE RHEE HE Delay in ms cjac waits before reusing this port for another application Default value 20000 Syntax Using the Java Client 11 45 Sample cjac cnf file cjac comm server tcp reuseDelay lt number gt cjac comm server tcp reuseDelay 20000 FEFE AE HEFE FE FE TE HE FE E FE FE FE TE HE FE FE FE FE FE FE HE FE FE FE TE FE FE HE FE FE FE TE HE FE E FE FE FE FE HE FE E FE TE FE FE HE FE E FE TE FE FE HE FE E FE E E E E E CJAC to Client CJA communication FEFE AE HE FE FE FE TE HE FE E FE FE FE FE HEE FE TE FE FE HE FE FE FE TE FE HEE HE FE E FE FE FE TE HE FE FE FE HEE HE HE FE E FE HE E E HEPEEREERHEER HEE HEE Required bandwidth for communication between the 4GL application and cjac in b s Default value 500 Syntax cjac comm client http requiredBandwidth lt n gt cjac comm client http requiredBandwidth
175. TML server fglhtmld can handle This setting is used to limit the number of users for a Web application so that it does not interfere with other applications If you do not want to set a limit set this value of maxTasks to 1 For example Maximum tasks default 1 maxTasks 3 Expected type integer Debug Allows you to set the debug level The default value is 2 For example Debug level 0 none 1 verbose gt 2 no daemon runs in foreground debug 2 Expected type integer Using the HTML Client 10 55 Pre and Post Messages Pre and Post Messages The following flags allow you to specify the standard messages your appli cation will display depending on events raised while the program runs headerRecord Header tailRecord Tail footer errorRecord Error timeoutRecord Time out message tooManyRecord Too many tasks endRecord Normal termination Header Allows you to specify a header The header is text displayed at the top of the page It is displayed when a page is generated Use the character before a double quote For example Header headRecord SNEEDED1 lt HTML gt lt HEAD gt SNEEDED2 STITLE lt HEAD gt lt BODY BACKCOLOR gt SHEAD Expected type message Footer Allows you to specify a footer or tail record The footer can include a signature a company logo or other information that you want to include at the bottom of each HTML page
176. TO scr 0 EY 4 CALL fgl_dialog_setcurrline 5 100 0O EY 5 CALL fgl_dialog_setcurrline 1 400 END DISPLAY CLOSE WINDOW wl END MAIN Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Displaying a Row at a Given Line in a Screen Array Compile this program with the following form DATABASE formonly SCREEN CODE Phone Number City 00 002 003 00 002 003 00 002 003 00 002 003 00 002 T 003 00 002 003 00 002 003 ATTRIBUTES f001 formonly cl UPSHIFT 002 formonly c2 UPSHIFT 003 formonly c3 END INSTRUCTIONS DELIMITERS ia SCREEN RECORD scr 7 formonly cl formonly c2 formonly c3 keys f4 100 th 5 400 th END Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 25 Displaying a Row at a Given Line in a Screen Array After executing the program an array appears with four buttons on the right side of the dialog box as Figure 5 6 shows Accept and Interrupt are created automatically by the program due to the fglprofile configuration Figure 5 6 setcrline Dialog Box 734 317 1 PAPA ent t J waringin oe t I WaT r li if Y a a a E 5 26 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Returning the Position of the Cursor If you press F4 or click the 100th button the screen array that Figure 5 7 shows is displayed with the fifth row being current in the screen record
177. TTRIBUTE clause of INPUT ARRAY statements in order to provide dynamic control of input to screen arrays The COUNT attribute can specify the number of records within a program array that contain data It can appear within the ATTRIBUTE clause of the INPUT ARRAY statement In 4GL 7 30 and Dynamic 4GL 3 0 COUNT has the following syntax COUNT n var Here n is a literal integer and var is an INTEGER or SMALLINT variable The specification COUNT 5 is equivalent to the 4GL statement CALL SET_COUNT 5 Both of these specifications restrict the number of screen records that can be displayed in the current screen array to 5 New MAXCOUNT Attribute The MAXCOUNT attribute can specify the dynamic size of a screen array This can be less than the declared size that the INSTRUCTIONS section of the per file specifies for the screen array MAXCOUNT is valid only within the ATTRIBUTE clause of the INPUT ARRAY statement In 4GL 7 30 and in Dynamic 4GL 3 0 MAXCOUNT has this syntax MAXCOUNT n var Here n is a literal integer and var is an INTEGER or SMALLINT variable The following example shows an INPUT ARRAY statement that specifies both the MAXCOUNT and COUNT attribute INPUT ARRAY prog array WITHOUT DEFAULTS FROM scr_array ATTRIBUTE MAXCOUNT x COUNT y Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 43 Enhanced Syntax for Screen Array Management 5 44 Here x and y are literal integers or integer variables In t
178. Version 3 0 Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 29 Enhanced SQL Syntax Support 5 30 4GL 7 30 introduces new language features in several areas Enhanced SQL syntax support Syntax for expansion of abbreviated year values Enhanced syntax for screen array management Dynamic configuration of report output New built in operators New syntax to hide the comment line Editing multibyte data in 4GL forms New conditional comments Deprecated features Enhanced SQL Syntax Support Like all earlier releases since 4GL 4 10 this release supports most of the statement set of Version 4 1 of the Informix dialect of SOL language These SQL statements can be directly embedded within 4GL source files Statements and syntax enhancements added later than Version 4 10 of SQL must be prepared if they are preparable Support For Embedded SQL 7 3 Syntax 4GL 7 30 supports all the directly embedded SQL statements that earlier releases of 4GL could embed but also adds direct support for the following additional SOL statements CONNECT CREATE PROCEDURE FROM DISCONNECT EXECUTE IMMEDIATE SET CONNECTION Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Enhanced SQL Syntax Support 4GL 7 30 also supports the following additional SQL syntax features m EXECUTE The EXECUTE statement now supports the INTO and USING clauses in both orders CINTO varlist1 USING varlist2 USING varlist1 CINTO varlist2 m FOREACH The FOREACH st
179. X This environment variable specifies the directory in which the GNU C compiler is installed This environment variable is used only by Dynamic 4GL The path of the gcc installation directory export GCCDIR usr local gcc 2 80 setenv GCCDIR usr local gcc 2 80 GCC_EXEC_PREFIX Available only on UNIX This environment variable specifies the path of the installation directory of the GCC compiler Path to the gcc installation directory export GCC_EXEC_PREFIX usr local gcc 2 80 setenv GCC_EXEC_PREFIX usr local gcc 2 80 PATH PATH Description Available only on UNIX This environment variable specifies a list of the directories where the operating system looks for a needed executable file Value Path to the binary program Korn shell export PATH GCCDIR bin S PATH C shell setenv PATH GCCDIR bin S PATH Tcl Tk Environment Variables These environment variables are available only on UNIX TCLDIR Description Available only on UNIX This environment variable is used only with the Tcl Tk package included in Dynamic 4GL This environment variable specifies the full path to the installation directory of the Tcl Tk Value Complete path to the Tcl Tk installation directory Korn shell export TCLDIR usr local C shell setenv TCLDIR usr local Environment Variables A 9 TK_LIBRARY TK_LIBRARY Description Available only on UNIX This environment variable specifies the ful
180. X systems fglsserv for Windows Syntax fglrun server cmd fglsserv fglrun server number Description Specifies the maximum number of graphical servers to autostart Default 100 Syntax fglrun server number 50 fglrun server x Description With X11 Citrix Winframe and Microsoft Terminal Server client computers it is possible to autostart the graphical daemon on the server when a 4GL program is executed If FGLSERVER is defined values specified in it will be used first The variable DISPLAY or WINSTATIONNAME for Winframe determines which number of the daemon to use Value The client name and port number Default None Syntax fglrun server 1 client 0 client 0 0 Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 9 UNIX Settings UNIX Settings This section describes the settings specific to UNIX configurations fglrun signalOOB Description To send the interrupt signal to the server from the client OOB data is sent over the network On some UNIX systems the number of the OOB data might be different from the default used by Dynamic 4GL In this case you can use this resource to test the signal number and then when identified to specify it Value 0 receive the default signal when an OOB signal is sent to the program 1 test the signal received when an OOB signal is sent to the program gt 0 receive a value when an OOB signal is sent to the program Default 0 Syntax fglrun signalOOB 0 8 10 Informix Dynamic 4
181. _file returns this error because the file that you want to open is not in the specified directory Solution Check your source and compile your source C 8 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 Runtime Errors Unsupported mode for open file Description You used the channel extension in your program The file that you want to open does not support the specified mode Solution Check the permissions for the specified file or change the channel open_file statement Cannot open pipe Description You used the channel extension in your program The channel open_pipe statement has an error because the specified command does not exist Solution Check your system for the command and the source for the syntax for the command argument Unsupported mode for open pipe Description You used the channel extension in your program The file that you want to open does not support the specified mode Solution Check the permissions for the specified file or change the channel open_file statement Cannot write to unopened file or pipe Description You used the channel extension in your program You are trying to write data on a handle that refers to an unopened pipe Solution Check your syntax Channel write error Description You used the channel extension in your program You are trying to write a handle that refers to a file or pipe for which you do not have the
182. _switch 0x71 mod4 mod5 If you do not see Num_Lock your keyboard is already correctly configured Otherwise see which modifier mod2 in the example corresponds to Num_Lock and enter xmodmap e clear mod2 You can add line clear mod2 in file HOME Xmodmap to be correctly configured at every start of X11 B 16 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide CapsLock and Scrollbar To enable the numeric keypad with the Num_Lock key disabled specify the following lines in the file HOME Xmodmap keycode 63 KP_Multiply keycode 79 KP_ keycode 80 KP_ keycode 81 KP_ keycode 82 KP_Subtract keycode 83 KP_ keycode 84 KP_ keycode 85 KP_ keycode 86 KP_Add keycode 87 KP_1 keycode 88 KP_2 keycode 89 KP_3 keycode 90 KP_0 keycode 91 KP_Decimal keycode 108 KP_Enter keycode 112 KP_Divide This forces the keypad keys to send the digit as if the Num_Lock key were active The key code might change depending on your keyboard layout CapsLock and Scrollbar If CapsLock is on the scrollbar does not work in GUI mode with the X11 front end Workarounds for Windows This section describes workarounds for problems with Windows NT and workarounds for problems that involve UNIX to Windows configurations Problems with the File fgl2c tcl on Windows NT Never change or edit fgl2c tcl on Windows NT If you do that M characters are automatically added to the end of each line and the WTK cl
183. a Client Web Browser Requirements Client Java Applet Viewer Requirements Web Server Hardware and Software Requirements Dynamic 4GL Application Server Requirements Installing the Java Client UNIX Installation Windows NT Installation Additional Installation Tasks Configuring the Java Client Editing the cjac cnf File Sample cjac cnf file Editing the clijava cnf File Running an Application with the Java Client Creating the HTML Page Setting CJA Parameters Running the Application Java Client Enhancements Using the Windows Client In This Chapter Windows Client Architecture Windows Client Requirements Dynamic 4GL Server Requirements Installing the Windows Client Installing the Windows Client on a Network Starting and Configuring the Windows Client Starting the 4GL Server Creating a Connection Connection Checking Windows Client Language Setting the Server Environment Variables Using the VGA Driver with Windows 3 1 Running the Windows Client Example Configuring the Environment Variables Starting a P Code Application Authorizing the Client Computer Starting a C Code Application Successful Connection 11 11 11 11 11 12 11 13 11 13 11 14 11 14 11 20 11 23 11 37 11 38 11 45 11 49 11 54 11 54 11 55 11 56 11 57 12 3 12 3 12 4 12 5 12 5 12 8 12 9 12 9 12 9 12 11 12 13 12 14 12 15 12 15 12 17 12 18 12 18 12 19 12 19 Table of Contents xi
184. a block sizel282048 54 1994 242 57 0 data block size2561024 15 1009 55 17 0 data block size512256 0 256 28 1 0 data block sizel02452 0 52 9 1 0 data block size204850 0 50 14 AN 0 data block size409641 0 41 5 1 0 SCO Open Server 5 and GCC Compiler SCO Open Server 5 file format is ELF 32b The GCC compiler provided by Dynamic 4GL uses file format COFF and produces COFF binary files Therefore do not install GCC on this host server instead use your native host C compiler which understands the COFF file format Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Key Buttons Missing If you receive the following error after compiling undefined symbol __write in FGLDIR lib libgcc a use the following procedure m Create and edit file dummywrite c m Add the following C code in the file dummy c int __write int fd char c int 1 return write fd c 1 m Compile the file dummywrite c with your native C compiler m Execute the shell command ar and apply it to the library FGLDIR lib libgcc a as follows cd SFGLDIR lib rv libgcc a dummywrite o Now you are ready to link your runner Key Buttons Missing If you are using an SCO system and no key buttons appear change the dot to a comma in the In usr lib lang S LANG numeric file To test call wish or tclsh and try expr 3 4 3 or expr 3 4 3 One of them must run Our syntax uses the dot Here is an example LANG german in usr lib lang german germany
185. aces and other parts of an application so that they can use non Roman alphabets diacritical marks and so on In order to under stand the requirements of GLS you will need to become familiar with the terms described in this section Code Sets and Logical Characters For a given language the code set specifies a one to one correspondence between each logical element called a logical character or a code point of the character set and the bit patterns that uniquely encode that character In U S English for example the ASCII characters constitute a code set Global Language Support D 13 Collation Order Code sets are based on logical characters independent of the font that a display device uses to represent a given character The size or font in which 4GL displays a given character is determined by factors independent of the code set But if you select for example a font that includes no representation of the Chinese character for star then only whitespace will be displayed for that character until you specify a font that supports it Collation Order Collation order is the sequence in which character strings are sorted Database servers can support collation in either code set order the sequence of code points or localized order some other predefined sequence See the Informix Guide to GLS Functionality for details of localized collation 4GL supports only code set order The database server rather than 4GL must do th
186. achine instead of the application server name Winsock ability default 1 If the 4GL Server fails to resolve the name of the computer on which it is running The server sets the value of WIK_USEHOSTNAME to 0 and uses the numerical IP address instead of the 4GL Server name Add Rlogin installed default 1 IconName Add Rlogin IconFile Add Rlogin Server Icon installed 1 IconName Server IconFile Server 4JS Configuration Manager installed 1 IconName Manager IconFile Manager Title for Computer User Dialog Computer label 3 of 7 Using the Windows Client 12 39 Configuration File WTKSRV INI Entries CU_USERSTR CU_COMPUTER CU_USER CU_ADDTITLE CU_CMDSTR CU_DEFCMD CU_TERMSTR CU_DEFTERM ADDED_TITLE DDED_TITLECMD RSHD ON INTERNATIONAL LANGUAGE RLOGIN sendwinsize LOGIN_COMMAND_WAIT LOGIN_DEBUG 12 40 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Description Section Values User label Default value Computer entry Default value User entry Title for Add Rlogin Dialog Optional commands label Default value command entry Terminal label Default value Terminal entry Icon Name of a created Rlogin Session Icon Name of a created Rlogin Session with commands 1 or 0 activates or deactivates RSHELL Daemon 1 Two characters abbreviation of country us de fr default us Default 1 if 1 sending of RFC conform changes special sequences for Window size does not work with SCO Systems
187. adding servlet aliases The first alias is for the example servlet fg TestServlet This servlet should be located in your servlets directory upon installation of cjac jar fglTestServlet is not part of the functional product but is provided to allow you to verify a working environment and to illustrate the concept of servlet aliases You will need to create an alias for this servlet as follows Alias Name Class Name TestServlet fglTestServlet This alias enables the Web server to interpret http myserver servlets TestServlet as a call to invoke the servlet fglTestServlet Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Additional Installation Tasks All servlets should reside in or underneath the servlets directory Because fglTestServlet is located in the servlets directory itself for example Apache servlet_directory fglTestServlet you could invoke this servlet by pointing to http myserver servlets fglTestServlet However it might not always be convenient or desirable to call the servlet by its filename The CJA calls the CJAC class file using the alias cjac The CJAC class file resides in the following directory after you unjar the cjac jar file servlet_directory com informix communication You must create an alias that lets the servlet engine know to look for ejac in this directory structure either within the jar file or on the file system under the servlets directory Alias Name Class Name cjac com informix communicat
188. ailable Code Sets Conversion Files 1250 to and from 852 04E20354 cvo and 035404E2 cvo 1250 to and from ISO8859 2 04E20390 cvo and 039004E2 cvo 1251 to and from 856 04E30362 cvo and 036204E2 cvo 1251 to and from ISO8859 5 04E3E004 cvo and E00404E3 cvo 1252 to and from 437 04E401B5 cvo and 01B504E4 cvo 1252 to and from ISO8859 1 04E40333 cvo and 033304E4 cvo 1252 to and from 850 04E40352 cvo and 035204E4 cvo D 54 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Enabling Code Set Conversion for Windows Determining the Informix Defined Name of a Code Set Each code set conversion source file indicates the Informix defined names of the code sets that it converts in its header comment Use these names in the InetLogin structure or for Windows applications only in the informix ini file to tell INFORMIX NET what conversion to perform The names are defined in the Informix code set name registry file This file is named registry and is located in the directory Y informixdir gls cm Specifying the Conversion Filenames Using INFORMIX NET To enable code set conversion for INFORMIX NET assign the Informix defined code set names to the CLIENT_LOCALE and DB_LOCALE entries in the InetLogin structure see the login h file For applications deployed on Windows 3 1 you can add an entry to the informix ini file with the format CLIENT_LOCALE code set name of client machine DB_LOCALE code set name of all databases For example CLIENT_LOCALE 125
189. alics boldface boldface Names of program entities such as classes events and tables environment variables file and pathnames and interface elements such as icons menu items and buttons appear in boldface monospace monospace Information that the product displays and information that you enter appear ina monospace typeface KEYSTROKE Keys that you are to press appear in uppercase letters in a sans serif font Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide This symbol indicates a menu item For example Choose Tools gt Options means choose the Options item from the Tools menu Tip When you are instructed to enter characters or to execute a command immediately press RETURN after the entry When you are instructed to type the text or to press other keys no RETURN is required Icon Conventions Icon Conventions Comment icons identify three types of information as the following table describes This information always appears in italics Icon Label Description Warning Identifies paragraphs that contain vital instructions A cautions or critical information Important Identifies paragraphs that contain significant infor mation about the feature or operation that is being gt described Tip Identifies paragraphs that offer additional details or shortcuts for the functionality that is being described Additional Documentation D
190. all the contents of webserverapplet tgz unzip the file and extract the contents to your web_server_clijava_dir directory This directory should reside within your Web server documents directory An example web_server_clijava_dir might be C Inetpub wwwroot docs clijava To install the contents of webserverservlet tgz unzip the file and extract the contents to your web_server_servlet_dir An example web_server_servlet_dir might be C Inetpub wwwroot servlets Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Additional Installation Tasks Installing Client Components The Java Client package includes a swingall jar file which must be placed on the client computer This file is included in the client tgz file in your Java Client installation directory For more information about installing swingall jar on the client see Installing swingall jar and Setting CLASSPATH on the Client on page 11 23 Installing the HTML Documentation To install the HTML version of the Java Client documentation extract the contents of the manual tgz file into a directory accessible to your Web server Additional Installation Tasks Additional tasks include the following m Installing swingall jar on the client and setting the client CLASSPATH environment variable Unjarring the cjac jar file Configuring the servlet engine for use with the Java Client Verifying your CLASSPATH setting Testing the installation Installing swingall jar and Setting CLASSPATH on the
191. alog Box with OK Entry Field Give me your name please HELLO Using Drawing Extensions A set of new functions allows you to draw simple shapes You will be able to insert lines rectangles ovals circles texts arcs and polygons in a defined area You will also be able to bind a keystroke with the right or left click of the mouse on any of the items in the drawing Using Graphical Extensions to 4GL 7 17 Mouse Management Functions 7 18 Mouse Management Functions Before you begin drawing you might want to specify the behavior of your mouse To manage mouse behavior use the following functions Returning a Value After a Left Mouse Click To define a key to be returned when you click the left mouse button use the following function Syntax drawbuttonleft noit key noit INTEGER Item number returned by the function creating the object key CHAR xx The name of the key to be returned when you click an item with the left mouse button Returns None This function defines a key to be returned when you click the specified item with the left mouse button For example CALL drawbuttonleft num_item F4 Returning a Value After a Right Mouse Click To define a key to be returned when you click the right mouse button use the following function Syntax drawbuttonright noit key noit INTEGER Item number returned by the function creating the object key CHAR xx The name of the key to be returned whe
192. alog getbuffer Returns Value of current field Example See fgl_dialog_setbuffer example below Setting the Value in a Field The following function sets a value in the currently prompted field Syntax fgl_dialog_setbuffer var or dialog setbuffer var var Value or variable containing the value to be set in the current field Returns None Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 23 Displaying a Row at a Given Line in a Screen Array 5 24 Displayi ng a Row at a Given Line in a Screen Array The following function displays a row of the program array to be set at a given line of the screen array Syntax scrl progl Returns fgl_dialog_setcurrline scrl progl or dialog setcurrline scrl progl Line of the screen array becoming current Line of the program array becoming current None The following example creates a display array with two on key options When you press F4 the 100th row of the program record is displayed at the fifth line of the screen array and when you press F5 the 400th row of the program record is displayed at the first line of the screen array MAIN DEFINE a ARRAY 500 OF RECORD cl CHAR 10 c2 CHAR 12 c3 char 10 END RECORD DEFINE i INTEGER CALL fgl_init4j3s FOR i 1 TO 500 LET a i cl i CLIPPED LET a i c2 555 666 CLIPPED a i cl LET a i c3 Washington END FOR OPEN WINDOW wl AT 1 1 WITH FORM demo CALL SET_COUNT i DISPLAY ARRAY a
193. alue No default value is provided If you forget to set an environment variable it will not be set Syntax cjac app lt app key gt env lt env variable gt lt value gt lt substition gt Example of configuration for all the applications cjac app env FGLDIR usr fgl2c cjac app env FGLGUI 1 cjac app env FGLPROFILE usr fgl2c etc clijava cnf cjac app env FGLSERVER localhost SRVNUM cjac app env INFORMIXDIR usr informix cjac app env INFORMIXSERVER on_informix cjac app env LD_LIBRARY_PATH lib cjac app env PATH usr fgl2c bin bin usr bin cjac app env REMOTEUSER S FGL_AUTHUSER Example of configuration specifically for the stores application cjac app stores env CLIENT_LOCALE en_us 8859 1 cjac app stores env DBPATH d4gldemo cjac app stores env FGLLDPATH d4gldemo cjac app stores env INFORMIXSERVER on_stores This would be the same as writing these extra lines cjac app stores env FGLDIR usr fgl2c cjac app stores env FGLGUI 1 cjac app stores env FGLPROFILE usr fgl2c etc clijava cnf cjac app stores env FGLSERVER localhost SRVNUM cjac app stores env INFORMIXDIR usr informix cjac app stores env LD_LIBRARY_PATH lib cjac app stores env PATH usr fgl2c bin bin usr bin cjac app stores env REMOTEUSER S FGL_AUTHUSER HA did S
194. ame cjac ServletClass com informix communication CJAC Verifying Your CLASSPATH Setting on the Web Server If your Web server was capable of running servlets before you began the installation your class path should already include the correct settings At a minimum your settings must include pointers to m the JSDK classes jsdk jar the JDK classes and source files the classes specific to your servlet engine for example ApacheJServ jar m the Swing classes if your client computer is also your Web server swingall jar A sample setting on Windows NT follows C Jsdk2 0 lib jsdk jar C jdk1 1 8 lib classes zip C jdk1 1 8 sre C JRun lib C swing 1 1 swingall jar Depending on your Web server environment you can set CLASSPATH in several ways Refer to your Web server and servlet engine documentation for more information Testing the Installation After you perform the above steps you should be able to run servlets from your web_server_servlet_dir including CJAC Testing your installation will involve calling both the provided fglTestServlet and the CJAC servlet To test this installation enter the following URL into your browser http web_server web_server_port servlets TestServlet Using the Java Client 11 35 Additional Installation Tasks You should see the HTML page shown in Figure 11 3 FE ll mmtm Malaca Figure 11 3 Successful Servlet Test Results Page It worked 3 Veron server 19 able t
195. and Macintosh clients UNIX Set the CLASSPATH environment variable as follows CLASSPATH S FGLDIR clijava lib swingall jar CLASSPATH export CLASSPATH In order for CLASSPATH to be set appropriately each time a user starts an application you should place the CLASSPATH entry in the generic etc fglprofile file or in each user s fglprofile file You must restart your browser for the setting to take effect Windows 9x Edit your c autoexec bat file and add the line SET CLASSPATH C swing 1 1 swingall jar SCLASSPATH If you copied the swingall jar file to a different directory substitute the appropriate directory for C swing 1 1 When you are finished reboot your computer for the changes to take effect Windows NT 1 Start the Control Panel 2 Double click the System icon The System Properties dialog box appears 3 Click the Environment tab Using the Java Client 11 25 Additional Installation Tasks 11 26 7 8 9 1 Select the ClassPath environment variable in the System Variables list box If the ClassPath environment variable does not exist click any line in the System Variables list box The current user must have the appropriate rights to set environment variables The environment variable needs to be set for all users not just for the current user In the Variable text box enter CLASSPATH In the value text box enter C swing 1 1 swingall jar If you copied the swingall jar file in
196. aration and before the first call to the database Error Messages C 3 4GL Compilation Errors 6602 6603 6605 6606 6607 6608 0 4 Cannot open globals file lt filename gt Description In the source you used GLOBALS but the file is not in the current directory Solution Copy the globals file filename in the current directory or add the complete path to the globals file filename in the compile command or check the name of your globals file The file lt filename gt cannot be created for writing Description The compiler cannot create an output file at compile time Solution Check that there is no filename in the directory that has the same name as the output file but with insufficient permission for the current user to overwrite it Also check if the user has permission to create a file in the current directory The module lt name gt does not contain function lt name gt Description The specified function is not included in the named module Solution Locate in your source code the call to this function and correct the module name or the function name No member function lt name gt for class lt name gt defined Description The specified member function of the named class is not defined Solution Locate in your source code the call to this function and correct the class name or the function name Wrong number of dimensions for lt array gt Description An array is called with a w
197. at contains the canvas you will encounter the following problem The calls of the canvas functions will produce no results the first time that you run your application after starting the client daemon Selecting a Drawing Area The following function selects an area in which to draw Syntax drawselect field_name field_tag CHAR xx Field name in which you want to draw Returns None After a window that contains a form with one or more drawing areas is opened select the area in which you want to draw All the drawing areas have fixed resolutions of 1000 by 1000 points The 0 0 coordinate of the area is at the lower left corner and the 1000 1000 coordinate is at the upper right corner For example CALL drawselect draw Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Selecting a Drawing Color Selecting a Drawing Color The following function specifies the drawing color Syntax drawfillcolor color color CHAR xx Name of the color Returns None This function sets the fill color for all drawings This function must be set before the drawing function The color will remain active until another color is chosen The color name list is located in the file named rgb txt located in the FGLDIR desi etc directory on UNIX and in the desi etc subdirectory of the Windows front end installation directory For example CALL drawfillcolor red Specifying the Text Insertion Point The following function specifies the insertion point for the
198. atabases with different locales concurrently for example in extended joins m The environment variables discussed here deal with the environment DB_LOCALE that is passed to the server m CLIENT_LOCALE cannot be changed dynamically during execution m The previous point has one exception the CLIENT_LOCALE can always be set to English because English is a subset of all locales When connecting to a GLS NLS or ALS Asian Language Support database the DB_LOCALE code set should match the DB_LOCALE code set of the database Otherwise data corruption can occur because no validation of code set compatibility is performed by the server An ALS server can refuse the connection when the code sets do not match but an NLS server cannot Environment Variables That Support GLS This section examines the environment variables that support the GLS capabilities of 4GL including the following 4GL environment variables m DBDATE defines date display formats m DBMONEY defines monetary display formats DBFORMAT defines numeric and monetary display formats and has more options than DBMONEY INFORMIX 4GL also supports the following GLS environment variables m DB_LOCALE is the locale of the database to which the application is connected m CLIENT_LOCALE is the locale of the system that is executing the 4GL application DBLANG points to the directory for language specific message files that an Informix product uses such as Informix error messag
199. atement now supports the WITH REOPTIMIZATION clause USING varlist1 INTO varlist2 WITH REOPTIMIZATION m OPEN The OPEN statement now supports the WITH REOPTIMIZATION clause USING varlist WITH REOPTIMIZATION The non keyword terms in these SQL statements can be specified as quoted strings or as character variables These SQL statements require an Informix database that recognizes them When Dynamic 4GL accesses an Informix database earlier than Version 7 x for example the WITH REOPTIMIZATION clause has no effect Support for Preparable SQL Statements Earlier releases of 4GL supported post 4 10 SOL syntax by the PREPARE feature for SQL statements that can be prepared Continued Support Through PREPARE 4GL 7 30 continues to support the preparable SQL syntax of Informix 7 30 database servers See the Informix Guide to SQL Syntax description of PREPARE for a list of the SOL statements that cannot be prepared Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 31 Enhanced SQL Syntax Support 5 32 New SQL Statement Blocks The same preparable statements that Section 2 1 describes are also supported in 4GL 7 30 by a new mechanism SOL statement blocks whose syntax resembles that of embedded SOL statements in ESQL C SQL statement END SQL Only a single preparable SQL statement can appear in each SQL block If you delimit a preparable SOL statement by the keyword SOL before the SOL statement and by the keywords END
200. ava applet it is likely that you will modify your existing fglprofile file as previously shown then add entries contained within clijava cnf to define how the applet will behave The following sections describe configuration elements within clijava cnf Changing Colors You can use the following entries to control the colors that appear in the foreground and background You can also specify the exact shade of a color you want to use for instance if you want to use ivory white instead of white The following table lists the different color entries Background and Foreground Color Entries Description guijava default color fg Defines the default foreground color guijava default color bg Defines the default background color guijava default color entry Defines the default color for entries guijava default color entry selected Defines the default color for selected entries guijava fglcolor fg color Defines the RGB color used when specifying a given foreground color Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Configuring Interface Elements Editing the clijava cnf File You can configure different areas of the CJA interface For instance you can specify the behavior of the following interface elements Cursor blink rate Fonts Frames Toolbars Menus The following table lists these different interface element entries Interface Element Entries gui java screen caret blinkRate gui java screen workspaceFrame font face
201. b export LD_LIBRARY_PATH NFORMIXSERVER myserver export FORMIXSERVER NFORMIXDIR informix export INFORMIXDIR FGLPROFILE FGLDIR etc clijava cnf export FGLPROFILE cd d4gldemo exec SFGLDIR bin fglrun d4 42r Editing the clijava cnf File The clijava cnf file plays a role similar to that of the file specified by your FGLPROFILE environment variable the default value for FGLPROFILE is fglprofile While the entries within this file configure the behavior of the Dynamic 4GL compiler entries in the clijava cnf file configure the behavior of the Cli Java applet The clijava cnf file is located in the FGLDIR etc directory on the application server You can display the file for more information about specific entries Using the Java Client 11 49 Editing the clijava cnf File 11 50 The previous section assuming the application server and Web server are on the same computer your cjac cnf file must include an entry that defines FGLPROFILE for each application you want to display through the Java Client The default setting is for clijava cnf because this file contains entries specific to Java applet configurations However you do not need to use clijava cnf as your FGLPROFILE value The only requirement for your FGLPROFILE file is that it contain the following three entries fglrun interface clijava res Menu style 1 gui toolBar enabled 1 When configuring your application for display as a J
202. ble at runtime File Based Localization You can store the translations of localized information in disk files and access them at runtime as needed You can use subdirectories to store language sensitive files so they can easily be switched to create a new runtime environment In the following example the filename is composed by reading the value of an environment variable created by the programmer that specifies a Windows language subdirectory LET file001 FGL_GETENV LANGUAGE trans 4gl Evaluates to eng trans 4gl if LANGUAGE is eng Program reads the eng directory for copy of translation Evaluates to ger trans 4gl if LANGUAGE is ger Program reads the ger directory for copy of translation L ET tranfile file001 In the preceding example change the backslash character to a forward slash for UNIX systems Table Based Localization Localization information can also be stored in database tables This infor mation can be used when you initialize or run the application to change the value of variables that define titles menus and other language or culturally sensitive elements of the user interface An advantage of the table based approach is that itis highly portable between systems Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Localizing Prompts and Messages Setting Up a Table The following example shows one way that you might set up a table to store menu options CREATE TABLE menu_el
203. ble or disable Delete operations for the entire form during INPUT ARRAY statements The new DELETE ROW attribute can be set to TRUE or FALSE in the ATTRIBUTE clause that follows the INPUT ARRAY binding clause The new attribute has this syntax DELETE ROW TRUE FALSE When DELETE ROW FALSE is specified the user cannot perform any DELETE actions within the INPUT ARRAY statement When INSERT ROW TRUEor DELETE ROW TRUE is specified then the user is not prevented from performing the action for which TRUE is specified The default in both cases is TRUE which corresponds to the legacy behavior of previous 4GL releases In Dynamic 4GL 3 0 these attributes have an extended syntax INSERT ROW TRUE FALSE var DELETE ROW TRUE FALSE var Here var is a variable that contain a Boolean value If the value of var is zero or FALSE or NULL then the value of the attribute is FALSE For other values of var or by default if no value is specified the value of the attribute is TRUE The following example disables Insert and Delete operations on rows of the screen array INPUT ARRAY arrayname WITHOUT DEFAULTS FROM s_array ATTRIBUTE INSERT ROW FALSE DELETE ROW FALSE New CURRENT ROW DISPLAY Attribute 4GL 7 30 has added a new attribute to the DISPLAY ARRAY and INPUT ARRAY statements This attribute enables the 4GL programmer to highlight the current row of a screen array Dynamic 4GL always highlight
204. brary can be used as an object module file when linking applications that use calls to functions defined in the library For more information on ar read the ar man page on your UNIX system Using C Functions in 4GL Applications This section describes a strategy for using C functions in your applications and gives you a step by step example Linking C Functions for Use in C Code Compilations With C code the C functions are linked in the same manner as any other modules during the application link phase You just have to follow a few rules to successfully call C functions from 4GL applications and vice versa Using the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 4 21 Using C Functions in 4GL Applications 4 22 With C code in order to call a C function from a 4GL application you do not need a C extension file to create the relationship between the name of the C function and the name of the 4GL function But you have to call a macro named CFACE defined in the f2c r_c h header file You will also have to include the f2c r_c h header file at the beginning of your C files Use the following syntax to call the macro CFACE C_function_name parameters_number returned_values_number The following table describes the elements of this command Element Description C_function_name Name of the C function parameters_number Number of parameters transmitted to the function returned_values_number Number of values returned by the function Use this macro
205. buttons 1 Use Windows style buttons Default 0 Syntax gui mswindow button 0 8 34 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Windows GUI Settings gui mswindow scrollbar Description Specifies if the scrollbars should look like Windows scrollbars or like X11 scrollbars Value 0 Use X11 style 1 Use Windows style Default 0 Syntax gui mswindow scrollbar 0 gui user font choice Description Restricts the end user from changing the fonts of the application with the Windows front end menu at runtime Value 0 The user is able to change the fonts 1 The user cannot change the fonts except by changing the local tcl file Default 1 Syntax gui user font choice 1 Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 35 Status Bar Settings Status Bar Settings In a graphical client the state of special keys can be displayed on the Status Bar including Caps Lock Num Lock and Scroll Lock For each key you can configure the text that appears on the Status Bar gui statusBar indicator x source Description Identifies the keys whose status appears on the status bar Value gui statusBar indicator x source capsLock numLock scrollLock where x is a number between 1 and 3 Values are not case sensitive Default gui statusBar indicator 1 source capsLock gui statusBar indicator 2 source numLock Syntax gui statusBar indicator 3 source scrollLock gui statusBar capsLock text Description Text that appears on
206. cal Publications Department 4100 Bohannon Drive Menlo Park CA 94025 If you prefer to send electronic mail our address is doc informix com We appreciate your suggestions Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Introducing Dynamic 4GL In This Chapter Introducing Dynamic 4GL Windows Interface Web Interface Text Interface GLS Support Dynamic 4GL Three Tier Client sever Aita Dynamic 4GL Client Example Dynamic 4GL Architecture Differences Between Dynamic 4GL and 4GL 4GL Extensions New Features in Dynamic 4GL Main Features Graphical PA New 4GL Language Features in the 7 3 Release 13 1 3 13 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 10 1 12 1 12 1 13 1 13 1 2 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide In This Chapter This chapter introduces you to the features of Dynamic 4GL including the differences between the 4GL compiler and the Dynamic 4GL compiler Introducing Dynamic 4GL Dynamic 4GL allows you to recompile your 4GL source code transforming your existing text based applications into a thin client server system that can display your 4GL application with a graphical user interface GUI In addition to your 4GL routines you can enhance your applications for display with a GUI using Dynamic 4GL extensions For example you might add check boxes or list boxes to your GUI by enhancing your current 4GL source code Windows Interface The GUI is displayed by a graphics server running on
207. case letter then the default is R which emulates the legacy behavior of most previous 4GL releases Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 35 Syntax for Expansion of Abbreviated Year Values 5 36 Unless you override DBCENTURY as described in the next section 4GL applies the DBCENTURY value that was in effect when program execution began to all year values in DATE or DATETIME fields only that have fewer than 3 digits as with other environment variables changing the DBCENTURY setting after program execution commences has no effect on any currently executing 4GL program The results of using DBCENTURY are sensitive to the time of program execution and to the accuracy of the system clock calendar DBCENTURY has no effect on fields that are not of the DATE or DATETIME data types nor on DATETIME values that do not include YEAR as its first time unit nor on year values that are not abbreviated It can also affect data type conversion of properly formatted character strings that you assign to DATE or DATETIME variables To avoid expansion of years in the remote past that have only one or two digits you must pad such values on the left with leading zeros so that they have at least 3 digits New CENTURY Field Attribute The DBCENTURY environment variable provides a global default rule for expanding 2 digit years 4GL 7 3 supports a new field attribute in form speci fications called CENTURY that provides the same functionality a
208. ch Cmd Processor DOO O Environment File To Fields marked with are optional Required for Ashd or Rlogind logon without password Only NT Password Host Equivalence List Cancel 2 22 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Installing and Configuring the Ataman Remote Login Service 4 Click the Advanced tab as Figure 2 3 shows Figure 2 3 Ataman TCP Remote Logon Services Advanced Page 5 Remove the asterisk in the List of hosts allowed to connect text box and click OK 6 Start the Ataman remote connection by running the following program at the command prompt C usr ataman atrls start Installing Dynamic 4GL 2 23 Installing and Configuring the Ataman Remote Login Service 7 Before testing the connection you must check if the following variable is set in your fglprofile fglrun database listvar CC8BITLEVEL COLLCHAR CONRETRY CONTIME DBANSIWARN DBDATE DBLANG DBMONEY DBNLS DBPATH DBTEMP DBTIME DELIMIDENT ESQLMF FET_BUFF_SIZE GL_DATE GL_DATETIME INFORMIXDIR INFORMIXSERVER INFORMIXSQLHOSTS LANG LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_MONETARY LC_NUMERIC LC_TIME DBALSBC DBAPICODE DBASCIIBC DBCENTURY DBCODESET DBCONNECT DBCSCONV DBCSOVERRIDE DBCSWIDTH DBFLTMSK DBMONEYSCALE DBSS2 DBSS3 8 Change the following in the configuration file magellan prf fglrun remote envvar REMOTEADDRESS The first two lines of the following code must be uncommented and the next two lines
209. ch to run the application and supply CJAC with information about starting the application In addition you must configure your environment to handle applets Using the Java Client 11 37 Editing the cjac cnf File 11 38 These steps involve modifications to two files included in the Java Client package 7 cjac cnf 7 clijava cnf Editing the cjac cnf File The cjac cnf file is used by the Cli Java Application Connector CJAC to determine the proper environment and set of commands to use to execute a called application It is located in the web_server_servlet_dir lib directory The cjac cnf file is first read when CJAC is launched at application startup and subsequently every 10 seconds Changes do not take effect however until the 4GL application is restarted In general configuration using cjac cnf involves three tasks m Setting environment variables m Specifying commands and arguments for application execution m Setting general parameters governing CJAC behavior Setting Environment Variables When CJAC runs Dynamic 4GL locally you must set environment variables to point to your local environment A list of variables to set for both UNIX and Windows NT systems appears on p 11 39 You must either set all the necessary variables sometimes with the default values or comment out those that do not apply using a character For more information about environment variables see Appendix A and the INFORMIX 4GL
210. char formonly f02 type char to match these fol f02 formonly f01 type char options nolist formonly f02 type char options nolist you get the results that Figure 6 2 shows Figure 6 2 Graphical Mode Output with Fields on Separate Lines You can also make fields appear on individual lines by including the following setting in your fglprofile file Resource gui workScreenPlace nolist 1 Using Form Extensions to 4GL 6 5 Implementing Buttons 6 6 This feature might be useful to keep the alignment of fields on forms The list box display type does not allow you to configure the colors of the object The nolist display type lets you control the color parameters Implementing Buttons This section discusses extensions for menu buttons hot key buttons and in form buttons Menu Buttons The menu buttons created with the 4GL statements MENU END MENU are displayed as rows or columns of buttons You can access these buttons by using keyboard shortcuts as with ASCII 4GL applications or by clicking them To choose the positioning of the button on the screen use the Menu style resource in the fgl profile configuration file as follows Menu style 0 The menu is set on the top of the application window Menu style 1 The menu is set on the right frame of the application For more information about the fglprofile see Chapter 5 Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL and Appendix B Com
211. cifies in which directory the program specific configuration files will be searched Value Complete path to the specific configuration files Default SFGLDIR defaults Syntax fglrun defaults SFGLDIR defaults Runtime Configuration Settings This section describes the settings that affect runtime configuration General Settings This section describes the general settings for the runtime configuration section of the configuration file fglrun arraylgnoreRangeError Ignores range control in arrays If this variable is set to 1 if x is an array x 1 gives no error but NULL If this variable is setto 0 x 1 gives error 1326 oor1 0 fglrun arraylgnoreRangeError 1 Set to 1 General Settings dialog fieldOrder Description Determines whether the intermediate event triggers AFTER BEFORE FIELD ROWS are to be executed or not when moving from one field to another using the mouse If set to 1 the intermediate event triggers are executed If set to 0 the intermediate event triggers are not executed Value 0 or 1 Default 1 Syntax dialog fieldorder 0 report aggregateZero Description Determines the value to be returned by report aggregate functions avg sum when the result is NULL Value 0 returns NULL 1 returns ZERO Default 0 Syntax report aggregateZero 0 gui chartable Description Defines a conversion file to be used for characters under GUL It will be searched in the FGLDIR etc directory
212. cl conf on this server Microsoft IIS Personal Web Server 4 0 When you use the normal configuration with the fglcl conf file in the CGI binaries directory on IIS PWS 4 0 the browser displays the following prompt You have chosen to download a file from this location fglcl conf from axis What would you like to do with this file You have two options m Open this file from its current location m Save this file to disk The following two considerations regarding fglcl conf and security on Windows NT should be observed m The fglcl conf file is an HTML file and its access should be restricted through the Web server m The fglcl conf file is a system file and it should be protected or secured as a normal system file 10 50 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Security Through the Web Server Security Through the Web Server You can set security for the fglcl conf file by launching Microsoft Management Console Find the fglcl conf file in the file list and look at the file s properties You will see the dialog box shown in Figure 10 15 Figure 10 15 fgicl conf Properties Fe Fle Gace TT ra Ebro Fle ea HTTP Haen Curia Eres Dialog Box when correcira la ih arane the coisi chau cores fore F a e cil r y T Aade ia aiL Lishal Paget ebria com Ascer Pamniee Conant Conk F fjaad Log scomy Tyrie Ss tw On the File tab uncheck Read Access Permissions checkbox You can also go the File Se
213. contains five rows filled with data If the cursor comes to the third populated row and F1 is pressed a new row is not inserted because CANCEL INSERT prevents any Insert operation for this row m Case 2 Only some of the rows are filled with data Suppose that only two of a possible five rows contain data In this case the user cannot move to the third row using the ARROW TAB or RETURN key because CANCEL INSERT prevents any Insert operation for this row For more information about CANCEL INSERT see New CANCEL DELETE Keywords on page 5 39 New CANCEL DELETE Keywords Delete operations by the user can also be cancelled programmatically for individual screen records of the current 4GL form by including the CANCEL DELETE keywords within the BEFORE DELETE control block The cancelled Delete operation has no effect on the active set of rows that INPUT ARRAY is processing The new syntax for the BEFORE DELETE control block of INPUT ARRAY state ments is INPUT ARRAY BEFORE DELETE statement CANCEL DELETE Here statement is any statement of 4GL that is valid within a BEFORE DELETE control block of INPUT ARRAY If CANCEL INSERT or CANCEL DELETE is executed the current BEFORE INSERT or BEFORE DELETE control block is terminated and control of program execution passes to the next statement that follows the terminated control block Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 39 Enhanced Syntax for Screen Array Management
214. cter set D 12 D 49 Character string printable characters D 23 Characters special B 10 Check boxes implementing 6 11 Check button 9 7 Chinese language D 4 D 15 D 20 Circles drawing 7 24 CJAC Cli Java Application Connector introduction to 11 5 CJA Cli Java Applet 11 6 CLASSPATH environment variable 11 4 Cli Java Applet CJA 11 6 Cli Java Application Connector CJAC introduction to 11 5 2 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide JK L MN OP QRS TU VW X Y ze Client locale D 21 Client server architecture 1 5 CLIENT_LOCALE environment variable D 23 D 35 D 39 D 54 cli html exe file 10 14 cli html iem file 10 71 Closing a channel 5 8 Closing a window 7 10 Code page 1252 D 39 Code points D 12 D 48 Code set D 13 Code set conversion files D 53 handling D 48 tables D 24 Collation order D 14 D 17 D 26 COLLCHAR environment variable D 17 Color settings for Java Client 11 50 Colors changing line 7 22 configuration 9 10 setting fill 7 23 specifying drawing 7 21 Column name D 25 Combo boxes implementing as form extension 6 14 implementing in HTML Client 10 35 COMMAND KEY options with HTML Client 10 8 Comment icons Intro 7 Comments D 23 Common Gateway Interface CGI 11 5 Compatibility of servers D 3 Compilation sample program 3 4 to C code 4 19 tools for 4 26 Compiling libraries 2 12 Composite characters D 4 D 21 D 27 confdesi Configuration Manager program 9 4 Configuration B 18 border width 9 13 color 9 10 g
215. ctory jsm default services jse properties allows you to direct JRun to look for servlets in directories other than JRun servlets and JRun jsm default services jse servlets which are the default locations Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Additional Installation Tasks Add a pointer to your Web server servlets directory to the servletdir setting For example you might modify the servletdir entry as follows servletdir usr jrun jsm default services jse servlets jrun servlets usr Apache servlets where servlets is your main servlets directory the location in which cjac jar was installed This can also be done using the JRun administration utility as follows oa FO N Start JRun administration Select jse Click Service Config Select the General tab Add your servlets directory to the Default Servlets Dir entry Click Save For example C JRun jsm default services jse servlets C JRun servlets C Inetpub wwwroot servlets where C Inetpub wwwroot is your Web server root directory and servlets is your servlets directory You must restart JRun for the changes to take effect If it has not already been done it might also be necessary to assign a style within your Netscape Enterprise Server as follows a a wo N Run the Netscape Administration Server Click Server Preferences in the toolbar Click View Server Settings in the side panel Click Configuration Styles in the toolbar Click Assign Style
216. curity tab and click Edit to change the Anonymous Access and Authentication Control configuration In the Authentication Methods dialog box that appears you can disable uncheck all the options Security Through the File System Make sure that the spawned process fglcl exe can read the fglcl conf file with the rights from the standard internet guest user Spawned processes from the Web server will be under this user s rights To specify file permis sions right click on the fglcl conf file Select Properties and then select the Security tab Click Permissions to display the File Permissions dialog box Using the HTML Client 10 51 Summary Summary When everything is set properly you will be prompted for a password when trying to access this file from another station Internet Explorer and IIS Personal Web Server have special features that allow them to send and receive data more securely and thus will let the current user on the Web server access read the fglcl conf file without any problems These special features are not available if you are using Navigator with the IS server Configuring the appname conf File The naming convention for the application configuration file is appname conf where appname is the name of the application The configu ration variables are not case sensitive The appname conf file has the following flags General configuration settings Pre and post messages Styles Spawning Arra
217. d Taiwanese The days of the week and months of the year in local form are stored in the locale files If this environment variable is set it might override other means of specifying date formats DBMONEY This environment variable has been modified to accept multibyte currency symbols 4GL components that read the value of DBMONEY or DBFORMAT must be able to correctly process multibyte characters as currency symbols If DBMONEY is set its value might override other means of specifying currency formats DBFORMAT This environment variable has been modified to accept multibyte currency symbols Unlike the version of DBFORMAT for English products display of the decimal point is optional rather than mandatory in 4GL Use of acomma as the DBFORMAT decimal separator can produce errors or unpredictable results in SQL statements in which 4GL variables are expanded to number values that are formatted with commas as the decimal separator If DBFORMAT is set its value can override other means of specifying number or monetary formats Global Language Support D 41 Environment Variables That Support GLS D 42 The glfiles utility is described in the Informix Guide to GLS Functionality and is packaged with INFORMIX 4GL and INFORMIX SQL products This utility allows you to generate lists of the following files m GLS locales available in the system m Informix code set conversion files available m Informix code set files available
218. d attribute setting 6 8 Kinsoku processing D 27 KO 7 20 supplement D 19 Korean language D 4 D 19 D 20 KSC 5601 code page D 20 L LANG environment variable D 44 Language codes D 43 Language sensitive files D 45 Language supplement D 19 Language variable D 42 Latin alphabet D 20 LC_COLLATE environment variable D 17 D 26 LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable 3 4 Length of identifiers D 24 Libraries 7 x finding B 8 Libraries system finding B 10 licencef4gl script 4 28 License configuration 8 14 Line width setting 7 22 Line drawing 7 24 Link errors on Windows B 12 Linking modules 4 7 4 21 Links between pages with HTML Client 10 40 Links with HTML Client applications 10 36 Linux operating system 2 5 List boxes 6 4 Locale ID D 42 Locale variables D 44 Locales client D 21 D 35 D 39 D 54 server D 21 D 35 D 38 D 54 Localization defined D 12 guidelines D 32 Localized collation order D 14 Logfile names D 24 D 25 Logical characters D 14 D 28 Logical character based operations D 28 login h file D 52 Lossy conversion D 49 Index 5 A BC D E F GH M Macros and HTML Client 10 27 Manual Unix Installation for HTML Client 10 69 Mapping files D 55 Memory fault troubleshooting B 18 Menu 9 9 Menu button 9 7 Menus configuring window area 9 9 default keys 8 34 differences from 4GL 1 8 in multibyte locales D 27 style configuration 8 19 Message box creating 7 12 Message Compiler D 4 D 7 D 22 Message
219. d daemon uses a TCP IP socket to communicate with the 4GL program and uses the X11 standard DISPLAY mechanism to specify the output interface as shown in Figure 13 2 Figure 13 2 UNIX Main Server Application Windowing falX11d Process 4 Management g EA Tcl Tk Architecture Process 1 fglX11d Tel Tk Process 2 Process 3 Process 5 X11 Front End The 4GL program opens a TCP IP socket to the address and port number specified by the FGLSERVER environment variable This variable must be set in the environment where the 4GL program will be started The syntax of the FGLSERVER environment variable is machine_ip_address daemon_number where machine_ip_address is set to the TCP IP address or name of the computer running the fg1X11d daemon and daemon_number is set to the occurrence number of the fglX11d daemon Each daemon started on one computer should have a unique occurrence number Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Managing Application Windowing Here is an example in a Bourne shell FGLSERVER 127 0 0 4 9 export FGLSERVER These two lines tell the compiler the graphical daemon will run on the computer with the IP address 127 0 0 4 and use the daemon number 9 The second needed environment variable is DISPLAY which tells the fg1X11d daemon which X11 server it must use for the graphical output to your clien
220. d from handle FALSE if an error occurs The storage buffer can be a single variable a simple array or a record Warning Specifying a constant value as buffer list is not detected at compile time and will generate a core dump on UNIX computers and a general protection fault on Windows systems Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Writing Data to a Pipe or Stream The following examples show this function The first example shows a read function return value in a variable buffer DEFINE buffer CHAR 128 CALL channel read pipe_handle buffer RETURNING ret The second example shows a read function returning data in a simple array DEFINE buffer ARRAY 1024 of CHAR 128 DEFINE I INTEGER LET I 1 WHILE channel read pipe_handle buffer I LET I I 1 END WHILE The third example shows a read function returning data in a record DEFINEbuffer RECORD Buff1 CHAR 128 Buff2 CHAR 128 Buff3 INTEGER END RECORD CALL channel read handle buffer Buffl buffer Buff2 buffer Buff3 Writing Data to a Pipe or Stream The following function writes data from a stored buffer to a stream Syntax channel write handle buffer_list handle CHAR xx Unique identifier for open channel buffer_list List of variables if you use more than one variable you must enclose the list in brackets Returns None The storage buffer can be a single variable a simple array a record or a string between
221. d have running m Dynamic 4GL compiler with a valid license number m Web HTTP server m Browser with HTML form and table support HTML Version 3 2 or higher These features are present in Microsoft Internet Explorer Version 2 x or higher and in Netscape Navigator Version 2 x or higher Components on the CD After installing the Dynamic 4GL software the components for Web deployment are available in the CLIENTS CLI HTML directory on the CD The following subdirectories are present ALL BIN DOC SELFEXTR TLB In addition you will find the Bourne installation script install sh Automatic Installation You can begin the automatic installation by executing either the self extracting package or the Bourne shell script Using the Self Extracting Package To use the self extracting package and install all the Web deployment compo nents enter sh html all sh i To install only the binaries and the example enter sh html bin sh i Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Installing on UNIX To install only the documentation enter sh html doc sh i Binaries are included for all supported UNIX systems Using the Shell Script To use the shell script you need the UNIX gzip and tar utilities First extract the files If you have the GNU version of the tar program enter tar xzf HTML tgz If you do not have the GNU version of tar enter gunzip c HTML tgz tar xf Next run the script To install the compl
222. d is installed with both the UNIX Dynamic 4GL development package and the runtime package Prerequisites The X11 interface displays best using a monitor with at least 256 colors Installing Tcl Tk You must install Tcl Tk first You do not need to run this shell as root However you need to have sufficient permissions to create the directories where you want to install the Tcl Tk package Follow these steps to install Tcl Tk 1 Mount the Dynamic 4GL CD on your file system mount your_cdrom_device_name cdrom Depending on your system the syntax of the mount command can be different Check your UNIX manual Also depending on your system the names of the files located on the CD might be in either lowercase or uppercase letters 2 Go to the cdrom OS UNIX directory 3 Enter the following command to start the installation process sh INSTALLTCL SH i If you do not specify i flag you get the syntax help message The installation determines your operating system name and checks for a few requirements including if you already have a Tcl Tk package installed A prompt appears for the installation directory and starts copying the files to your hard drive After the files are installed the installation process prompts you for a directory where the shell script envtcl is to be created This script sets the needed environment variables to make the Tel Tk interpreter work This script is written in a Bourne shell Informix
223. d the command line If a field flag is not defined on the command line the corresponding field is left blank in the dialog box The following example shows the command line of a connection icon e fgl2cusr startwtk ilogin co myserver cmd FGL ia sh exit This command line creates a dialog box where the user enters just their user name and password Available flags are listed in the following table and can be abbreviated Flag Value Minimum Abbreviation computer I address or I name cO user user name us termites terminal type term candling command line cant withdrawn no values make terminal W invisible visible like withdrawn but with value is all 0 means invisible 1 means visible no value show all fields in the al dialog box and a history list box of the previous connections 1of3 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Flag interactive title scrabbler historians Icon height ilogin Command Line Features Value Minimum Abbreviation says whether the ilogin box i appears default value 1 or the connection is immediately made without box 0 specifies the textin the captionof tit the ilogin box specifies whether the emulation scroll has a scrollbar 1 or not 0 default specifies the number of linesin his the scroll back buffer of the terminal the buffer is created regardless of the value of scrabbler argument must be a valid Ico Windows ico File the gi
224. d to all items Specifies the color of the normal foreground of an item This configuration is applied to Scrollbar and Color objects Specifies the background color choice of an item when it is active For example when the pointer is positioned on a button or a field when it is accessible for input This config uration is applied to Button and Field objects Specifies the foreground color choice of an item when it is active For example a scrollbar when the pointer is posi tioned on it This configuration is applied to Scrollbar and Field objects Specifies the background color choice of an item when it is highlighted for example the current line of a screen record This configuration is applied to Field objects The Different Configurations Relief Configuration Specifies the item relief style raised sunken flat grooved or ridged This configuration is applied to Button Field and Screen objects Border Width Configuration Specifies the item border width style Relief style does not appear if you select a border with a width of zero This configuration is applied to Label except the Label item Button Field and Window objects Relief and Border Width Attributes For every combination of the attributes BOLD REVERSE UNDERLINE and BLINK a different relief border width and background color can be specified by means of the menu option Attributes and the related submenus The following rules apply in the so
225. de used for HTML applications It also specifies an FGLPROFILE file that is used for HTML applications Step 4 Editing Your Client Configuration File The fglcl conf file is located in the Web server s cgi bin directory For more information see the client configuration file fglcl conf Modify the following parameters in the fglcl conf file phonebook fglserver app_server_ip_address 96 phonebook debug 0 phonebook HIMLdebug 0 Replace app_server_ip_address with the IP address of your application server You can use the name of the application server or a fully qualified hostname and domain name however this can require a DNS lookup or a search in etc hosts on UNIX or in WINDIR system32 drivers etc hosts on Windows NT which can slow performance Step 5 Starting the HTML Server Process on UNIX Start the server process on UNIX with the following command fglhtmld f phonebook Unix conf To display system messages enter the following command fglhtmld d f phonebook Unix conf Using the HTML Client 10 31 Step 6 Starting the Browser Step 6 Starting the Browser To run your application in a Web browser using the HTML client enter the URL of the Dynamic 4GL application in your browser http web_server_ip_address web_server_cgi_alias fglcl exe appname For example http d4gl_server cgi gin fglcl exe phonebook Step 7 Using the Application After your browser has started the application
226. display information and support user input The detailed sequence of operations is as follows m The Web browser or appletviewer initiates a request The browser or appletviewer must be compliant with JDK 1 1 3 or later and should support the Java Foundation Classes Swing Ver sion 1 1 Swing must be installed separately m The Web server spawns and communicates with CJAC The Web server must be able to run servlets m The Java Application Connector communicates with a Dynamic Virtual Machine DVM that handles and interprets the P code The CJAC servlet starts a DVM that communicates with the applet 11 6 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide How Dynamic 4GL Uses Java The following figure shows the complete environment for the Java Client You can run the Java Client through a firewall as shown in Figure 11 1 Figure 11 1 Java Client Firewall Architecture Web server httpd Normal content pages images Unsecured logos and so Side forth Cohabitation with Cli HTML E Optional Firewalls JVM Java Virtual Machine Application server DVM Cli Java used in the secured zone fglrun WTK X11 Secured Side ASCII terminal Local intranet Database can also be network access to a database server Using the Java Client 11 7 Java Client Limitations 11 8 Java Client Limitations When using the Ja
227. double quotes For example CALL channel write handle hello world Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 7 Channel Error Codes 5 8 Closing the Channel The following function closes the channel specified by handle Syntax channel close handle handle CHAR xx Unique identifier for open channel Returns None For example assume handle is called handle1 CALL channel close handlel Channel Error Codes Even though several channel functions return no error code you can test the status of the called function like all other 4GL functions You can see the different error codes returned by testing the status variables MW 6340 Cannot open file MW 6341 Unsupported mode for open file M 6342 Cannot open pipe MW 6343 Unsupported mode for open pipe E 6344 Cannot write to unopened file or pipe MH 6345 Channel write error Mm 6346 Cannot read from unopened file or pipe Sharing Information Using DDE DDE is a form of interprocess communication that uses shared memory to exchange data between applications Applications can use DDE for one time data transfers and for ongoing exchanges in applications that send updates to one another as new data becomes available With this new extension you can invoke a Windows application and send or receive data to or from it To use this new functionality the program must be executed on a Windows PC or on a UNIX workstation but only from the W
228. dows Enabling Code Set Conversion for Windows Code set conversion on Windows is handled by INFORMIX NET for Windows There is no portable way to determine which code set an operating system is using so you must tell INFORMIX NET which code set is being used by all the databases to which your client will be connecting in a single connection For INFORMIX NET to work correctly all keyboard input terminal output and file input and output must use the same code set on the client computer All databases to which your application connects during a single connection must also use the same code set Follow these steps to establish code set conversion Each step is described in more detail in the paragraphs that follow To establish code set conversion 1 Determine the code set that is used by the client 2 Determine the code set that is used by all the databases to which this client will connect in a single connection 3 Determine whether you have an Informix defined code set conversion that is suitable for use between the client and database code sets 4 Determine the Informix defined code set names that are used to identify the client and server code sets 5 Assign the Informix defined code set names to the CLIENT_LOCALE and DB_LOCALE entries in the Windows 95 registry through the Setnet32 utility or in the InetLogin structure login h file Programs deployed on Windows 3 1 can set these entries in the Environment section of
229. dows starting 5 20 ar42o script 4 27 Architecture general Dynamic 4GL 1 5 Arcs drawing 7 25 Arrays configuration for HTML Client 10 65 differences from 4GL 1 7 displaying a row 5 24 with HTML Client 10 26 Asian Language Support ALS D 3 D 37 Asian languages D 4 D 15 D 27 Ataman 12 29 Installing and Configuring 2 22 BEFORE FIELD clause with HTML Client 10 8 Bidirectional text processing D 17 Big 5 code page D 20 Binary blob D 52 Bitmaps implementing 6 11 Blobs text D 24 Border width configuration 9 13 Browser buttons with HTML Client 10 9 Button object 9 7 Buttons adding to a form 6 9 Check 9 7 horizontal title menu 9 7 implementing hot key 6 6 implementing menu 6 6 key 9 7 Key BMP 9 7 menu 9 7 No Key B 15 relief configuration 9 13 Byte based string operations D 28 bytecode 11 4 A BC D E F GH C C code compiling to 4 19 example 4 19 libraries 2 12 2 22 C compiler 2 6 C compiler GNU A 8 C functions returning key codes from 5 18 using in 4GL applications 4 8 C language A 7 Canadian French language code D 43 Canvas 9 8 CapsLock and scrollbar troubleshooting B 17 Castilian Spanish language code D 43 CC environment variable A 7 Certificate authority and HTML Client 10 47 Channel closing 5 8 error codes 5 8 extensions 5 3 opening a file 5 4 opening a pipe 5 5 reading data 5 6 setting default separator 5 6 writing data 5 7 CHAR data type D 16 Character filter creating 5 18 Chara
230. dth 500 cjac comm client http get Timeout Specifies in microseconds ms the maximum time the client waits before placing a new HTTP GET request after the last reply from the application After this timeout the servlet assumes that the client is not responding and shuts down the connection Specify this parameter as an integer The default 1s 30000 For example cjac comm server http getTimeout 30000 cjac comm server task reannounceDelay Specifies in microseconds ms the maximum time CJAC waits before reannouncing a restarted application to the client when the application is using RUN WITHOUT WAITING Specify this parameter as an integer The default is 5000 For example cjac comm server task reannounceDelay 5000 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Editing the cjac cnf File cjac comm server task startUpTimeout Specifies in microseconds ms the maximum time CJAC takes to start an application After this time lapse CJAC attempts to restart the application Specify this parameter as an integer The default is 10000 For example cjac comm server task startUpTimeout 10000 cjac comm server tcp basePort Specifies as an integer the base TCP port that CJAC listens on to communicate with the 4GL application Normally you should not change this value the runner uses it to communicate with CJAC The default is 6400 For example cjac comm server tcp basePort 6400 cjac comm server tc
231. e active help tip String that contains the comment associated with the toolbar None gui toolBar 0 comments help for this program Toolbar GUI Settings gui toolBar 0 hideButton Description Indicates if the key button corresponding to the icon must Value Default Syntax disappear from the key button frame This function does not run with the horizontal menu 0 The key appears in the right frame 1 The key does not appear 0 gui toolBar 0 hideButton 0 gui toolBar 0 key Description Name of the key used with this icon This variable can be used Value Default Syntax instead of gui toolBar O text Key name associated with the toolbar None gui toolBar 0 key F1 gui toolBar 0 text Description Text associated with an icon on the toolbar For menu command Value Default Syntax text this is only available with vertical menus Text associated with the icon None gui toolBar 0 text Help Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 23 Toolbar GUI Settings 8 24 gui bubbleHelp enabled Description Enables or disables tip help Value 0 Disables the tip 1 Enables it Default 1 Syntax gui bubbleHelp enabled 1 gui bubbleHelp color Description Specifies the background color of the help tip You can also use the configuration manager on the client side to configure it Value Name of the background color Default yellow Syntax gui bubbleHelp color yellow
232. e 4GL server By default only the localhost the Windows computer running the 4GL Server is listed 12 20 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Connecting Without a Password When a non authorized connection to the 4GL Server occurs a message box appears on the Windows computer and you can decide to m authorize the access a new line is added to the rhosts file m authorize the access only this time m deny access To remove the access right for a previously authorized user you must edit the rhosts file and remove the line specifying the user Connecting Without a Password To start a connection to a computer without having to enter a password perform the following steps 1 Set CHECK_PASSWORD 0 in the RLOGIN section of the WTKSRV INI file For more information see User Definable WTKSRV INI Entries on page 12 48 2 Update either the host equiv file or rhosts file For more information refer to the following sections Warning Setting up a password free connection creates a trusted relationship to the remote client Anyone using the remote client can login into the server A password free login occurs with any user name except for root Recording the Computer Name in the etc hosts equiv File Record the name of the Windows computer in the etc hosts equiv file of the UNIX computer Record the computer name twice once with the short computer name and again with the domain name added You must record the name tw
233. e D 25 4GL does not however support multibyte characters as currency symbols or as separators in display formats that DBDATE or DBFORMAT specifies Logical Characters Within a single byte locale every character of data within character string values requires only a single byte of memory storage and a single character position for display by a character mode device This simple one to one relationship in character string operations between data characters display width and storage requirements does not exist in East Asian locales that support multibyte characters In such locales a single logical character might correspond to a single byte or to two or more bytes In such locales it becomes necessary to distinguish among the logical characters within a string the display width that the corresponding glyph occupies in a display or in report output and the number of bytes of memory storage that must be allocated to hold the string In locales that support multibyte characters some built in functions and operators that process string values operate on logical characters rather than on bytes For code sets that use multibyte characters this modifies the byte based behavior of several features in 4GL A single logical character can occupy one or more character positions in a screen display or in output of a report and requires at least one byte of storage and possibly more than one Declaring the CHAR or VARCHAR data types of variable
234. e Dynamic 4GL runtime package Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Compiling Help Message Files Compiling Help Message Files You need to recompile the 4GL help message files into a Dynamic 4GL format The help message compiler named fglmkmsg is similar to the Informix mkmessage compiler The compilation syntax is as follows fglmkmsg input_file output_file The following command decompiles the file and the output is written to the standard output fglmkmsg r compiled_ file Generating a Database Schema File You need to generate a database schema file Run the following command in a directory and environment where you have access to your database for instance you should be able to access the database with the Informix tools INFORMIX SQL and DB Access fglschema database_name The file database_name sch is generated If needed two other files are generated databasename att and databasename val These files manage the syscolatt and syscolval tables respectively The environment variable FGLDBPATH must include the path to the directory that contains this database schema file This environment variable allows you to compile 4GL programs that reference the database Important While no changes are required to the database before using Dynamic 4GL a schema file must be generated each time that the database structure changes Using the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 4 5 Compiling to P Code Co
235. e Informix Guide to GLS Functionality for an example of non English locale files Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Requirements for All Locales Requirements for All Locales This section outlines the steps that are needed to create localized 4GL applications 1 Set up the development environment The system administration tools that you use must belong to the database server You can use a UNIX terminal or a local terminal emulation program on Windows provided that it supports the local code set Write the code Filenames source and compiled must contain only English characters Compile and debug the code The 4GL compiler can compile and link the components of the application The Message Compiler can compile non English text so that runtime messages can be displayed in the local language The user interface of the Message Compiler is in English Any Windows help requires the Windows Help Compiler The INFORMIX 4GL Interactive Debugger is not GLS enabled The Dynamic 4GL Debugger has sufficient GLS capability to display non English characters from the client locale Deploy the code Deployment is relatively unrestricted Applications that can be cre ated through the steps outlined here are localized applications for a specific locale and therefore are not internationalized That is they should not be used in another locale that requires for example a dif ferent code set from that of the message file
236. e approaches listed here For many of the application elements discussed in this section the two methods of localization are the table based approach and the file based approach The table based approach involves obtaining translation infor mation from a database using SQL queries The file based approach involves retrieving the values of the variables from a text file Application Help and Error Messages The following methods are available for localizing application help and error messages Table Based Localization of Messages To use this method you need to verify the availability of tables It often also requires the hard coding of defaults in case the database cannot be accessed File Based Localization of Messages This method uses the fglmkmessage message compiler utility to create help and error message files For more information see Localizing Prompts and Messages on page D 47 Global Language Support D 35 Localization Methodology Overview D 36 Date Time and Currency Formats To localize formats for dates time and money values set the Informix environment variables DBDATE DBFORMAT and DBMONEY Formatting conventions of some East Asian locales require that the GL_DATE or GL_DATETIME environment variable be set Informix System Error Messages The following methods are available for localizing Informix system messages and error messages Informix Translation Informix provides error message translati
237. e are localized applications for a specific locale and therefore are not internationalized That is they should not be used in another locale that requires for example a dif ferent code set from that of the message files Compiling a Dynamic 4GL Application with GLS Dynamic 4GL applications with GLS support can only be compiled to P code Important You cannot compile an application to C code Creating a Runner To create a GLS runner add the gls flag when running the fglmkrun script For example fglmkrun sh esql gls By default the runner will be created in the FGLDIR bin gls directory and linked into the FGLDIR bin directory You can specify a runner location and name with the o flag If the application is to run with Informix 7 3 database servers set the fglmkrun flag for Informix Esql C 9 1x The flag changes from d ix730 to d ix914 Alternatively you could set the Dynamic 4GL environment variable FGLDBS to ix914 If you do not specify the gls flag when running the fglmkrun script a runner using only ASCII characters will be created in the FGLDIR bin ascii directory and linked into the FGLDIR bin directory For example fglmkrun sh c4gl To create a GLS aware P code runner on Windows NT place the following entry in the Makefile USE_GLS YES Global Language Support D 5 Checking if a Runner with GLS Support was Created Checking if a Runner with GLS Support was Created You can check if a runne
238. e can be modified if the port is being used by another application Windows Client Requirements Check to be sure the client system meets the following requirements m A Microsoft TCP IP stack is installed and correctly configured You must use the Microsoft TCP IP stack Do not use a third party TCP IP stack You can run 32 bit applications 386 or better You have disabled any memory manager software such as Emm386 Otherwise the display speed of 4GL applications through the Windows interface will be reduced Windows 3 1 Requirements For Windows 3 1 you might need to install the WIN32S extension and Microsoft TCP IP stack This software is included with the Dynamic 4GL media For directions on how to install the TCP IP 32 stack change to the WINDOWS UTIL TCPIP32 TCPIP32 directory on the CD and display readme txt To install the WIN32S extension start setup exe in the WINDOWS UTIL WIN32S DISK1 directory on the CD Monitor Requirements For best results use a screen resolution of at least 800 by 600 pixels and be able to display at least 256 colors However you can use the Windows Client with a standard VGA monitor Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Dynamic 4GL Server Requirements Dynamic 4GL Server Requirements To be able to connect to the host computer using the WTK Rlogin option of the Windows Client an Rlogin Internet service must be running on the remote computer Remote UNIX Com
239. e client where the application appears Enabling this feature can reduce the network traffic and might speed up applications gui local edit Description Enables or disables local editing Value 1 Enable local editing 0 Disable local editing Default 1 Syntax gui local edit 1 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Cut Copy and Paste Feature Settings Cut Copy and Paste Feature Settings The cut copy and paste feature allows you to cut or copy a selected string from one field to another in a 4GL graphical application To use this feature the local editing feature should be enabled To enable this feature edit the fglprofile file The local editing feature should be enabled with gui local edit 1 Then you can choose the short cut keys for cut copy and paste with gui key copy Control c default value is Control Insert gui key paste Control v default value is Shift Insert gui key cut Control x default value is Delete Warning If you want to redefine gui key copy as Control C set gui key interrupt to another value You can also define the message displayed when the user tries to use a local editing feature in a not allowed field with gui local edit error error string You can use the following keyboard equivalents m key Shift Left add character at the left to the selection m key Shift Right add character at the right to the selection m key Shift Home add from current character to
240. e default C compiler normally cc make sure that you have set the INFORMIXC environment variable to the compiler you are using such as gcc for the GNU C compiler as well as the documented FGLCC and CC variables For example INFORMIXC gcc export INFORMIXC Finding the Required Libraries findlib sh The first step is to identify the Informix libraries the UNIX system libraries and the Dynamic 4GL libraries needed to create the libraries and the P code runner To do so run the findlib sh Bourne shell script located in the bin subdirectory where Dynamic 4GL is installed This step requires a C compiler and the INFORMIX ESQL C development libraries bin sh findlib sh This script generates a file called envcomp in the local directory This shell script sets all the environment variables necessary to create the P code runner and the 4GL libraries which allow you to compile to C code and to execute 4GL programs Execute this Bourne shell script with the following command envcomp Creating the P Code Runner and Libraries You are now ready to create the P code runner This runner contains all the routines to access to the Informix database with your version of the Informix database interface This runner is used when you link your 4GL source code modules together and when you run the P code compiled 4GL programs The runner is the result of linking your Informix libraries your UNIX system libraries and the Dynamic 4GL libra
241. e ee ee 7 20 Drawing a Polygon 2 1 2 we ee ee ee 7 26 7 2 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide In This Chapter This chapter describes functions that can be used to enhance the graphical user interface GUI The topics include Display extensions Window management functions Mouse management functions Toolbars Dialog boxes Drawing extensions Display Extensions This section describes an initialization function and other functions that relate to display environments Calling Dynamic 4GL Libraries The following function is required at the beginning of every 4GL program that calls functions from the Dynamic 4GL libraries Syntax fgl_init4js For example CALL fgl_init4 4s Using Graphical Extensions to 4GL 7 3 Checking for UNIX or Windows Checking for UNIX or Windows The following function returns the current value of the FGLGUI environment variable Syntax fgl_fglgui Returns TRUE if the program is run under a GUI FALSE if the program is run on an ASCII terminal For example MAIN CALL fgl_init4js IF fgl_fglgui 1 THEN CALL fgl_winmessage Welcome from server to WTK nice to meet you info ELSE OPEN WINDOW wl AT 1 1 WITH 5 ROWS 50 COLUMNS ATTRIBUTE BORDER DISPLAY Welcome from server to ASCII AT 2 5 SLEEP 3 CLOSE WINDOW wl END IF END MAIN Compile this program with the Dynamic 4GL compiler and execute it Figure 7 1 shows the message that app
242. e entries for the ilogin Box and inew Box overriding the settings from WTKSRV INI and user defined files Configuration File WTKSRV INI Entries The file WTKSRV INI is the main configuration file for the 4GL Server Typically this file only needs to be edited to change the port number to switch off the R shell daemon and to configure the RLOGIN section The file is located in the installation directory of the 4GL Server usually C FGL2CUSR Important Before Version 1 23 the configuration file for the 4GL Server was called WTKSRV INI The following table lists the most important file entries If some entries do not appear in your file the default values are used Section Values Description DIRECTORIES WTK_ROOTDIR Installation directory of WTK Interpreter WTK_EXE WTk Interpreter WTK_CLIENTDIR Directory of Tcl_Scripts for 4GL Server on the client WTK_4GLSERVER_DIR Same as WTK_CLIENTDIR 1 of 7 Using the Windows Client 12 37 Configuration File WTKSRV INI Entries 12 38 Section Values WTK_4GLSERVER_WORKDIR WTK_4GLSERVER_ROOTDIR WTK_4GLSERVER_GROUP VERSION section WTK_VERSION WTK_4GLSERVER_VERSION 4GLSERVER WTK_4GLSERVERPORT HIDE ICON SHOW_SERVER_START MSG_STARTSUCCESS MSG_STARTFAILED TITLE_SERVER TITLE_CONNECTIONS TCLVARIABLES Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Description Working directory of 4GL Server Installation directory of 4GL Server Program Group name of 4
243. e fields of the screen form Legacy Support for DBCENTURY 4GL 7 2 and a few earlier releases to which this feature was back ported support the DBCENTURY environment variable which can be set to any of four values each of which specifies a different rule for expanding 2 digit years If the user enters a single digit year 4GL prefixes this digit with a leading zero and then applies the current expansion rule to the 2 digit result This support is continued in 4GL 7 30 You can set DBCENTURY as you would any other environment variable The valid settings and the expansion rule that each specifies are listed here Setting Expansion Algorithm R Prefix the entered value with the first two digits of the current year from the system clock calendar at runtime C Prefix the entered value with the first two digits of the past current or future year that gives a date that is closest to the current date from the system clock calendar P Prefix the entered value with the first two digits of the past or current year that gives the most recent date in the past F Prefix the entered value with the first two digits of a future or current year that gives the earliest date in the future For example on UNIX systems that use the C shell the specification setenv DBCENTURY C instructs 4GL to expand 2 digit years to the closest date DBCENTURY is case sensitive If DBCENTURY is not set or set to an invalid value such as any lower
244. e functions return TRUE if the application is successfully started If FALSE is returned you can see the error using the function DDEGeterror Four back slashes are needed as escape characters to transmit one to the client computer Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Using Input Statement Functions Using Input Statement Functions The following set of functions must be executed inside dialog functions such as INPUT INPUT ARRAY DISPLAY ARRAY and PROMPT statements Using these functions outside of a dialog function might create errors at compile time or at runtime Returning a Value if a Field has been Modified The following function is called by AFTER FIELD INPUT CONSTRUCT and returns a value that indicates whether or not the last field has been modified Syntax fgl_buffertouched Returns TRUE if the last field has been modified The following source code tests if an update must be made after an input only on the last field If something has changed during the input a dialog box will be displayed that asks you if you want to accept the input If not a message appears informing you that nothing has to be done MAIN DEFINE answer CHAR 100 inst RECORD Gil G2 Gdr Cly Cs O Cle Ger O9 CTO CHAR 100 END RECORD CALL fgl_init4js OPEN WINDOW wl AT 1 1 WITH FORM demo LET answer yes WHILE answer yes INPUT BY NAME inst AFTER FIELD c10 IF fgl_buffertouched THEN LET an
245. e message that you see if you are using an X Windows client Figure 7 3 Welcome Message in Windows Client Mode O Nice to meet you l Ok Welcome fromservertoX Window Management Functions This section describes the extensions that help you manage application windowing Setting the Default Size of a Window The following function allows you to change the default size of the program window Syntax fgl_setsize nblines nbcols nblines Integer that specifies the new number of lines nbcols Integer that specifies the new number of columns Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Setting the Title of a Window Example IF answer yes THEN IF reduce_flag THEN CALL fgl_setsize 25 80 normal size ELSE CALL fgl_setsize 10 50 reduced size LET reduce_flag TRUE reduced size END IF END IF Setting the Title of a Window The following function allows you to set the title of a program window Syntax fgl_settitle mytitle mytitle String or variable with the new title The default title is the program name To change this title use the fgl_settitle function Example MAIN DEFINE title CHAR 100 flag SMALLINT CALL fgl_init4js CALL fgl_settitle hello world LET flag TRUE WHILE flag PROMPT Give the new title FOR title CALL fgl_settitle title F TITLE THEN LET flag FALSE END IF END WHILE END MAIN With this example enter the new title of the wind
246. e path to key tcl on your local drive Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 29 Key GUI Settings 8 30 After you start the key tcl script type the key or key combinations Their ASCII value and name are displayed in the debug window or in the terminal For example owish f SFGLDIR etc key tcl Control_L 66 Control c 56 Up 91 Down 92 Right 97 Left 87 Delete 84 KP_Enter 116 KP_3 111 KP_Decimal 112 Shift_R 65 Shift exclam 10 key key_name text Description The label rather than the value of a hot key to be displayed in the right button frame Value Text for the specific key Default key help text Help key accept text OK key interrupt text Interrupt key delete text Delete key insert text Insert key return text Return key escape text Escape The following table lists keys for specific actions Key Description key help text Text for the help key key accept text Text for the accept key key interrupt text Text for the interrupt key key delete text Text for the delete key Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Key key insert text key return text key escape text key prevpage text key nextpage text The following table lists the function keys key fl text F1 Description Text for the insert key Text for the return key Text for the escape key Text for the previous page key Text for the next page key key f13 text F13 Key GUI Settings key f2 text F2 ke
247. e programmer can prevent the user from performing Insert or Delete operations during the INPUT ARRAY statement Such restrictions can be global to the entire screen array or can apply only to specific screen records New CANCEL INSERT Keywords Insert operations of the user can be cancelled programmatically for individual screen records of the current 4GL form by including the CANCEL INSERT keywords within the BEFORE INSERT control block The cancelled Insert operation has no effect on the active set of rows that INPUT ARRAY is processing The new syntax for the BEFORE INSERT control block of INPUT ARRAY state ments is INPUT ARRAY BEFORE INSERT statement CANCEL INSERT Here statement is any statement of 4GL that is valid within a BEFORE INSERT control block of INPUT ARRAY If CANCEL INSERT is specified the user is prevented from entering rows by using the Insert key This feature also prevents the user from entering rows by moving the screen cursor past the last initialized row by using an ARROW key TAB key RETURN key or in Dynamic 4GL the ENTER key Here is a code example INPUT ARRAY BEFORE INSERT TF ARR_CURR THEN CANCEL INSERT END IF END INPUT Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Enhanced Syntax for Screen Array Management This example disables the Insert key for only the third row In contexts like this two cases arise m Case 1 The form is already populated with data Suppose that it
248. e sorting if you require localized collation of data values in NCHAR or NVARCHAR columns of the database You can write collation functions but 4GL relational operators always use the code set order Single Byte and Multibyte Characters Most alphabet based languages such as English Greek and Tagalog require no more than the 256 different code points that a single byte can represent This simplifies aspects of processing character data in those languages for example the number of bytes of storage that an ASCII character string requires has a linear relationship to the number of characters in the string In non alphabetic languages however the number of different characters can be much greater than 256 Languages like Chinese Japanese and Korean include thousands of different characters and typically require more than one byte to store a given logical character Characters that occupy two or more bytes of storage are called multibyte characters D 14 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Locales Locales For 4GL and for Informix database servers and connectivity products a locale is a set of files that specify the linguistic and cultural conventions that the user expects to see when the application runs A locale can specify these The name of the code set The collation order for character string data Culture specific display formats for other data types The correspondence between uppercase and lowercase letters Determina
249. e system types and allows you to select one Whether you want to install the documentation HTML files that describe how to configure and use the Web deployment components The location of the HTML documentation root directory on the Web server The default is var httpd htdocs The installation will not put the documentation in this directory but will use the directory to propose a new one Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Installing on Windows NT m The path to the directory in which to install the HTML documentation You must specify an absolute path The default is var httpd htdocs Cli HTML m Whether you want to install the example m The path to the directory in which to install the example The default is FGLDIR cli html example m Whether you want to install the release notes m The path to the directory in which to install the release notes The default is SFGLDIR cli html release Configuring Your System Configuring your environment to run your applications from the browser involves placing entries in the fglcl conf file This file is located in the cgi bin directory of the Web server For detailed information on configuration see Configuration Settings in the fglcl conf file on page 10 48 Installing on Windows NT This section provides directions to install the Web Deployment Components on Windows NT Web Deployment Component Requirements To install this software you need to have installed and have
250. e the first line is not a data value but indicates the alignment of bytes within the substrings AA BB AA becomes sis ABA C AA becomes algin A B CABC becomes Bec Here the notation s pole a single byte whitespace Any uppercase letter followed by a superscript means an East Asian character with multibyte storage width for simplicity this example assumes a 2 byte storage requirement for the multibyte characters In the first example the a would become a partial character in the pubstane so it is replaced by a single byte whitespace In the same substring the B would lose its trailing byte so a similar replacement takes place Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide General Guidelines General Guidelines This section lists the issues that you need to consider when writing and translating applications Internationalization Guidelines To make a 4GL application world ready keep the following guidelines in mind Do not assume that application users are English speaking or will accept any pre set business rules or formats Use code libraries wherever possible This centralizes common code and makes changes and maintenance easier when developing for international markets Specific programming areas that might require special attention and that are treated in detail in the Informix Guide to GLS Functionality include a character string display entry storage retrieval and processing a formats for literal da
251. ears if you are in ASCII mode for UNIX Figure 7 1 Welcome Message in ASCII Mode Welcome from SCIIg Tip If you execute this program with UNIX be sure to put a SLEEP statement after DISPLAY so that you can see the message 7 4 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Checking for Windows Client Mode Figure 7 2 shows the message that appears if you are in graphical mode Welcome from server to WTK PH Figure 7 2 Welcome Message nice to meet youll in Graphical Mode Checking for Windows Client Mode The following function tells you if the graphical front end used is the Windows client Syntax fgl_wtkclient Returns TRUE if displayed on a Windows client FALSE if displayed on an X Windows client or ASCII terminal The following program tests whether you are using the GUI and if so whether you are using Windows MAIN IF fgl_fglgui 1 THEN IF fgl_wtkclient 1 THEN CALL fgl_winmessage Welcome from server to WTK Pleased to meet you stop ELSE CALL fgl_winmessage Welcome from server to X Nice to meet you info END IF ELSE OPEN WINDOW wl AT 1 1 WITH 5 ROWS 50 COLUMNS WITH ATTRIBUTE BORDER DISPLAY Welcome from server to ASCII AT 2 5 SLEEP 1 CLOSE WINDOW wl END IF END MAIN Using Graphical Extensions to 4GL 7 5 Window Management Functions 7 6 After compiling and executing the program you have the two windows as in the fgl_fglgui examples Figure 7 3 shows th
252. ecute the action defined by an ON KEY statement by pressing the corresponding key on the keyboard Buttons in the Form Buttons can be added to the screen section of a form To do so add a field tag to the screen section and add the widget and the config string in the attribute definition of the tag The widget parameter must be set to BUTTON and the config parameter must be set to the name of the key sent to the application when the button is pressed The following code creates a form with two buttons displayed at the bottom of the form Using Form Extensions to 4GL 6 9 Buttons in the Form In a 4GL module add the following lines OPEN WINDOW w AT 2 3 WITH FORM button ATTRIBUTE BORDER DISPLAY Insert Overwrite TO bt1 DISPLAY Zoom TO bt2 INPUT BY NAME a b c DISPLAY TO btl erases label and deactivates the button DISPLAY TO bt2 erases label and deactivates the button Create this form specification file button per DATABASE formonly SCREEN Fieldl a Field2 b Field3 c bt bt2 ATTRIBUTES a formonly a b formonly b c formonly c bt1 formonly btl widget BUTTON config Control a bt2 formonly bt2 widget BUTTON config Fl a i end KEYS MINS With this example during the INPUT statement you can click the two buttons The first one will send the CONTROL A key This key toggles the insert and overwrite modes The second button
253. ed for your application in the fglcl conf file For example QUERY_STRING phonebook export QUERY_STRING Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Checking the HTML Client To enable debugging for the client set the debug and HTMLdebug parameters in the fglcl conf file as in the following example phonebook debug 10 phonebook HTIMLdebug 01 To run the HTML client type foie If you see a display similar to the following one the HTML server is not responding there could also be some HTML code and the detailed messages can vary from release to release DBG 01 Debug mode is 10 DBG 02 Summarizing configuration from resource file DBG 03 fglserver is 194 150 8 100 98 DBG 03 debugstr is 10 DBG 05 gt Sockssinit DBG 05 lt Sock init DBG 02 gt Sock clientsocket DBG 02 gt Sock close closing socket 33 DBG 02 lt Sock close status is 0 DBG 03 connect returned a negative value 1 DBG 04 Socket Error null 1 DBG 02 Error in clientsocket Connection refused 115 LOG 04 Error in clientsocket Connection refused 115 Possible reasons and possible actions to take are as follows The HTML server is not running Start the server The HTML server is running but is not responding to the client Check that the application server name is specified correctly for the fglserver parameter in the fglcl conf file
254. ed with the toolbar For this item you can configure background foreground pad X and pad Y The Help Menu This menu contains an About item which specifies the current version of Dynamic 4GL Using the Configuration Manager 9 9 How to Configure an Object with the Configuration Manager How to Configure an Object with the Configuration Manager The following sections describe how to use the Configuration Manager Opening a File 1 Choose the Open or New commands from the File menu commands to open an existing configuration file or create a new configuration file 2 Choose an object from the Widget menu For more information on the different objects see Widget Menu on page 9 5 3 Position the cursor on the object and click the right mouse button to display a menu of configuration options 4 Double click a menu option to configure the object Configuration Types This section describes the configuration types that control m Color choice m Radio button styles Numeric fields 9 10 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Configuration Types Color Choice The color choice allows you to choose a color from a palette 20 to 40 colors appear at the bottom of the Configuration Window This type is used by the following properties Background Foreground Active Bg Active Fg HighlightBg Click the Prev and Next buttons to display additional color sets Configu ration can be stopped either with the Do
255. el instruction set is defined in the P code runner and because C functions have only a low level implementation that is they do not change the 4GL syntax they must be linked with the runner at its creation Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Using C Functions in 4GL Applications To use C functions in a 4GL program you must m define the C functions in a C extension file m compile your C files and the C extension file m build the runner with the C files The fglmkrun shell script allows you to generate a specific runner with C function For more information you can view the output of fglmkrun You can also use different flags and options with fglmkrun Viewing Sample fglmkrun Output You can see what was done during fglmkrun execution The output displays the following information m The name and location of the created P code runner m The compiler linker used by the script to build the P code runner for example esql gcc cc c4gl and so on m The list of the additional flags and libraries added to the command line m The current value of SINFORMIXDIR m The version of Informix database interface for which the runner is created a ix410 for 4 10 Informix interfaces ix501 for Informix interfaces from 5 01 to 6 X ix711 for Informix interfaces 7 X ix914 for Informix database interfaces 9 13 or greater ixgen for all Informix database interfaces but requires the compi lation of an ESQL C source file SFGLDIR src
256. ements option_language CHAR 3 language ID code opt ion_number SMALLINT identifying number option_text CHAR 80 text option_maxlen SMALLINT maximum length of string CREATE UNIQUE INDEX ix_menustr ON menu_elements option_language option_number Example data ENG150Cold Beer FRE150Biere froide GER150Kaltes Bier SPA150Cerveza fr a ENG151lIced Tea Querying the Table A global variable that contains the language code of the application which corresponds to the value in the option_language column can be set in the program at startup Each time a character string is needed a function could be called that uses the language and identifying number to query the table for the appropriate string LET lang getLanguage returns 3 letter code from option_language column Localizing Prompts and Messages You can use the 4GL message compiler utility to create translated message files for your application messages These files which usually have the extension iem run very quickly Creating Message Files For any natural language follow these steps to create new language versions of the messages and prompts that your application displays Global Language Support D 47 Localizing Prompts and Messages D 48 To create new message files 1 With a text editor that can create flat files create a source msg file with the following format message number message text message number message text
257. en Arehifecuire Differences Between Dynamic 4GL and 4GL 4GL Extensions New Features in Dynamic 4GL Main Features Graphical Improvements New 4GL Language Features in the 7 3 Release WN XN 001 0 OWw Y 1 3 1 3 1 4 1 4 1 4 15 1 7 1 10 1 12 1 12 1 13 1 13 iv Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Installing Dynamic 4GL In This Chapter Before Installing Dynamic 4GL Upgrading Dynamic 4GL Supported Operating Systems Hardware Requirements C Compiler Requirements Informix Client SDK Dynamic 4GL Directory Installing Dynamic 4GL on UNIX Displaying the Installation Options Installing Without a CD Installing the Dynamic 4GL Files GLS Installation Licensing the Software Compiling the Libraries Creating the Environment Shell Script Preparing to Install Dynamic 4GL on Windows NT C Compiler Requirement x4 Informix Database Server Requirement TCP IP Requirement Hardware Prerequisite Recommended Windows Client Protdquisite Installing Dynamic 4GL on Windows NT Dynamic 4GL Installation Configuring Dynamic 4GL for idea NT Connecting to a Windows NT Database Server Post Installation Tasks Installing and Configuring the nan Renee os Service Basics of Using Dynamic 4GL In This Chapter Setting the Environment Variables Compiling a Simple Program Writing the Source Code Compiling the Source Code Compiling the Form Specification File Viewing the Dynamic 4GL Application
258. ences other classes The class is executed using the Java Virtual Machine which is named java For example to execute the program myjava class from the command line you would type java myjava class The java command is often embedded in a shell script on UNIX or batch file on Windows for convenience An applet is a Java program that is executed inside a Web browser To execute an applet you load a Web page that includes a special HTML tag similar to the tag used to load an image The browser then downloads the applet and executes it using the JVM Because the applet is stored on the Web server and only downloaded as it is being executed deployment and maintenance of the applet is much simpler than deploying an equivalent Java program to many sites and then maintaining all the sites Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Swing Swing The original Java user interface was written in a set of classes called Abstract Window Toolkit or AWT AWT relied heavily on native libraries and therefore had portability issues A new implementation of the user interface was included in the Java Foundation Classes JFC introduced in 1997 through a set of new components called Swing Swing is written entirely in Java and does not require extra system libraries avoiding portability problems among different environments The Swing components are not part of Java Version 1 1 but you can use them with that version by installing them separately Alt
259. eneral Dynamic 4GL 8 3 general GUI 8 17 HTML Client 10 48 menu style 8 19 numeric fields 9 10 radio buttons 9 10 relief 9 13 settings for HTML Client 10 23 stopping for colors 9 11 toolbars 8 20 using the Configuration Manager 9 4 Web applications 10 52 Windows Client 12 31 Configuration file HTML Client 10 70 Windows Client 12 37 Configuration Manager running 9 4 Constant name D 25 Constraint name D 25 Contact information Intro 8 crtcmap utility D 55 Currency symbols D 28 Cursor name D 25 Cursor position returning 5 27 setting 5 28 Cursors scope range 1 8 Customizing the Windows Client 12 31 Cyrillic alphabet D 20 D Danish language code D 43 Data types CHAR D 16 NCHAR D 14 D 16 D 17 NVARCHAR D 14 D 16 D 17 VARCHAR D 16 Datetime 1 7 DBAPICODE environment variable D 35 DBASCIBC environment variable D 36 DBCODESET environment variable D 36 A BC D E F GH DBCONNECT environment variable D 36 DBCSOVERRIDE environment variable D 36 DBDATE environment variable D 35 DBFORMAT environment variable D 35 D 40 DBLANG environment variable D 40 DBMONEY environment variable D 35 D 40 DBNLS environment variable D 17 DB_LOCALE environment variable D 35 D 38 D 54 DDE definition 1 10 using 5 8 Debugger D 22 Decimal point D 40 Dependencies software Intro 5 Deployment D 5 D 22 DG UX operating system 2 4 Diacritical marks D 13 Dialog boxes creating 7 12 Differences from 4GL 1 7 Digital UNIX 2 5 Disablin
260. ent variable and then update your path using the following commands Korn Shell export PATH FGLDIR bin PATH C Shell setenv PATH FGLDIR bin PATH Microsoft DOS C gt set PATH FGLDIR bin PATH Time limited version time has expired Description You have installed a demonstration version or a time limited version and the valid period has expired Solution Call your Dynamic 4GL distributor to purchase Dynamic 4GL Your serial number is not valid for this version Description You have installed a demonstration version or runtime version and now you are using a final version or a development version Solution Call your Dynamic 4GL distributor to purchase Dynamic 4GL Cannot get license information Description It is not possible for the application to check the license validity Solution Check the permissions for all the files located in the FGLDIR directory You need to have read permissions on all the files and write permissions on the FGLDIR lock directory Cannot get information for license Error s Check your environment and the license run fglWrt a see Description The application is unable to check the license validity Solution You must have read permissions on all the files and write permis sions on the FGLDIR lock directory It is also possible that the FELDIR variable is set incorrectly but that the FGLDIR bin directory is set correctly in the PATH variable Users limit exceeded Cannot
261. eparing to Install Dynamic 4GL on Windows NT 2 14 C Compiler Requirement Soe eae wl e ZA Informix Database Server Regdtemehi a ae Gg ee ee AZ TCP IP Requirement umd e ee ke ee a ee 2 15 Hardware Prerequisite i ee a dur aw Se ee 2 Recommended Windows Client peewee o a Se Sa Le EL 2 2 Installing Dynamic 4GL on Windows NT Dynamic 4GL Installation Configuring Dynamic 4GL for Windows NT Connecting to a Windows NT Database Server Post Installation Tasks Installing and Configuring the Ataman Remote Login Service Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 2 15 2 15 2 18 2 19 2 21 2 22 In This Chapter This chapter describes how to install the Dynamic 4GL development package This chapter includes instructions for installing the application server on either UNIX or Windows NT For directions on how to install a client Windows or X11 and display a Dynamic 4GL application with a GUI Java HTML Windows or X11 refer to the chapters later in this manual Before Installing Dynamic 4GL Before you install the Dynamic 4GL development package review the following list For more information you can refer to the sections that follow the list m Dynamic 4GL upgrades If you are upgrading from a previous version of Dynamic 4GL unset any Dynamic 4GL environment variables before you install the upgrade Supported operating system Check to be sure that Dynamic 4GL supports your ope
262. er the corresponding file is loaded after the fglprofile file Entries defined in the two files are set to the value defined by the last loaded configuration file Program Configuration File The program configuration file is located in the directory defined in one of the two previous configuration files with the entry named fglrun default It is usually in the FGLDIR defaults directory Use this configuration file to control program specific behavior Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide General Configuration Settings General Configuration Settings This section describes the settings for the general configuration section of the configuration file fglrun interface Description Specifies which interface configuration file the graphical daemon should use This file must be located in the FGLDIR etc directory Do not change this value Value Resource filename Default fgl2c res Syntax fglrun interface fgl2c res fglrun scriptname Description Specifies which Tcl Tk script is loaded when you execute the Value Default Syntax first 4GL program after the graphical daemon is started It will search in the FGLDIR etc directory Do not change this value Tcl Tk script file fgl2c tcl fglrun scriptname fgl2c tcl Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 5 fglrun defaults fglrun defaults Description Value Default Syntax Recommendation 8 6 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Description Spe
263. er with two different connection types This can only occur when connections to the WINFRAME client are coming from different kinds of clients If you have only one kind of connection client ICA Wincenter connect from NCD this problem should not occur Using the Windows Client 12 51 Second Method Second Method This method allows you to launch the 4GL graphical server with a unique port number when the computer starts up You should put in your Startup group a copy of the WTK 4GL Server icon and add at the end of the target line the word AUTO The group name depends on the language version you are using For example Target C usr FGL2CUSR BIN WIK EXE f C usr FGL2CUSR FGL2C doservl tcl AUTO Start in c usr fgl2cusr Where of course c usr fgl2cusr is the installation directory for WTK In this case when the user logs into your Winframe server a graphical daemon is started with a unique number With the tags like the FGL strings you will be able to send the correct port number to the 4GL application server with the command line option of the ilogin connection feature The main default of this method is that the 4GL Server is always running even if you do not start a 4GL application during the Winframe session 12 52 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Using the X11 Client In This Chapter UNIX X11 Client Configuration Installing the X11 Client Prerequisites A Installing Tcl Tk Manually Installin
264. ere non English characters are valid as identifiers within 4GL source code modules The first table lists SQL identifiers Allow Non English Characters Yes Yes Yes Operating System limitations on INFORMIX SE Yes Yes Operating System limitations on INFORMIX SE Yes Yes Yes Operating System limitations on INFORMIX SE Yes The following 4GL identifiers allow non English characters Allow Non English Characters Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes The 4GL Compilers Input and output filenames for the 4GL compiler cannot be localized Only ASCII characters are valid in input and output pathnames or filenames If support for uppercase ASCII letters is required specify en_us 1252 dict as the locale at compile time Uppercase letters are not defined in en_us 1252 Collation Sequence The collation sorting sequence in 4GL statements is implied by the code set order in the files that define the client locale Any collating that is specified by the LC_COLLATE value of the client locale is ignored Collation in SQL operations where the database server uses its own collation sequence depends on the data type and on the server locale which can specify a localized order of collation It is possible for the 4GL application and the database server to use a different collating sequence or for a 4GL application to connect to two or more servers that use different collating sequences The collation sequence can affect the value of
265. erver DDE order from 4GL program AGL DDE result from Windows client ain Communication Process YN DDE result 3 Windows Application TCP IP communication Syntax progname docname Returns 5 10 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide To start a Windows application on the client side use the winexec function Opening a DDE Connection The following function opens a DDE connection DDEConnect progname docname CHAR 128 Program name CHAR 128 TRUE if the connection has been successfully opened FALSE if an error occurs The error can be seen using the DDEGeterror function Executing a Program Command Using DDE A DDE connection is represented by a unique identifier consisting of a program name followed by a topic that can be a working document or system For example CALL DDEConnect EXCEL Document1 Executing a Program Command Using DDE The following function executes a command in the specified program using the DDE channel Syntax DDEExecute progname docname command progname CHAR 128 Program name docname CHAR 128 Working document or system command CHAR 2048 Command executed through DDE The syntax of the command depends on the calling program Returns TRUE if the command has been successfully executed FALSE if the command has encountered an error You see the error using the DDEGeterror function
266. es m GL_DATE defines date displays including East Asian formats m GL_DATETIME defines date and time displays including East Asian formats m SERVER_LOCALE is the locale of the database server for file I O Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Environment Variables That Support GLS 4GL does not use DB_LOCALE directly this variable as well as DBLANG is used by the GLS version of INFORMIX NET PC See the Informix Guide to GLS Functionality for details on how DBLANG DB_LOCALE GL_DATE and GL_DATETIME are set Compatibility Issues In order for 4GL to work with older Informix database servers such as 5 x ALS it is necessary for these environment variables to be set in the Windows registry This is done by the GLS version of INFORMIX NET PC When the 4GL application accesses an NLS database appropriate NLS environment variables must be set in the registry if NLS functionality is desired DBAPICODE This environment variable specifies the name of a mapping file for peripheral devices for example a keyboard a display terminal or a printer whose character set is different from that of the database server DB_LOCALE This environment variable specifies the locale of the database to which the 4GL component or application is connected The only Informix databases that currently support non English languages exist in UNIX Therefore when the locales are non English the localized 4GL application can only connect to the
267. es Swing 1 1 recommended 12 megabytes for the Java Plug In and 1 megabyte for the applet Mac OS PowerPC 32 megabytes of RAM 64 megabytes Apple MRJ Mac OS Runtime for Java recommended 2 1 PowerPC 603e at 200 MHz PowerPC MacOS 8 1 or later G3 at 233 MHz recommended 20 megabytes for the MRJ Mac OS Runtime for Java and 1 megabyte for the applet 11 12 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Web Server Hardware and Software Requirements Web Server Hardware and Software Requirements The following table summarizes the supported hardware and software for the Java Web Server You need a Web server that supports Java servlets such as Sun s Java Web Server Apache with Apache JServ IIS with JRun or Netscape with JRun Platform Version Hardware Software UNIX various 32 megabytes of RAM 64 megabytes Web server software that supports versions recommended servlets and is compliant with JSDK 5 megabytes for the HTTP server 42 2 0 megabytes for the Java Development JDK JRE 1 1 3 or later Kit Java Run Time Environment and 1 megabyte for the servlet Windows Intel 32 megabytes of RAM 64 megabytes Web server software that supports NT recommended servlets and is compliant with JSDK Intel or compatible Pentium class CPU at 133 MHz 200 MHz recommended 5 megabytes for the HTTP server 5 megabytes for the Java Run Time Environment and 1 megabyte for the servlet Software Requirements 2 0 JDK JRE 1 1 3 or
268. esql_gen ec In this case the only compiler that can be used for creating the runner is esq m The memory mapping used is the system built in or an emulation For information on memory mapping see Memory Mapping Settings on page 8 37 m The list of all files added to the compiler In most instances these are C function source files called from the 4GL source code Using the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 4 9 Using C Functions in 4GL Applications To view the P code runner output execute fglmkrun The following infor mation appears The runner was successfully linked with the following options Runner name usr fgl2c bin fglrun Language Support Library ASCII Compiler esql Additional flags libs None Informix dir informix Database interface ix914 usr fgl2c lib 1libix914 a Memory mapping System built in User extensions None Important Be sure that the environment is correct before executing fglmkrun If necessary run the findlib sh shell script and use the resulting shell script Building a Statically Linked Runner To build a statically linked P code runner named myrun using the Client SDK Version 2 10 and a C function file name file c assuming the prototype of these functions are defined in the file FGLDIR lib fglExt c execute fglmkrun with the following command fglmkrun d ix914 add static SFGLDIR lib fglExt c file c o myrun The following output appears The runner was
269. ete package enter sh install sh all To install only the binaries and the example enter sh install sh binary To install only the documentation enter sh install sh doc To access on line help enter sh install sh h Using the HTML Client 10 11 Installing on UNIX 10 12 Responding to the Prompts When you install the complete package you are prompted to supply the following information Whether to install the software on an application server a Web server or both If you choose both the same software is installed in both places The path to your Dynamic 4GL compiler or runtime as specified in the setting for the FGLDIR environment variable The installation adds binaries to the bin directory configuration files to the etc directory and message files to the msg directory under FGLDIR The IP address of the application server The IP address is used to generate the client configuration file fglcl conf The type of UNIX system on which the application server is running The prompt displays the system that is assumed If you select N it then displays codes for all available system types and allows you to select one The root directory of the Web server The CGI binaries directory of the Web server The IP address of the Web server The type of UNIX system on which the Web server is running The prompt displays the system that is assumed If you select N it then displays codes for all availabl
270. ets up the main environment variables required to use Dynamic 4GL For instance if the compiler is installed in the usr fgl2c directory type the following Bourne shell commands cd usr fgl2c envcomp Important You should include a call to this shell script in your session startup file login or profile on most UNIX platforms Using the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 4 3 Compiling Form Specification Files and Help Message Files 4 4 You can control the behavior of the Dynamic 4GL compiler with configu ration files For more information see Chapter 8 Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler Compiling Form Specification Files and Help Message Files This section describes how to compile the form specification files and help message files that your 4GL applications use Compiling Form Specification Files You need to recompile 4GL forms into a Dynamic 4GL format The compiled form files can be used with applications compiled to either P code or C code The tool to compile forms is fglform The extension of the compiled per files is 42f The compilation syntax is as follows fglform formname per This command compiles the form specification file named formname per into formname 42f The per extension is not mandatory on the command line Important Because you might need to recompile forms on a computer other than your development computer the fglform compiler is installed with th
271. existing one Solution You should not overwrite an existing license or delete the existing first Problem b1 during license installation Description The program cannot find out some system information about the program s owner Solution Check your installation s is already installed Description A license server is already installed Solution You should not try to overwrite an existing license server installation failed Error d Description A problem occurred while installing the license server Solution Check your environment Error Messages C 29 Licensing Problems Windows NT 6193 6195 6701 6702 6703 6704 6705 C 30 s is not installed Description You are trying to uninstall the license manager which is not installed Could not remove s Error d Description An error occurred while uninstalling the license manager Solution Note the system error and contact your support center Licensing Problems Windows NT Cannot access the service Description The relevant rights to launch the license service are not allowing it to be started Solution Check your system configuration Internal error Description Internal error of memory allocation Solution None Retry The service binary file could not be found Description The path to the service is wrong Solution Verify if it has been installed properly or is present in the lt FGLDIR gt bin
272. ext in a Message Box The following function formats a message and presents it in a separate window Syntax fgl_winmessage title text icon title Title of the message box text Text of the message icon Name of the icon to be used in the message box Using Graphical Extensions to 4GL 7 15 Entering a Field Value into a Message Box This function displays a message box with an OK button For example MAIN CALL fgl_init4js CALL fgl_winmessage Title of the message Text or variable info END MAIN This code produces the message box that Figure 7 7 shows Figure 7 7 Title of message box E t Box 5 Text or variable Entering a Field Value into a Message Box The following function displays a dialog box with a field that accepts a value Syntax fgl_winprompt x y text default length type x y Position of the prompt window text Text of the question default Not used currently length Length of the entry type Type of variable 0 CHAR 1 SMALLINT 2 INTEGER Returns Entered value 7 16 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Using Drawing Extensions The following example shows how to use this function MAIN DEFINE name CHAR 10 CALL fgl_init4js CALL fgl_winprompt 5 2 Give me your name please 10 0 returning name CALL fgl_winmessage Answer name info END MAIN This code produces the dialog box that Figure 7 8 shows E Figure 7 8 gt winprompt Pals ES Di
273. f the 4GL function to call CHAR and nbparam is the number of parameters INTEGER This function returns the number of return values INTEGER Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Using C Functions in 4GL Applications The parameters must be pushed on the stack before the call and the return values must be popped from the stack after returning The 4GL function must be declared external in the C extension file Update the C file with the following statements include lt stdio h gt include f2c fglExt h int fnecl int n f alwie tne2 0 3 return 0 Compile these statements using the following command cc c example c ISFGLDIR include Now update file fgIMyExt c include f2c fglExt h UsrData usrData OF 0 i extern int fncl int n UsrFunction usrFunctions erneit tne 0470 E 0 0 0 0 r Then build the new runner with the following command line fglmkrun o newrunner example o fglMyExt c Then update the 4GL example MAIN CALL fnccl END MAIN FUNCTION fnc2 DISPLAY You are in 4gl function END FUNCTION Compile it with fgl2p FGLRUN newrunner export FGLRUN fgl2p c example 42m example 4gl fgl2p o example 42r example 42m Ur UN NN WH Now you can run it with the new runner newrunner example 42r Using the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 4 15 Using C Functions in 4GL Applications 4 16 Modifying 4GL Global Variables From C Functions The last step i
274. fgl_setkeylabel hot_key_name new_label or fgl_keysetlabel hot_key_name new_label hot_key_name The name of the hot key to change the label new_label The new label displayed on the hot key button 6 8 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Buttons in the Form The names of the keys are case sensitive The names of the keyboard function keys are in lowercase f1 f2 f3 and so on For example BEFORE INPUT CALL FGL_SETKEYLABEL f4 About INPUT BY NAME 01 02 ON KEY 4 CALL DISPLAY_ABOUT END INPUT The label of the f4 hot key button displayed by the ON KEY statement will be About The user can click the About button displayed on the right side of the application window or press F4 to execute the DISPLAY_ABOUT function undefined in this example With these methods if you set the label to the empty string the buttons will either disappear from the application window or leave an empty button in the key frame depending on a resource in fglprofile An empty button does not react to mouse clicks This behavior is defined in the fglprofile configuration file with the following resource gui empty button visible 1 The button remains visible but does not react to mouse clicks This is the default value gui empty button visible 0 The button becomes invisible and disappears This feature does not influence the behavior of the application however Even if a hot key button does not appear the user can ex
275. file HTML server 10 71 MESSAGE statement with HTML Client 10 9 Microsoft Windows Programmer s Reference D 32 Mismatch handling D 51 Modern Spanish language code D 43 Modifying fields and returning a value 5 21 Mouse management functions 7 18 Mouse usage 1 8 Mouse and Numlock on X11 B 16 Multibyte locale D 28 N Named values D 24 Native Language Support NLS D 16 D 32 D 37 NCHAR data type D 14 D 16 D 17 New features in Dynamic 4GL 1 12 NEXT FIELD clause with HTML Client 10 8 NLS functionality D 32 NLS servers D 16 No Key buttons B 15 Non ASCII characters D 23 6 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide JKLMNOPQRSTUVV xv Z Non composite Thai characters D 4 D 21 Non English characters D 50 Nonprintable characters D 23 Norwegian language code D 43 ns httpd file 10 16 Numeric fields configuration 9 10 Numlock troubleshooting B 16 NVARCHAR data type D 14 D 16 D 17 O ON KEY actions with HTML Client 10 8 On line manuals Intro 7 Opening a file with channels 5 4 Opening a pipe with channels 5 5 Operating systems supported 2 4 OSF operating system 2 5 Ovals drawing 7 23 P P code compiling to 4 6 creating libraries 2 13 example 4 6 returning key codes from 5 16 pager 42e command 1 11 pager 42e script 4 28 Paper size D 31 Partial characters D 28 D 29 Partitioned application D 21 PATH environment variable 2 6 3 4 A 3 A 9 A 10 Pathname D 25 Paths and Java
276. file file a fglrun setenv x or a fglrun defaultenv x entry is incorrectly set Solution Check your configuration file and correct the error Cannot put in process environment the next variable s Description A variable defined in the FGLDIR etc fgl profile file by the entry fglrun setenv x or fglrun defaultenv x because of a system problem cannot be exported to the environment Solution This error is caused by your system The INFORMIXDIR environment variable is not set Check your environment Description The INFORMIXDIR environment variable is not set This value is required by the Dynamic 4GL compiler Solution Set the environment variable to the name of the directory where the Informix products are installed Link has failed Description A problem occurred while linking the runner Solution Check if all the variables have been set and retry Cannot open char map file lt name gt Check your fgl profile Description The specified char map file cannot be found or read Solution Verify that the char map file is located in FGLDIR etc and that the right value is set in fglprofile GULCHARTABLE entry This runner cannot execute any SQL Description You are trying to run a program that contains some SQL state ments with the fglnodb runner unable to access any database Solution Use the full featured runner Error Messages C 13 Runtime Errors 6361 6604 6610 6611 6612 6613 6614
277. first character to the selection m key Shift End add from current character to last character to the selection Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 39 Example Example File demo per database formonly screen 01 02 attributes f01 formonly f01 02 formonly f02 File demo 4gl MAIN DEFINE f01 02 CHAR 20 OPEN WINDOW wl AT 1 1 WITH FORM MENU Cut Paste COMMAND Input INPUT BY NAME f01 02 COMMAND Exit EXIT MENU END MENU END MAIN Then compile and run this program With the Windows client you can m Type text in the first field select the text with the mouse or the shift key plus any of the left right home or end keys Then copy or cut the string with the assigned keys in the fglprofile You can paste the The following code sample creates a 4GL application with two fields demo string into the second field or another Windows application m Type text in one of the fields select a few characters in this field and type new characters The new characters replace the whole selected string 8 40 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Example With the X11 client you can copy and paste between applications running the same graphical daemon that is applications running with the same FGLSERVER value exactly like with the Windows client However to copy a string to another X11 application that is any Dynamic 4GL application running with a different FGLSERVER value
278. following list shows the supported font types and their known font equivalents The font types correspond to entries in the clijava cnf file You can set the font type for fonts in the WorkFrame and ControlFrame of the CJA Font Type Known Equivalents Dialog Arial Helvetica DialogInput Courier Courier New Monospaced Courier Courier New SansSerif Arial Helvetica Serif Palatino Times New Roman 11 52 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Editing the clijava cnf File Configuring Other Java Applet Elements You can also configure the behavior of these elements of a Java applet m About Box m Progress Bar The following table lists these interface element entries Interface Element Entries guijava screen aboutBox title guijava screen aboutBox label gui java screen aboutBox logo guijava screen aboutBox url gui java screen progressBar visible gui java screen progressBar message send gui java screen progressBar message receive gui java screen progressBar message refresh Description Defines the title of the About box The title appears at the top of the About box Defines the label of the About box The label appears below the About box logo Defines the About box logo The logo appears in the middle of the About box Defines the About box URL This URL is called when the user clicks the About box logo Because of security restrictions a Java applet can connect only to the server from
279. for a real path name An alias called clijava can point to any directory on your Web server The advantage of using an alias is that the full path is invisible to the user For example if your document root directory is usr htdocs when you create a directory clijava in usr htdocs the full path is then usr htdocs clijava it will be seen by a user as clijava For more information on aliases and virtual directories refer to your Web server documentation Tag Words and Paths The following table lists tag words and paths that are used in the descriptions of how to install and configure the Java Client Tag Word Explanation Example web_server The Web server IP 10 0 0 1 address In most cases it can be replaced by the Web server name web_server_port The port your Web server 80 8080 8081 is listening to In most cases it is 80 IP address An IP address in the 10 0 0 3 aaa bbb ccc ddd format where aaa bbb ccc and ddd are integers between 0 and 255 web_server_servlet_dir The Web server servlets usr local apache share directory seen as a UNIX servlets or or a Windows NT path c inetpub wwwroot servlets 1 of 2 Using the Java Client 11 9 Java Client Definitions Tag Word web_server_servlet_dir_alias web_server_clijava_dir web_server_clijava_dir_alias Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Explanation The servlets directory alias for the Web server it is a virtual path from the WWW r
280. for all C functions called from 4GL applications Include the f2c r_c h header file in all the C files that call this macro If you want to use the same source files to compile your applications either with Dynamic 4GL or with the 4GL compilers use conditional compiling as in the following example ifdef Informix include f2c r_c h endif The following example shows a 4GL application that calls a C function named mainc The 4GL source code file is named exCCode 4gl and contains the following code MAIN CALL mainc END MAIN Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Using C Functions in 4GL Applications The C source file is named exc c and contains the following code ifdef Informix include f2c r_c h This is the Informix header file defining the CFACE macro endif include lt stdio h gt int mainc int n printf hello from C return 0 CFACE mainc 0 0 Macro needed for every function call from 4GL Now compile the two previous files with the following commands cc c exc o exc c D Informix I FGLDIR include fgl2c c exCCode 420 exCCode 4gl Next link the compiled modules the system libraries and the Informix development libraries together with the fgl2c shell script fgl2c o exc 42e exc o exCCode 420 To call 4GL functions from a C function use the FGLCALL macro in your C functions This function is also defined in the f2c r_c h Dynamic 4GL header file The syntax is as f
281. for the password so it can let you type it or send it for you if you are using the ilogin see below feature m the authentication process is over the server can then send the commands specified during the connection icon creation The following example shows a standard display of a terminal that is performing the authentication process fire login F4glUser Password Last login Tue May 26 10 58 25 from fire Using the Windows Client 12 11 Connection Checking 12 12 RLOGIN Option CHECK_PASSWORD LOGIN_QUESTION PASSWORD_QUESTION LOGIN_OK the login prompt again Example Password Hello F4glUser etc profile file Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide fire login F4glUser To analyze these strings the string should be recorded in the RLOGIN section of WTKSRV INI file Description Set this option to 0 zero if you do not want to check for a password This is the default setting Set the field to 1 to enable the feature For more information see User Definable WTKSRV INI Entries on page 12 48 Specifies the string sent by the UNIX server when asking for the login usually login Specifies the string sent by the UNIX server when asking for the password usually Password When you successfully enter the password the UNIX server sends a string such as Last login Set the value to a substring of this one to tell to the 4GL Server that the authentication was successful The next pr
282. ft Windows or UNIX 4GL supports the following features in multibyte locales Menu items identifiers and text labels in the native language Features to avoid the creation of partial characters Non English data within 4GL applications Cultural conventions including the representation of date time currency numeric values and localized collation Kinsoku processing for Japanese language text with WORDWRAP Icon modification without changing the 4GL application binary Text geometry that adjusts automatically to meet localization needs Application comparisons that adopt the comparison rules and collating sequence that the locale defines implicitly SQL comparison and collation depend on the database server This version of 4GL does not support composite characters such as are required in code sets that support the Thai language 4GL comments and character string values can include multibyte characters that are supported by the client locale in contexts like these m Character expressions and multiple value character expressions Literal values within quoted strings Variables formal arguments and returned values of CHAR VARCHAR and TEXT data types Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide East Asian Language Support Multibyte characters can also appear in 4GL source code or in user defined query criteria that specifies the SQL identifier of any of the database objects listed in the table on SOL and 4GL Identifiers on pag
283. g Tel Tk Installing the X11 Daemon Setting the Tcl Tk Environment Variables Managing Application Windowing Running the Program on the X11 Client Displaying the TCL Interpreter Configuring the Environment Starting the Application Using the x11 Client gt 13 3 13 3 13 4 13 4 13 4 13 5 13 5 13 5 13 5 13 8 13 8 13 10 13 11 13 2 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 4GL Programs In This Chapter This chapter describes the X11 interface including how to install and configure the software UNIX X11 Client Configuration The X11 Client displays your 4GL applications in graphical mode in X11 compliant interfaces The X11 Client is made up of the following two software components m Tcl Tk interpreter m X11 daemon that manages communication between the Tcl Tk interpreter and the 4GL runner All communication uses the TCP IP protocol which allows the components to be installed on different computers as shown in Figure 13 1 Figure 13 1 TCP IP X11 Communication fglx11d Client Enables Components to be Tel Tk Installed on Different TCP IP communication TCP IP communication Computers Using the X11 Client 13 3 Installing the X11 Client 13 4 Installing the X11 Client The Tcl Tk interpreter is included with a separate installation on the Dynamic 4GL CD You must use this enhanced version of the Tcl Tk interpreter The X11 daemon called fg1X11
284. g password display for HTML Client 10 19 Disk space requirements 2 6 DISPLAY 1 9 DISPLAY ARRAY statement extension of 5 14 new triggers for 1 11 DISPLAY environment variable 8 9 9 4 Display extensions to 4GL 7 3 DISPLAY statement with HTML Client 10 9 Display width D 28 Displaying installation options 2 8 Documentation types of Intro 7 DOS naming conventions troubleshooting B 12 Drawing area selecting 7 20 Drawing extensions to 4GL 7 17 Dutch language code D 43 DVM Dynamic Virtual Machine 11 3 JK L MN OP QRS TU VW X Y Z Dynamic Virtual Machine DVM 11 3 Dynix Ptx operating system 2 5 E East Asian languages D 27 Eight bit clean D 12 Email with HTML Client applications 10 36 emm386 enhancing performance B 19 Emulator UNIX starting 5 19 Enhancements for HTML Client 10 9 envfcomp file 3 3 Environment settings D 21 Environment shell script creating 2 13 Environment variables CC A 7 CLASSPATH 11 4 CLIENT_LOCALE D 23 D 35 D 39 D 54 COLLCHAR D 17 DBAPICODE D 35 DBDATE D 28 D 35 DBFORMAT D 28 D 35 D 40 DBLANG D 40 DBMONEY D 35 D 40 DBNLS D 17 DB_LOCALE D 38 DISPLAY 8 9 9 4 Dynamic 4GL Product A 1 FGLCC 3 3 A 4 FGLDBPATH A 2 FGLDBS 3 3 FGLDEBUGON A 7 FGLDIR 3 3 A 3 FGLGUI 1 12 3 4 7 4 13 10 A 2 FGLLDPATH A 5 FGLLIBSQL 3 4 A 5 B 9 B 10 FGLLIBSYS 3 4 A 6 B 10 FGLRUN A 4 FGLSERVER 8 9 13 6 FGLSHELL 3 4 FGLSQLDEBUG A 6 for TCL TK 13 5 GCC A 8 GCCDIR A 8 GCC_EXEC_PREFIX A 8
285. g pertaining to the user interface to facilitate localization Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Localization Guidelines Use localized error messages and help files The message compiler utility that is provided with 4GL enables you to create customized help files as well as a localized version of the 4GL runtime message file This is the 4glusr msg file in the msg directory International izing messages is further discussed in Localizing Prompts and Messages on page D 47 You can handle reports which are 4GL programs in the same way that you internationalize the rest of your 4GL source code If your database server and ESQL C API are Version 6 0 or later you might be able to take advantage of Native Language Support NLS functionality even though 4GL provides only implicit support for NLS For more information see the Informix Guide to SQL Reference Localization Guidelines Localization refers to the actual process of adapting the application to the cultural environment of end users This process often involves translation of the user interface and user documentation and can be quite time consuming and costly Here are some guidelines to follow Consult the native operating system internationalization guide Most platforms provide documentation on internationalization This material might help you determine which date time and money for mats are appropriate for the target language and culture For more informat
286. gl_getkey used to wait for a keystroke is uilnkey as follows Syntax uilnkey Returns Value of the keystroke Creating a Custom Character Filter You can create your own character filter that converts the key codes sent by the program to the interface and vice versa First you must compile the C program FGLDIR src mkchartab c This program allows you to convert an input file that contains the new key code mapping to an output file that Dynamic 4GL can use An example of a mapping file is FFGLDIR src ansinogr map Once compiled with the mkchartab tool this file is the same as the current FGLDIR etc iso ansinogr ct file You can then use the gui chartable entry in the configuration file The filter source files contain two sections an output section and an input section The output section contains the conversion table for the characters going to the output device The input section contains the conversion table for the characters coming from the input device Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Starting a UNIX Emulator The following example is for the file ansinogr map HH HH HH HH EE EE EE EE HE HE HE EE EE HH HH FE E HE E FE AAA Character conversion ANSI gt VT100 Input section output section Syntax input output x y x is replaced by y x and y possible values are x OxDDDD DDDDD D digit List of mapped characters ae E Ny ON Una an en EA o ut 885 A E a Ory U a ey iy
287. gui bubbleHelp disptime Description Specifies the time in milliseconds before the help tip appears after the mouse passes over the icon Value Number of milliseconds Default 3000 Syntax gui bubbleHelp disptime 3000 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Screen GUI Settings gui bubbleHelp offtime Description Specifies the display time in milliseconds of the help tip Value Default Syntax Number of milliseconds 1000 gui bubbleHelp offtime 1000 Screen GUI Settings This section describes the screen layout settings in the GUI section of the configuration file gui screen size x Description Width of the screen in characters Value Number of characters Default 80 Syntax gui screen size x 100 gui screen size y Description Height of the screen in characters Value Default Syntax Number of characters 25 gui screen size y 40 Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 25 Screen GUI Settings 8 26 Description Value Default Syntax Description Value Default Syntax Description Value Default Syntax Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide gui screen x X position of an application window incr An incremented position In this case you have to set gui screen incrx center Centers the window in the screen number An absolute position in characters Ines gui screen x incr gui screen incrx Specifies the increment for the display of the appl
288. he application server The HTML server sends a message to the new application server process and receives a reply Using the HTML Client 10 17 Enhancing the Application Interface 10 18 7 The HTML server processes the message from the application server process Communication between the server the HTML server fglhtmld and the application server process fglrun is done with anonymous pipes 8 The HTML server sends the Web page to the client 9 The HTML client sends the Web page to the Web server 10 The page is then sent to the browser in the same way as a normal HTML page Communication between the Web server and the browser uses the HTTP protocol 11 The application server process receives information from the HTML server fglhtmld that terminates it the program ends or the user exits the program 12 The server receives termination information from the application server process and sends the normal termination page to the client 13 The client sends this page to the Web server which sends it to the browser in the same way as a normal HTML page 14 The session ends Enhancing the Application Interface The Web deployment software provides mechanisms to enhance the appearance of your applications for display in a Web browser You can improve the appearance of your application in the following ways m Use your own page frames in the header and footer m Enhance your screens by inserting HTML tags i
289. he look and feel of the interface Spawning methods FEAE AE AE AE AE AE REE EH RE Spawn method 0 spawned by shell 1 spawned by runner and environment variables spawnMet hod 0 Script to start the application defaultProgram start Runner name fglrunName Start module fglrunTarget Environment Note do not use environment variables within definition of environment fglrunEnv0 Arrays You can specify using custom arrays to improve the look and feel of your application in the Arrays section Arrays HHH HH AA Array is seen as a button default 0 arrayAsButton 1 Image array default images bullet gif arraylmage Cli HTML clipart phonebook bullet gif Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Step 2 Editing the Server Configuration File Predefined Macros The Pre and Post Page Macros section specifies predefined macros to set m Background color for the entire application m The title m The string that lets the user run the application again such as Try again m Images that appear in the application The following section from the configuration Pre and Post Page Macros section Pre and post page macros HH HH HE TE FE AE EE EE FE E EE E E E E E E HE SNEEDED1 Pragma no cache Content type text html SNEEDED2 lt META HTTP EQUIV Pragma CONTENT lt META HTTP EQUIV Cache Control CO SBACKCOLOR BGCOLOR 6F6FFF file phonebook conf shows the
290. hed you can remove this directory If you delete this directory while 4GL applications are running the applications will be stopped immediately Cannot read from directory lt name gt Check FGLDIR and verify if access rights are drwxrwxrwx Description The compiler needs to make an operation in the specified directory Solution Change the permission of this directory Bad lock tree Please check your environment Description There is a problem accessing the FGLDIR lock directory Solution Check if the current user has sufficient permission to read and write to the FGLDIR lock directory Check also if the FGLDIR environment variable is correctly set Bad lock tree Check your environment Description There is a problem accessing the FGLDIR lock directory Solution Check that the current user has sufficient permission to read and write to the FGLDIR lock directory Check also that the FGLDIR environment variable is correctly set Error Messages C 23 License Errors 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 SYSERROR Cannot set socket to non blocking mode Check the system error message and retry Description When starting an application a problem occurs with the initial ization of the socket of the Windows computer Solution Restart the program If the problem still exists check that the TCP IP stack is correctly installed and configured on your computer Cannot get computer name or network IP address
291. his can occur because one module has been concatenated with another Solution Recompile and relink your 4GL modules fglrun Usage fglrun options program Description You have run the program fglrun without an argument Solution This message is for informational purposes only Cannot access internal data file Cannot continue this program Check your environment Description When a client computer starts an application on the server the application stores data in the FGLDIR lock directory The client should have permission to create and delete files in this directory Solution Either change the permissions of the FGLDIR lock directory or connect to the server with a user name that has the correct permissions This demonstration version allows one user only Description The demonstration version is designed to run with only one user Another user or another graphical daemon is currently active 4GL Server for Windows or fgIX11d for the X11 environment Error Messages C 11 Runtime Errors 6020 6022 6023 6025 6026 6362 Solution Wait until the user stops the current program or use the same graphical daemon Installation Cannot open lt name gt Description Either the file FGLDIR lib fg12c init or the file FGLDIR lib fg1 4gl cannot be read by the current user Solution Check that the files exist and that they are readable for the current user Demonstration time has expired Run thi
292. his example y is the number of records that contain data within the program array The MAXCOUNT value of x determines the dynamic size of the screen array that displays the program array If MAXCOUNT is specified as less than one or greater than the declared program array size then the original program array size is used as the MAXCOUNT value Both COUNT and MAXCOUNT can be specified in the same ATTRIBUTE clause CALL SET_COUNT 5 INPUT ARRAY prog_array WITHOUT DEFAULTS FROM scr_array ATTRIBUTE MAXCOUNT 10 COUNT 6 In this case the COUNT attribute overrides the SET_COUNT value The number of rows displayed will be 6 New FGL_SCR_SIZE Built In Function 4GL 7 30 supports a new built in function that accepts as its argument the name of a screen array and returns an integer that corresponds to the number of screen records in that screen array It has this calling syntax FGL_SCR_SIZE array var Here array is the name of the screen array as declared in the INSTRUCTIONS section of the form specification This can appear in the function call as an identifier enclosed between quotation marks or as a character variable containing the name of the screen array Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Enhanced Syntax for Screen Array Management The following form specification file called file per declares a screen array that the subsequent 4GL code example references DATABASE FORMONLY SCREEN f1
293. hone 010 Fax f011 E mail 012 END ATTRIBUTES 001 formonly ctc_id 002 formonly ctc_com_id 003 formonly ctc_title include me Drs ty ieee Mro Were IMS y MEE 004 formonly ctc_first 005 formonly ctc_middle 006 formonly ctc_last 007 formonly ctc_suffix include pom Ji Bly WET MILLIS A UA Ta Me AUG PU SE 008 formonly ctc_job 009 formonly ctc_dept 010 formonly ctc_tel 011 formonly ctc_fax 012 formonly ctc_email END INSTRUCTIONS DELIMITERS END Using the HTML Client 10 37 Enhancing the Screen Files The following example is the same form with HTML enhancements DATABASE formonly SCREEN lt p align right gt lt big gt lt font face Arial color 0000FF gt lt strong gt Contact lt strong gt lt font gt lt big gt lt p gt lt HR gt lt TABLE gt lt TR gt lt TD gt id lt TD gt lt TD gt f001 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Company id lt TD gt lt TD gt 002 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Title lt TD gt lt TD gt 003 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt First name lt TD gt lt TD gt f 004 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Middle name lt TD gt lt TD gt f005 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Last lt TD gt lt TD gt f006 lt TD gt lt TR gt lt TR gt lt TD gt Suffix lt TD gt lt TD gt 007 lt TD gt
294. hough most Web browsers do not support Swing by default you can usually add support by adding the jar file for the Swing package to the CLASSPATH setting Server Side Components Java was designed to efficiently handle connectivity across a network You can write Java programs to behave as servers or to interact with other network components such as Web servers To extend a Web server you can use the Common Gateway Interface CGI This technology is used by the Dynamic 4GL HTML client see Chapter 10 Using the HTML Client for more information CGI is less efficient with Java however because CGI starts a new process every time it receives a new call With Java this means starting a new JVM and then a Java program with each call Instead Dynamic 4GL uses servlets created using the Java Servlet Development Kit JSDK The servlets reside on one virtual machine and persist there lowering startup time and transmission bandwidth and saving memory How Dynamic 4GL Uses Java To interact with Java the Dynamic 4GL runner sends the output of the Dynamic 4GL Virtual Machine to a servlet instead of to WTK on Windows or to fglX11d on UNIX The servlet called the Cli Java Application Connector CJAC handles communication between the client the Web browser and the runner Using the Java Client 11 5 How Dynamic 4GL Uses Java The interface to the user is handled by the Cli Java Applet CJA which communicates with CJAC to
295. ic Virtual Machine DVM has an architecture similar to that of Java with the Java Virtual Machine JVM You compile your Java code source files with a java extension into objects described in files with a class extension There are often many such class files so they are commonly stored in jar or zip archives Using the Java Client 11 3 Programs and Applets 11 4 There is no linker in Java Instead whenever a class is required a set of predefined directories is searched first followed by each directory or file that is listed in the setting for the CLASSPATH environment variable Java uses CLASSPATH the way the operating system uses the PATH variable except that the CLASSPATH setting can specify jar and zip archives in addition to directories and files After Java source code has been compiled itis known as bytecode Rather than a machine dependent code such as C generates Java generates portable code somewhat like Dynamic 4GL P code The bytecode can be copied to and used by any platform that has a Java Virtual Machine JVM which is also sometimes known as the Java Runtime Environment JRE The Java development environment is called the Java Development Kit or JDK Versions for Java and the JDK are often expressed interchangeably so that when you hear My JDK Version is 1 1 itcan mean Iam using Java Version 1 1 Programs and Applets A Java program consists of a single class which in turn refer
296. ication windows in number characters on the horizontal axis Number of characters 3 gui screen incrx 3 gui screen y Y position of an application window incr An incremented position In this case you have to set gui screen incry center Centers the window in the screen number An absolute position in characters incr gui screen y incr Screen GUI Settings gui screen incry Description Specifies the increment for the display of the application windows Value Number of characters Default 2 Syntax gui screen incry 3 gui screen withwm Description Specifies if the window can be managed by the user Value 0 The main window will be ignored by the window manager The user will not be able to manipulate the window using the normal window manager mechanisms like move and resize 1 Normal mode Default 1 Syntax gui screen withwm 0 Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 27 Key GUI Settings 8 28 Description Value Default Syntax Description Value Default Syntax Description Value Default Syntax Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Key GUI Settings This section describes the key code settings in the GUI section of the configuration file gui key add_function Specifies the offset for the code sent by SHIFT F1 If the specified value is 12 the code sent for SHIFT F1 is F13 If the specified value is 10 the code sent for SHIFT F1 is F11 Offset for the key code S
297. ice because one name will not be accepted depending on whether a domain name server is used or not If you are connecting to a Windows NT computer the etc hosts equiv file is located in Winnt System32 Drivers etc hosts equiv Using the Windows Client 12 21 Command Line Features Recording the Computer Name in the rhosts File Record the name of the Windows computer in the rhosts file of the HOME directory of the user on the UNIX computer The rhosts file must have 0600 octal level access rights assigned so that only the owner can read and write the file Using this method an identification per UNIX user name is possible If the Windows computer is not recorded in any of the described files a password will be asked The rep UNIX Command The 4GL Server contains a Remote shell daemon that allows remote copy rcp between UNIX and MS Windows computers The authentication works as with the 4GL Server with entries in the rhosts file in the Windows directory Command Line Features The following features can be added to the command line during a connection Special Tags Features The following special tags can be used in the command line of the connection icons Tags Description FGLNT set FGLSERVER lt IP Address gt amp amp set FGLGUI 1 FGLCSH setenv FGLSERVER lt IP Address gt lt port gt setenv FGLGUI 1 FGLKSH FGLSERVER lt IP Address gt lt port gt export FGLSERVER FGLGUI 1exportFGLGUI 1 of 2 12
298. icon should be used and which name should be given to the icon You must concatenate the Insta11 section prefix and suffix to create the key Prefix Suffix Key Prefixes SERVER ADD CMD Suffixes INSTALL TITLE ICON Example of Install Section Description The 4GL Server The Add Rlogin The Configuration Manager Install an icon for the prefixed component Icon name for the prefixed component Icon file for the prefixed component For instance suppose an Add Rlogin program has to be installed with the name new connection and the icon new ico You could modify the install ini configuration file in the following manner INSTALL ADDINSTALL 1 ADDTITLE new connection ADDICON icons new ico If the installation directory is A the new ico file should be located in the A icons directory However if during the installation the C account directory is chosen as the installation directory with icon group ACCOUNT then an icon new connection would be installed in group ACCOUNT with the following path and icon name C ACCOUNT icons new ico As shown in the previous example a path can be specified for the icon This path is relative to the installation directory Using the Windows Client 12 33 Specifying the Windows Client Icons 12 34 Preconfiguration of Rlogin Connections Rlogin connections can be configured in advance in the INSTALL section of the INSTALL INI file To do this you mus
299. ient will not run Common Problems and Workarounds B 17 Problems Using the roo Command B 18 Problems Using the rcp Command If you do not have permission to use the rep command from the UNIX side to access a Windows computer having Ataman remote login services installed perform the following steps m On Windows display the Advanced page in the Ataman TCP Remote Logon Services dialog box m Inthe Rshd and Rexecd areas leave the List of hosts allowed to connect field empty This disables both functions because you already have them with the 4GL server and they can cause some conflicts Terminal Emulation Issues With Windows front end terminal emulation when you open a file with vi and use the DOWN ARROW key to move the cursor down for more than one page the lines are often displayed on the same line on the bottom of the screen without scrolling the previous lines upward This occurs because with Windows you have a 25 line terminal To fix this problem in xterm termcap change the definition from li 24 to 1i 25 On some systems you can also export the LINES environment variable set to 25 Memory Fault with ESQL 7 20 TD1 with Windows NT 4 0 Informix ESQL C Version 7 20 TD1 with Windows NT 4 0 causes a memory fault with some Informix instructions for example UNLOAD You must use ESQL 7 20 TE1 to fix this problem Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide How to Start a Windows Program from the UNIX Server How to
300. ile The UNIX phonebook conf file contains the entries for the sample application appName phonebook client fgld exe defaultProgram start service 6500 serverNumber 96 emulateHTML 1 m appName Creates the link between each page m client The name of the client that you are using In this case combining appName with client will give you this call fglcl phonebook m defaultProgram The script used to initialize the program This start script is described in step 3 service The base port number serverNumber The offset from the base port 6500 used to create the final port number For example this file specifies port 6596 m emulateHTML Instructs the server to emulate HTML automatically Examples of Configuration Settings This section describes updates that you can make to the appname conf file Using the HTML Client 10 23 Step 2 Editing the Server Configuration File 10 24 The following example shows the General Features section of the configu ration file for the phonebook example The file is named phonebook conf General features HAAR REE EHH AE E E AE AE AE RATER RARE EHH Version of the configuration script version 0 94 2a Application Name appName phonebook Script name in the cgi bin directory fglcl for Unix fglcl exe for Unix Windows NT client fglcl exe Service name to register the daemon service 6500 The offset from server name port serverNumber 96 Secu
301. iling what follows as ordinary code but Dynamic 4GL sees the line as a comment This is the notation This allows the programmer to write OPTIONS HELP FILE d4gl_help 42h Line is ignored by I 4GL OPTIONS HELP FILE i4gl_help iem Line is ignored by D 4GL The previous two lines are the logical equivalent to the following logic IF TRUE THEN i OPTIONS HELP FILE d4g1_help 42h J ELSE OPTIONS HELP FILE i4gl_help iem f END IF This is much more verbose and makes less clear what is intended Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 53 New Conditional Comments 5 54 Conditional comments are supported both in source 4gl files and in form specification per files The following example shows a fragment of a form specification that uses one attribute for the 4GL form compiler and another for the Dynamic 4GL form compiler ATTRIBUTES fO FORMONLY name char_var REVERSE They are also valid within SQL statement blocks but not within the text of a PREPARE statement These symbols are called conditional comment indicators because their effect depends on whether you compile with the 4GL or Dynamic 4GL compiler Just as with other comment indicators they have no special significance within a quoted string Because the compilers treat a conditional comment as either whitespace or as a comment you cannot use both in the same line as in this example CALL abc function proced
302. ilogin dialog Title of the ilogin box if the login fails Title of the ilogin box when expecting a password Title of the inew box when creating an icon Width of the entries in the ilogin dialog in characters Label text for the computer replaces the former CU_COMPSTR in INSTALL Label text for the user replaces the former CU_USERSTR in INSTALL Label text for the user replaces the former CU_TERMSTR in INSTALL 6 of 7 Section Values ILOGIN_TXT_CMDLINE COMPUTER USER TERMINAL OPTCOMMAND ILOGIN_TXT_PASSWORD ILOGIN_TXT_VISIBLE ILOGIN_TXT_INTERACTIVE Splash Screen Configuration Description Label text for the user replaces the former CU_CMDSTR in INSTALL Default in the computer entry replaces the former CU_COMPUTER in INSTALL Default in the user entry replaces the former CU_USER in INSTALL Default in the terminal entry replaces the former CU_DEFTERM in INSTALL Default in the command line entry replaces the former CU_DEFCMD in INSTALL Label text for the password Label text for the visible box Label text for the interactive box 7 of 7 Splash Screen Configuration You can create or modify a splash screen You can configure the splash screen on the client and server Important You must install Version 3 0 of the Windows Client to use the splash screen feature Using the Windows Client 12 43 Splash Screen Configuration 12
303. in the current directory In other words if your HTML page resides in a directory other than web_server_clijava_dir you will need to set CODEBASE to web_server_clijava_dir For example if your HTML page resides in web_server_dir htdocs clijava stores you would need to set CODEBASE either to the directory one level above the current directory CODEBASE or to the absolute directory path CODEBASE htdocs clijava Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Setting CJA Parameters The PARAM NAME and VALUE settings indicate a specific value for the appli cation you want to call This value is used by cjac cnf entries to define environment variables and execution commands for specific applications See Editing the cjac cnf File on page 11 38 for more information For more information on how cjac cnf uses CJA Parameters see Setting CJA Parameters on page 11 55 A sample HTML page has been created for you This page is called index html and is located in the web_server_clijava_dir stores directory Setting CJA Parameters You can set many parameters that define CJA behavior Most of these param eters are included in the clijava cnf file but can be defined in the HTML page calling CJA as well The remainder can only be defined within the HTML page For parameters that can be set in both the HTML page and clijava cnf clijava cnf settings take precedence with the exception of bgimage and bgcolor as explained in Para
304. in the side panel Using the Java Client 11 33 Additional Installation Tasks 11 34 6 Fill in the requested field with servlets and choose JRun as the style 7 Click OK and Apply For example 8090 servlets Style JRun Sun Java Web Server on Windows NT Configuration for the Sun Java Web server is done using an applet in your browser Call your Web server on port 9090 which is the JavaWebServer default administration port you can change this When you connect to the administration port with your browser you will need to provide a login and password The initial default will be admin for both fields To add mapping to servlets Select Web Service from the JavaWebServer Services menu Click Manage Click Servlet Aliases in the directory tree under Setup Click Add and add the following entries Alias Servlet Invoked Aa OO DO servlets invoker 5 Click Save To add aliases for fglTestServlet and CJAC 1 Click Servlets in the toolbar 2 Select Add from the directory tree and add the following entries ServletName TestServlet ServletClass fglTestServlet 3 Select No in the Bean Servlet box Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Additional Installation Tasks 4 Click Add You see another screen with Configuration and Properties tabs You need not make further changes 5 Click Load to complete the creation of the alias 6 Repeat for CJAC adding the following entries ServletN
305. indows Client Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Supported Windows Applications You will find an example that illustrates DDE and the channel features in the section Creating a Custom Character Filter on page 5 18 Supported Windows Applications Dynamic 4GL supports data exchange for the following Windows applications m Winword 2 0x 6 0x 7 x m Excel 4 0x 5 0x 7 x m Access 2 0 up to 97 m Netscape Navigator 3 0 Important The DDE extension might not run with the latest Microsoft Office versions such as Office 97 These applications do not fully support DDE For more information refer to your Microsoft documentation Using DDE Extensions The DDE 4GL process is a four part process as follows 1 The 4GL application sends to the Windows Client 4GL Server the DDE order using the TCP IP channel The Windows Client executes the DDE order using the Tcl Tk functions and sends the data to the Windows application through the DDE communication process The Windows application executes the command and sends the result which can be data or an error code to the Windows Client Using Non Graphical Extensions to4GL 5 9 Opening a DDE Connection 4 The Windows Client sends the result to the 4GL application using the TCP IP channel Figure 5 1 illustrates this process Figure 5 1 DDE 4GL Process Windows Client 4GL Server Tel Tk Application S
306. ing a 4GL application after the connection to a Windows NT computer e fgl2cusr startwtk ilogin co myserver cmd e usr fgl2c env bat amp set FGLSERVER IP 0 cd FGLDIR demo amp fglrun72 ia amp exit x0d x0a On Windows NT the command separator is amp and not as it is on UNIX Using the Windows Client 12 29 Adding a Scrollbar to the Terminal Emulation Window Adding a Scrollbar to the Terminal Emulation Window You can store the lines that scroll out from the Windows terminal into a buffer You can then scroll backward through these lines The following table shows the keys to use Keys Description lt Shift Up gt scrolls one line up lt Shift Down gt scrolls one line down lt Shift Prior gt scrolls one page up lt Shift Next gt scrolls one page down It is possible to add a scrollbar on the right side of the terminal to scroll through the line buffer To enable this feature use the following keys USESCROLLBAR If set to 1 a scrollbar on the right side of the terminal emulation allows the user to scroll backward the display of the terminal to see the history lines If set to 0 default value no scrollbar is displayed HISTORYLINES Must be set to the maximum number of lines kept in the history lines buffer The default value is 100 12 30 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide System Colors System Colors With color management you can u
307. intenances much easier because everything is stored and running on a unique computer However the Windows Client needs to be configured to avoid the problem of conflict between simultaneous users of each Windows Client The problem is that each occurrence of the Windows Client needs its own socket port to communicate Two possible solutions are to m install a different version of the WTK for each user and then set the entry WTK_4GLSERVERPORT in the WTKSRV INI configuration file to a different value This option is disk space intensive and might be time consuming m install a single copy of the Windows Front end and use one of the two methods shown in First Method on page 12 50 and Second Method on page 12 52 First Method With this method the 4GL runtime package will try to automatically start the client graphical daemon when a 4GL application is started This is possible because the 4GL application is running on the same computer as the one running the graphical daemon If you are using the Winframe computer only for running the Windows front end but the 4GL applications are running on another computer Windows NT or UNIX you have to use the second method Winframe sets the WINSTATIONNAME environment variable This environment variable follows the following structure aaaaaaa nnnnn where m aaaaaa is the connection type WinCenter tcp and so forth m nnnm is a unique connection type number Informix Dynamic 4
308. ion fgl2c o exl 42e ex1 1 420 ex1 2 420 Compiling the Form Specification File Form files are compiled with the fglform compiler Compiled forms can be used by both P code and C code programs To compile the form specification file ex1 1 per type the following fglform exl l per The result of the compilation is a 42f file In this case you get the file ex1 1 42f Basics of Using Dynamic 4GL 3 7 Viewing the Dynamic 4GL Application Viewing the Dynamic 4GL Application The Dynamic 4GL application can be viewed using a client interface The following illustration shows how the application will look when viewed using the X11 Client For more information about installing the X11 Client and viewing the application refer to Chapter 13 Using the X11 Client Figure 3 1 Application Displayed Using the X11 Client Door Tlie This is ta Title ti Pessago This Ls tha Pescogo T Thila Lo Pe Mosca 3 8 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Using the Dynamic 4GL Compiler In This Chapter Setting Environment Variables for the Compiler Compiling Form Specification Files and Help RAR Files Compiling Form Specification Files Compiling Help Message Files Generating a Database Schema File Compiling to P Code Overview of a P Code Example A Compiling Source Files to Linkable Modales Linking Modules Together to Create P Code Using C Functions in 4GL Applications Compatibility Pr
309. ion CJAC The following examples are for specific Web server environments Apache with Apache Jserv on UNIX The invocation of servlets is handled by the jserv properties file which should already be configured to run servlets appropriately To add the needed aliases find the servlet properties file typically located in the directory where Apache JServ is installed for example in Apache Apache Jserv Add the following entries servlet cjac code com fourjs communication CJAC servlet TestServlet code fglTestServlet Netscape with JRun on UNIX Use the JRun administration tool to configure your servlet engine for use with Java Client components Using the Java Client 11 31 Additional Installation Tasks 11 32 To add the mapping to serviets Start JRun administration Select jse Click the Service Config button Select the Mappings tab Click Add Add the following entries and click Save oo F WO N Virtual Path Extension Servlet Invoked Servlet Invoker To add the aliases Start JRun administration Select jse Click Service Config Select the Aliases tab Click Add Add the following entries and click Save oo F WO N a Name Class Name TestServlet fgllestServlet cjac com informix communication CJAC These servlets need not be pre loaded When using JRun as your servlet engine your servlets directory need not be located within JRun The file jrun properties located in JRun_install_dire
310. ion about internationalization and Windows see International Applications in the Microsoft Windows Programmer s For more information about internationalizing Informix products in the UNIX environment see the Informix Guide to SQL Reference For information about the terms and constructs of GLS technology see the Informix Guide to GLS Functionality Make sure the targeted hardware operating system environments and Informix product versions of your applications can support the desired language and culture Global Language Support D 33 Localization Guidelines m Find out if the runtime environment of 4GL and of the database server is currently available in the target language For example the 4GL runtime environment and the Informix Dynamic Server administrator s environment is usually translated into several languages including French German Spanish Russian and Japanese m Keep a glossary of all strings and keywords in a database or text file This glossary will make it easier to see which messages are dupli cated throughout the source code The glossary will also increase the consistency of terms and language in the user interface throughout the application Once the glossary is created for one language it can be used for product updates and additional localizations m Create a mechanism that allows a glossary to drive the definition of the user interface This can be particularly useful if you expect to local
311. ions port on the router After this port is disabled it prevents access to the application server With the application service port disabled normal transactions on port 80 the standard HTTP service port are still allowed This allows the user s browser to have access to Web server documents Using a Firewall A firewall can restrict communication so that only the Web server can communicate with the application server Any requests from other hosts to the application server are stopped by the firewall Application Web Server and Database Security This section describes security features and considerations for Web Deployment The following features help ensure the security of your database applications m No database network access such as SQL Net ODBC is necessary No direct Internet connection is needed for the application or database server m Only a small amount of code the HTML client process exists in the CGI binaries directory on the Web server m Only one trusted channel is used to traverse the firewall from the Web server proved to the HTML server also proved Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Preventing Security Problems m Logging of the Dynamic 4GL interactions is possible m Applications can run ina special definable environment with special and limited rights m Runtime system messages alerts and errors are not processed by the HTML server and thus are not forwarded to the client or visible
312. irectory where you copied the package and run the following command bin sh package sh 1 Use the scripts as follows to install the various packages m To install the development system run COMPILER SH m To install the runtime system run RUNTIME SH m To allow use of an X11 client with either the development system or the runtime system run TCLTK SH in addition to the system instal lation script m To install the GNU C compiler run GNUC SH before installing either the development system or the runtime system and set your environment to point to the location of the compiler You need the GNU C compiler only if you do not already have an ANSI C compiler on your system This shell creates all the necessary files and starts the installation process For more information refer to Post Installation Tasks on page 2 21 Installing the Dynamic 4GL Files The installation determines the host operating system and checks that all the system requirements are met It then copies the product into a temporary directory and searches for any existing Informix and Dynamic 4GL products to set the INFORMIXDIR and FGLDIR environment variables If you do not login as superuser you get a warning that some administrative operations will be skipped However the administrative operations do not affect the operation of Dynamic 4GL You will also be prompted to use the default values If you might want to change any of the default values
313. isible noentry KEEP_PASSWORD noentry noentry SHOW_PROGRESS show_progress noentry CANCEL_CONNECT noentry noentry COMPUTER computer computer USER user user TERMINAL termtype termtype Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide WTKSRV INI Entries OPTCOMMAND VISIBLE USESCROLLBAR HISTORYLINES WIDTH HEIGHT AUTOSCALE ICON ILOGIN_INTERACTIVE ILOGIN_TITLE ILOGIN_ENTRYWIDTH ILOGIN_TITLE_FAILED ILOGIN_TITLE_FAILED ILOGIN_TXT_USER ILOGIN_TXT_PASSWORD ILOGIN_TXT_CMDLINE ILOGIN_TXT_VISIBLE ILOGIN_TXT_INTERACTIVE NAME_PROGMAN RLOGIN_TITLE DIALOG_ICON User Definable WTKSRV INI Entries User Defined Configuration Files cmdline visible usescrollbar historylines width height autoscale icon interactive ilogin_title entrywidth ilogin_title_failed ilogin_title_failed txt_user txt_password txt_cmdline txt_visible txt_interactive name_progman noentry noentry Options cmdline visible scrollbar historylines width height autoscale Icon interactive title noentry noentry noentry noentry noentry noentry noentry noentry noentry noentry noentry Using the Windows Client Command Line 2 of 2 12 49 Winframe from CITRIX 12 50 Winframe from CITRIX Winframe is a multiuser port of Windows NT Version 3 51 from Citrix Thus through a small client the ICA client any user can use applications compliant with Windows NT Version 3 51 such as the Windows Client This makes ma
314. isplay the same application to different users using different parameter settings Entries in clijava cnf take precedence over applet definitions in the HTML page For example if you want to define the clijava cnf entry gui java screen toolBar floatable in the HTML page you would add the following parameter setting to the applet definition lt PARAM NAME gui java screen toolBar floatable VALUE true gt Running the Application Before launching your application from the browser you should verify that the application runs properly in a character based or Windows environment You should also verify that your cjac cnf file contains the proper entries To run the application point your browser to the HTML page you created For example to call the stores application using the provided index html page you would enter http web_server web_server_port web_server_clijava_dir_alias stores index html After about 30 60 seconds you should see the basic stores application displayed in the browser Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Java Client Enhancements The reason for the initial delay is that the CJA must be downloaded into memory the first time it is called After the CJA is resident in memory the application will execute more quickly The CJA remains in memory as long as the browser remains open Your application should function just as it did when running in character or Windows clients with the exceptions noted in
315. it can be difficult to read in a Web browser Specify 0 to set the error line at the bottom of the page and 1 to set it at the top of the page For example Errors below form errorDown 0 Expected type integer Menu as Link Allows you to use the menus either as a set of buttons or as text links For example Show menus as links not Buttons menuAsLink 1 Expected type integer Button Width Allows you to specify the width in characters of on screen buttons Width of buttons on a form 0 means minimum buttonWidth 10 Expected type integer Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Styles Menu Button Width Allows you to specify the width in characters of menu buttons For example Width of fields menus 0 means minimum menuWidth 0 Expected type integer Emulate HTML Allows you to enable HTML emulation When you deploy an existing 4GL application on the Web this application looks like a flat ASCII application You can insert HTML tags in order to enhance the look and feel of your appli cation If you do so the internal mechanism for emulating HTML must be disabled set emulateHTML to 0 A value of 1 indicates that the HTML client will emulate when possible HTML tags that might not be compatible with the ones that you inserted The default value is 0 For example Emulation of HTML emulateHTML 1 Expected type integer Image Path Allows you to specify the default path where
316. ity Features Authorizing a Connection Connecting Without a Password Recording the Computer Name in the etc hosts equiv File Recording the Computer Name in the rhosts File The rcp UNIX Command Command Line Features Special Tags Features ilogin Command Line eitus Invisible Terminal Emulation Customizing the Login Dialog Box Using Ataman Remote Connection Services Adding a Scrollbar to the Terminal Emulation Window System Colors Customizing the Windows Client Installation Customizing Icons Titles and Directories Specifying the Windows Client Icons Installing Documentation Configuration Files Configuration File WTKSRV IND Entries Splash Screen Configuration Client Configuration Server Configuration Sample Configuration User Defined Configuration File User Definable WTKSRV INI Entries Winframe from CITRIX First Method Second Method 12 2 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 12 20 12 20 12 21 12 21 12 22 12 22 12 22 12 22 12 24 12 26 12 27 12 29 12 30 12 31 12 31 12 32 12 32 12 36 12 37 12 37 12 43 12 44 12 46 12 46 12 47 12 48 12 50 12 50 12 52 In This Chapter This chapter describes the Windows Client installation and configuration The Windows Client allows you to run 4GL programs in graphical mode on Windows systems Windows Client Architecture The Windows Client also known as the WTK Client or Windows Fron
317. ix Technical Support Temporary license not found for this version Description While adding a definitive license key the assumed temporary license has not been found Solution Re install the license Wrong installation key Description While adding a definitive license key the found installation key was not valid Solution Re install the license Problem during license installation Description A problem occurred while installing the license Could not write information to the disk either own files or system files C 28 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 6155 6156 6158 6162 6168 6190 6192 License Errors Solution Check the FGLDIR environment variable and the rights of the license files must be able to change them This license is too old to be valid Description The temporary license time has expired Solution You have to install a new license Too many temporary licenses Description You installed a temporary license too many times Solution Contact technical support to get a valid license Cannot store temporary information Description A problem occurred while installing the license Could not write information to the disk either own files or system files Solution Check the FGLDIR environment variable and the rights of the license files you must be able to change them A valid license is already installed Description You are trying to install a new license on an
318. ix Libraries The name of the Dynamic 4GL C code compiler is fgl2c This tool compiles the 4GL source code into C code executables or into libraries Compiling Source Files to Linkable Modules The following conventions are used for the filename extensions m Agl for the source code files m 420 for the compiled modules m 42e for the file resulting from the linking of compiled modules system libraries and P code libraries The following syntax is the first step of the compilation which compiles 4GL source code into linkable modules fgl2c c 4gl_source_code 4gl For example fgl2c c example 4gl 4 20 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Using C Functions in 4GL Applications This line compiles the 4GL source code file example 4gl to the module example 420 Linking Modules to Create C Code Libraries The following syntax links the compiled 420 modules together to create the executable fgl2c o executable 42e modulel 420 module2 420 This line links the compiled modules module1 420 and module2 420 into the executable 42e The procedure to create C code libraries is a little different from that for creating P code libraries To build the C code libraries you must use the ar42o tool The syntax of ar42o is ar42o libname a modulel 420 module2 420 This line uses the UNIX ar command to create the library named libname a made of the compiled modules module1 420 and module2 42o This li
319. ize the application often A translator can edit the glossary without having to understand the source code of the application Your tool can then create the user interface from the translated glossary and the trans lator can focus on making cosmetic enhancements to the translation such as positioning the messages appropriately and correcting minor errors m Consider creating a checklist of those user interface elements in your application that should be externalized into text files from the source code and therefore from the compiled portion of the program These text files can then be modified even after the program is compiled Externalize the following elements Menus Forms Messages Labels Help msg text Numeric date time and money formats D oO O U O UO O Report names D 34 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Localization Methodology Overview m Consider retaining a professional translator for some or all of this process A faulty translation is costly You can spend a great deal of time and money correcting errors in your localized product And if you do not correct the problems your users will be dissatisfied with your application Localization Methodology Overview This section lists the elements of an application and indicates some ways in which each can be localized This overview while not comprehensive illus trates how to approach a project of this nature The rest of this appendix expands on th
320. k the Security Options panel to ensure that the following conditions are set a Byte code verification Check All Code a Network access Applet Host Access 9 Restart your browser Testing Your Swing Installation An HTML page is supplied to let you test your Swing installation To perform the test navigate in your browser to http web_server_dir web_server_port clijava res_test_swing html Using the Java Client 11 27 Additional Installation Tasks You should see the page shown in Figure 11 2 Cli Java Graphical Swing Test Netscape File Edit View Go Communicator Help a R ic aae2a oe 8 Back Forward Reload Home Search Netscape Print Security Stop 7 we Bookmarks 4 Goto http web_server port cliava tes_ test swing html X er Whats Related 48 Intemet C Lookup C NewkCool Cli Java Graphical Swing Test T This applet will test if your Swing classes swingall jar are properly installed and if the version is the correct one w SP Cl Z 7 Unjarring the cjac jar file for Windows that names are case sensitive 11 28 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Figure 11 2 CLI Java Graphical Swing Test Page The cjac jar file that you placed in the servlets directory must be unjarred to allow the Java Client to access the files see Running the Shell Script on page 11 15 for UNIX or Installing Web Server Components on page 11 22 Tip The web_
321. ke the FTP_ROOT for FTP servers and spawned processes cannot access files and directories that are at a higher directory level than WWW_ROOT Accessing this file through a Web browser will make the system execute rather than read this file all files in the CGI directory are considered executable The full syntax for fglcl conf is appName fglserver app_server_ip_address port 6500 appName debug 0 debug_level appName HTMLdebug 0 1 fglserver This variable uses the same configuration as the FGLSERVER variable It must be written fglserver lowercase The port number must be specified and is always 6500 For example if you plan to run on your computer app_server whose IP address is 198 100 150 4 on port 6542 the variable entry would be fglserver 198 100 150 4 42 debug This variable indicates debug level Those debug traces are seen on the standard error stderr and will not be seen in the HTML page Debugging can degrade performance Using the HTML Client 10 49 HTMLdebug HTM Ldebug This flag should be set to 0 no debugging or to 1 debugging A setting of 1 will show some debug traces of the client fglcl in the browser Security This section contains some notes about security features in various Web servers Apache Web Server Trying to access the fglcl conf file though the Web server will generate the following error Forbidden You do not have permission to access cgi bin fgl
322. l path to the TK library subdirectory Value Full path to the TK library subdirectory Korn shell export TK_LIBRARY usr local lib tk C shell S setenv TK_LIBRARY usr local lib tk TCL_LIBRARY Description Available only on UNIX This environment variable specifies the full path to the TCL library subdirectory Value Full path to the TCL library subdirectory Korn shell export TCL_LIBRARY usr local lib tcl C shell S setenv TCL_LIBRARY usr local lib tcl PATH Description Available only on UNIX This environment variable specifies the list of directories where the operating system looks for a needed executable file Value Path to the binary program ll Ur Korn shell export PATH CLDIR bin SPATH C shell setenv PATH TCLDIR bin A 10 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Common Problems and Workarounds This appendix contains information about how to resolve issues in the following areas Installing the Dynamic 4GL software manually The interruption signal The P code runner and C code compilation Special characters and the GLS feature The Windows Client 4GL program errors X11 issues Windows issues Installing the Dynamic 4GL Software Manually If you have problems installing the Dynamic 4GL software you can perform a manual installation Logging On and Loading the Files Log on as root If you have an earlier version of the software on your system make sure no one is usi
323. l the current license To do so run fglWrt d Compiling the Libraries If you want to compile to C code or create a custom P code runner you need to install the appropriate libraries You will be prompted to create the C code libraries Do you want to create the C code libraries Options Y Jes Nlo C Jancel Default Nly Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Creating the Environment Shell Script When prompted answer Yes to begin to create the P code libraries Do you want to create the p code libraries Options Y Jes Nlo C Jancel Default Yly Dynamic 4GL automatically attempts to link a P code runner and creates two script files in the installation directory m envcomp Bourne shell m envcomp csh C shell If the P code runner was not successfully created it means your system is not configured correctly Check that you have the required software installed and configured To try to create the P code runner again run the following script file and correct any problems the script reveals bin sh SFGLDIR bin findlib sh You can continue to run findlib sh until you have created the P code runner Important Ifyou do not have INFORMIX ESQL C or INFORMIX 4GL compiled currently installed a version without the database interface fglnodb runner is installed In this case you can use this runner to execute a compiled 4GL program provided it does not contain SQL stateme
324. l2crc on UNIX and locals tcl on Windows Save Saves changes to the configuration file using the default name The updated configuration file overwrites the old file Save to Saves the configuration file using the specified filename The default depends on the operating system You can change it to another filename Exit Exits the Configuration Manager Widget Menu This menu lists all graphical classes in Dynamic 4GL Each name specifies a generic class that contains several objects to configure Label Object The Label object contains the configuration of the Label item Label Message Error Line Any label that is not generated such as the message label Only the border width can be configured A label generated with a DISPLAY AT MESSAGE or COMMENT statement A label generated with the ERROR statement Specifies the configuration of the separation line For each object except for the object label the background border width and relief can be configured Using the Configuration Manager 9 5 Widget Menu Attributes Object The Attributes object allows you to configure the attributes used in the DISPLAY AT TO INPUT CONSTRUCT and PROMPT statements All Attributes Select all the attribute objects Individual Select each attribute object individually Attribute You can specify a different configuration for each combination of attributes The relief option can only be applied to attribute combina
325. lX11d Graphical daemon for the X11 interfaces fglWrt Main license program Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL In This Chapters ah 2 i Ae ow ce ee CR a See D Channel Extensions g Wty betes tay Sova eos ede G 5 3 Initializing Channel Extensions i Sr oe Be tea Re Bg ar ae tee 5 4 Opening a File ee dice dl a a 5 4 Opening a Pipe LA o mant aa et Ta oe 5 5 Setting the Default Separator x E gene af EP ced 5 6 Reading Data from an Opened Chana Sam a kpaa yun Se Ad 5 6 Writing Data to a Pipe or Stream 2 1 2 we 5 7 Closing the Channel 2 2 2 2 en 5 8 Channel Error Codes 2 2 ee ee 5 8 Sharing Information Using DDE 2 2 458 Supported Windows Applications 2 99 Using DDE Extensions o 2 Go fat ens 5 9 Transmitting Values to a Windows Been Do OR aoe ee Gord Getting Values from a Windows Program 5 12 Closing a DDE Connection 2 2 2 we ee ee 9 13 Closing all DDE Connections 2 2 2 9 13 Extending the DISPLAY ARRAY Statement 5 14 Returning Key Code Values Ea Ok hg A ls AES Sse LO Returning Key Codes from P Code E as Hie Hh ese A ORO Returning Key Codes from C Functions 5 18 Creating a Custom Character Filter 1 5 18 Starting a UNIX Emulator 2 we ee 9 19 Starting Windows Applications 9 20 Using
326. le for this document The suffix is the order number starting with 0 Example NUMEXES 1 1 document has to be installed EXE0 write EXECMDLINEO doc account wri not using an icon results in the use of the standard Windows Write icon EXEICONO Installation of Extra Files You can install extra files without adding icons into the program folder To do this you must set the NUMFILES entry to the number of files to be installed from the installation media Then you must set the FILE x key with x being a unique number starting at 0 to the file name to be copied Example NUMFILES 2 2 files have to be installed FILEO bin appl ico the file bin appl ico have to be copied from the installation media into the bin directory of the Windows Front end FILE1 README 1st the file have to be copied from the install media to the Windows Front end installation media Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Configuration Files Configuration Files Because of the many options for the 4GL Server and the WTK Rlogin terminal a three stage option hierarchy exists When you set the same entry in different stages the value is set from the last parsed configuration stage The parse order of the three stages follows m There are entries in WIKSRV INI file global settings m There are entries in a user defined file for grouping options overriding entries from WTKSRV INI m There are command lin
327. les FGLSERVER must be set on the graphical server computer This is the computer that executes the fglX11d daemon for a UNIX system or the 4GL server for Windows systems DISPLAY must be set on the client computer For Windows this variable cannot be set Also check if the graphical daemon is running Cannot read from the GUI Description You have run a GUI application but the environment variable DISPLAY or FGLSERVER is not set correctly Error Messages C 5 Runtime Errors 6303 6304 6306 6307 6308 Solution Before running the GUI application check your environment variables FGLSERVER must be set on the graphical server computer This computer executes the fglX11d daemon for a UNIX system or the 4GL server for Windows systems DISPLAY must be set on the client computer For Windows this environment variable cannot be set Also check if the graphical daemon is running Wrong script fgl2c tcl version Check installation Description The graphical daemon has loaded a version of the client different from the one defined in the resource files of the current version as defined by the FGLDIR environment variable Solution Stop and restart the graphical daemon each time you change the graphical client Wrong server wtkclt version Check installation Description The graphical daemon has loaded a version of the client different from the one defined in the resource files of the current version as defined by
328. les of tools and 4GL libraries It also contains the readable form of the error messages contained in the msg directory toolbars The icons you can include in the toolbars of your applications 2 of 2 Post Installation Tasks If you are performing an automatic installation the following tasks are done for you If you are doing a manual installation you need to complete the following procedures manually before you can use Dynamic 4GL For more information see Post Installation Tasks on page B 3 m Find the required libraries findlib sh m Create the P code runner and libraries m Create the C code libraries Installing Dynamic 4GL 2 21 Installing and Configuring the Ataman Remote Login Service Installing and Configuring the Ataman Remote Login Service The following instructions show how to install and configure the Ataman Remote Login Service A 30 day demonstration of this software is included with Dynamic 4GL 1 To unzip the Ataman package in the C usr ataman directory execute the following command C usr ataman atrls install 2 Click the Ataman icon in the Control Panel The Ataman TCP Remote Services dialog box appears 3 Click the Users folder and then click Add User The dialog box shown in Figure 2 2 appears Figure 2 2 Add User Dialog Box User Name magellan NT User Name magellan NT User Domain INTSERVERT OO Home Directory Eussa Interactive Cmd Processor i O Bat
329. let Elements Running an Application with the Java Client Creating the HTML Page A Setting CJA Parameters Parameter Settings not Availables in N cnt Parameter Settings Available in clijava cnf Running the Application Java Client Enhancements 11 2 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 11 23 11 23 11 28 11 29 11 35 11 35 11 37 11 38 11 38 11 41 11 41 11 42 11 42 11 42 11 42 11 43 11 43 11 43 11 43 11 44 11 44 11 44 11 45 11 48 11 49 11 50 11 51 11 52 11 53 11 54 11 54 11 55 11 55 11 56 11 56 11 57 In This Chapter This chapter describes how to use the Java Client including how to configure the client and Web server In this chapter m application denotes the 4GL application with which you are commu nicating through a Web browser m applet denotes the Cli Java Applet CJA which interacts with the Cli Java Application Connector CJAC software to display the 4GL application m application server denotes the computer on which the compiled Dynamic 4GL application is executed by the Dynamic 4GL runner This is usually but not necessarily the same computer on which the Dynamic 4GL compiler resides Introduction This section gives a brief overview of the Java programming language created by Sun Microsystems It also describes how Dynamic 4GL uses Java Java is an object oriented programming language with syntax similar to that of C The Dynamic 4GL compiler and its associated Dynam
330. library libname a must be added to the list of the system libraries needed to create a P code runner or a C code application This list is specified by the FGLLIBSYS environment variable and is built in the same way as FGLLIBSQL Informix 7 2x and Special Characters If a program aborts when you use special characters for example a German diaeresis or a French accent in a CONSTRUCT it is because Global Language Support GLS is active with Informix 7 2x database servers When you create the database you must set the environment variable DB_LOCALE If it is not set the database will be installed with U S English locale en_US 859 1 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Workarounds for the Windows Client You can view the current configuration with the following SQL statement SELECT FROM systables WHERE tabid IN 90 91 If the database is not created with the correct configuration it must be unloaded with dbexport dropped and imported with the dbimport command and with the DB_LOCALE environment variable set to the proper value for example de_de 8859 1 for German To see which local versions are supported run SINFORMIXDIR bin glfiles This command will create the file Icll txt in which you see the supported versions Workarounds for the Windows Client This section describes workarounds for Windows Client problems Slow rlogin and Some Characters Appear Twice With WTK you can have a slow rlogin connection and
331. ll the described possibilities Using the Windows Client 12 31 Customizing Icons Titles and Directories 12 32 Section INTROS BACKGROUND FOREGROUND TITLE ITLELONG ITLESHORT DIRECTORIES _4GLDEFROOT _4GLDEF GROUP Manager Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Customizing Icons Titles and Directories You can customize the installation icons titles of dialogs and directory locations for installing the Windows Client The following tables lists the different keys that can be set in the install ini configuration file Description Specifies the bitmap and background color at the start of the installation Set to 0 to remove the blue 4GL Server background Set to 0 to remove bitmaps The installation tool WISE for Windows does not allow the use of user defined bitmaps Sets your own product name which will appear in different dialog boxes during the installation The long name of the product The short name of the product Allows you to change the default installation directory and the default program group name Sets the default installation directory name Sets the default program group name Specifying the Windows Client Icons You can specify the icon to be added for the three standard components of the Windows Client the 4GL Server Add Rlogin and the Configuration Specifying the Windows Client Icons You can also specify which
332. lling Dynamic 4GL Libraries Checking for UNIX or Windows Checking for Windows Client Mode Window Management Functions Setting the Default Size of a Window Setting the Title of a Window Retrieving Information from a Field Retrieving Information from an Application Window Setting the Active Window Closing a Window Creating Toolbars and Toolbar Icons Creating Dialog Boxes Creating an Interactive Message Box Displaying an Interactive Message Box Formatting Text in a Message Box Entering a Field Value into a Message Box Using Drawing Extensions Mouse Management Functions Returning a Value After a Left Mouse Click Returning a Value After a Right Mouse Click Remove Key Binding Defining the Drawing Area Initializing the Drawing Function Selecting a Drawing Area 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 4 7 5 7 6 7 6 7 7 7 8 7 8 7 10 7 10 7 11 7 12 7 12 7 14 7 15 7 16 7 17 7 18 7 18 7 18 7 19 7 19 7 20 7 20 Specifying the Text Insertion Point 2 1 7 21 Setting Line Width 2 2 2 2 ee ee 722 Clearing the Draw Function 2 2 1 ew 722 Drawing Rectangles 2 we ee 7 23 Setting the Fill Color 2 a 7 28 Drawing an Oval 2 we ee 7 28 Drawing a Circle 2 ew ee ee ee 7 24 Drawing a Line 2 1 we ee ee ee 7 24 Drawing Text 6 1 a ee ee ee ee 7 20 Drawing an Arc a 6 we ee e
333. llowing components m Client with TCP IP access and a Java enabled browser or Java Applet Viewer The browser or Applet Viewer must be compliant with JDK 1 1 3 or later and should support JFC Swing Version 1 1 m Webserver that supports Java servlets such as Sun s Java WebServer Apache with Apache JServ IIS with JRun or Netscape servers m CliJava Application Connector CJAC m Application Server m Compiled Dynamic 4GL application and runner Running the Shell Script The installation shell script is named clijava all version allos sh where version is the version number of the software Using the Java Client 11 15 UNIX Installation To install the Java Client 1 Type the following command sh clijava all 0 90 lel allos sh i The following message appears HHAAAA AHA AAATAA AEE AAA HEA AAA EEE HPA AEA EE AE BR Informix Dynamic 4GL Java Client lt version gt for lt os gt HARE AE ARE AE EAE FE AEE AE AE HE FE AE HE EE E AE FE HE FE E aE AE AE FE AE a E AE FE AE AE Ea HEE AE AE E EE HEE HE HE AE E HE LASNELE YING yonr SY SCSM e atrae ls E EEA ed lt os gt Looking Lor AE Command sete sense atan tia apro whats Available SHELL AS oe a ao li tt o Go Ah hia it deat dd bin sh Looking Lor Unix sCOMMANAS edak o acer Ok Looking tor Shell Command S ivi aca dea a Ok LOOK TA Un ES it ees a it ile Ok CuPrent WSS AE ra A eraser eta lid iria URS Not SUPERUSER WARNING
334. log boxes Creating an Interactive Message Box The following function displays an interactive box ina separate window with all possible answers in a menu Syntax fgl_winbutton title text default buttons icon danger title Title of the box text Text of the question n stands for new line Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Creating an Interactive Message Box default Default button selected buttons List of values separated by the pipe character 1 icon Name of the icon to be used in the dialog box Figure 7 4 shows possible message icon selections Figure 7 4 Possible Configuration Message Icons Info Exclamation Question danger Number of the warning item a skull with crossbones will appear each time the pointer enters the corresponding button on X11 only You can put anything in the definition of a button subject to the following rules m If you declare a button with a sentence as the label you cannot put spaces between each word Otherwise one button will be created for each word m You can declare a maximum of 7 buttons with 10 characters each per call Using Graphical Extensions to 4GL 7 13 Displaying an Interactive Message Box Displaying an Interactive Message Box The following function opens a dialog box with all possible answers in a menu Syntax fgl_winquestion title text default_value possible_values icon danger title Title of the dialog box text
335. ltibyte characters They can return single byte non ASCII characters that the client locale supports Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide New Conditional Comments In Japanese locales WORDWRAP fields in 4GL forms and in output from reports perform single pass kinsoku processing for characters that the locale file lists as prohibited from appearing at the beginning or end of a line If a character that is prohibited from ending a line appears at the end of a line it is moved down to the beginning of the next line A character that precedes another that is prohibited from beginning a line can similarly be moved down to the next line By single pass is meant that each line is tested only once Even if this process results in a line ending in a forbidden character no further kinsoku processing is performed The locale files must identify the characters that are prohibited from beginning a line or prohibited from ending a line Important Dynamic 4GL requires Client SDK 2 30 to support these GLS features New Conditional Comments In Dynamic 4GL you can write fF CALL fgl_init4js The Dynamic 4GL compiler treats the as whitespace and ignores it compiling a call to the fgl_init4js function 4GL sees the as a comment indicator and treats the rest of the line as a comment 4GL 7 30 introduces an analog to this Dynamic 4GL feature providing a notation that 4GL treats as whitespace and ignores comp
336. m specification file ex1 1 per DATABASE FORMONLY SCREEN Icon bt1 Title 01 Message f02 ATTRIBUTES 01 formonly f01 02 formonly f02 btl formonly bt1 widget RADIO default info config info Info exclamation Exclamation question Question stop Stop All the strings between the double quotes are case sensitive Basics of Using Dynamic 4GL 3 5 Compiling the Source Code 3 6 Compiling the Source Code The next step is to compile this 4GL source code You can compile to either P code or C code Compiling to P Code P code has many advantages over C code The main advantages of using P code are m you compile it once and then you can run the same compiled modules on every computer on which a Dynamic 4GL runtime package is installed m all the new 4GL features are implemented in P code only To compile ex1 1 to P code change to the directory where you created the ex1 1 4gl and ex1 1 per files Check that your environment variable is correctly set echo SFGLDIR This statement should return the directory where you installed Dynamic 4GL Also check if the FGLDIR bin directory is included in the PATH variable echo PATH Now compile the 4gl source code files into modules with the 42m extension Use the fgl2p script calling the fglcomp program fgl2p exl1 1 4gl fgl2p ex1 2 4gl After compiling you must link the two 42m modules together into a file with the 42r extensio
337. me other order of time units or time unit separator symbols Most earlier releases of 4GL expanded abbreviated year values by prefixing any 2 digit leading digits of the current year from the system clock Examples of statements of SQL and other 4GL statements and operators that can specify abbreviated year values include the following tomer_name WHERE call_dtime BETWEEN 98 01 01 YEAR TO DAY AND DATETIME 04 12 31 YEAR TO DAY ET city reg_date Palo Alto 12 01 04 103 INSERT INTO newtable SELECT dates FROM oldtable WHERE datel 01 05 24 DELETE FROM orders where order_date IN 01 01 98 12 31 04 PREPARE up_sel FROM SELECT FROM customer WHERE cust_date lt 01 01 00 DEFINE cust_date DATE LET cust_date 02 29 00 PROMPT for cust_date DEFINE cust_date DATETIME YEAR TO DAY LET cust_date 00 02 29 PROMPT for cust_time DATEO DEFINE d DATE LET d DATE 02 29 00 default DATE format LET d DATE 00 29 02 format Y2MMDD EXTEND DEFINE d1 DATETIME YEAR TO MINUTE LET dl EXTEND 02 28 00 YEAR TO MINUTE UNITS DEFINE d TERVAL DAY TO DAY LET dl DATE 03 01 00 DATE 02 28 00 UNITS DAY WEEKDAY DEFINE d LET d1 WEEKDAY 02 28 00 YEAR DEFINE d LET d1 YEAR 02 28 00 5 34 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Syntax for Expansion of Abbreviated Year Values The CONSTRUCT INPUT and INPUT ARRAY statements can assign to variables the values that the user enters into th
338. meter Settings not Available in clijava cnf Ifa parameter is not defined in either place the default setting is used Parameter Settings not Available in clijava cnf You can set only the following four parameters directly in the HTML page calling CJA m AppKey This provides a link to the cjac enf file by assigning a value to the desired application There is no default setting A common example of this setting is lt PARAM AppKey VALUE stores gt m CjACPath This provides the path to CJAC The default value is servlets cjac You will not need to define this parameter unless your CJAC does not reside in this location not recommended An example setting is lt PARAM CJACPath VALUE servlets cjac Using the Java Client 11 55 Running the Application 11 56 m bgimage This defines the background image of the applet and overrides the gui java screen bg image setting in clijava cnf There is no default setting An example setting is lt PARAM bgimage VALUE clipart bg gif gt m bgcolor This defines the background color of the applet and overrides the gui java screen bg color setting in clijava cnf This parameter uses the RRGGBB syntax The default is FFFFF white An example setting is lt PARAM bgcolor VALUE FFFFFE gt Parameter Settings Available in clijava cnf Any entry in clijava cnf can be defined instead within the HTML page as an applet parameter This can be useful when you want to d
339. mon Problems and Workarounds Hot Key Buttons Hot keys that you define in COMMAND KEY or ON KEY statements are displayed in a separate frame located on the right side of the application These buttons automatically appear when activated To access hot keys press the corresponding key with the ASCII version of the application or click the button with the mouse Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Hot Key Buttons To edit the labels of hot key buttons use the following order of precedence listed from highest to lowest 1 The KEY attributes in a field of a per file You cannot change a label with fgl_dialog_setkeylabel if the same key attributes are present for a special key The fgl_dialog_setkeylabel function The KEYS section in a per file The fgl_setkeylabel function The fglprofile file a hb Y N Editing fglprofile The FGLDIR etc fglprofile configuration file contains a section where you can define the label for each hot key The name of this resource is key key text label where key is the name of the key F1 CONTROL V and label is the label to use on the button For example the following entry in fglprofile changes the default label of the hot key F7 to the word Zoom key f7 text Zoom The order of appearance of the hot key in the right frame is defined by the key key_name order resource in fglprofile Editing the per File This method edits the KEYS section in the form
340. monly contact_email END onn Tail CALL channel write f1 CALL channel write f1 CALL channel write f1 f001 formonly contact_id CALL channel write f1 f002 formonly contact_name CALL channel write f1 003 formonly contact_tel CALL channel write f1 f004 formonly contact_fax CALL channel write f1 f005 formonly contact_email CALL channel write f1 END CALL channel write f1 CALL channel write f1 INSTRUCTIONS CALL channel write f1 DELIMITERS AX CALL channel write f1 SCREEN RECORD scr 10 CALL channel write f1 formonly contact_id CALL channel write f1 formonly contact_name CALL channel write f1 formonly contact_tel c auf El ERE E E E a RUN fglform frmlistcontact per RETURNING i END FUNCTION Using the HTML Client 10 43 Security Levels When the generateForms function is called this source generates a new form using channels and a call to the form compiler fglform The result of the modification is shown in Figure 10 13 Figure 10 13 New Form Generated by generateForms Function Al Sports Supplies Security Levels This section describes the levels of security features that you can implement Default Security The HTML server identifies the client by encoding in the Web page a special key that allows tracing The
341. mpiling to P Code This section describes how to compile a sample 4GL program to linkable modules and how to link those modules together to create an executable program It also describes how to use C functions in your applications P code is hardware independent pseudo executable code The same P code can be executed on any operating system on which Dynamic 4GL is installed Furthermore P code allows you to use many of the improvements added to 4GL that are not available for use with C code Overview of a P Code Example In this section you will compile the following 4GL program named example 4gl MAIN DISPLAY Hello World END MAIN Before executing this program you need to compile the code and then link the needed modules and the P code runner Figure 4 1 shows the complete compilation schema Figure 4 1 P Code Compilation fgl2p Ae Main p code module Schema P code runner P code module P code module P code modules P code module fglmkrun P code runner The name of the Dynamic 4GL P code compiler is fgl2p This tool compiles 4GL source code into P code executables or libraries 4 6 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Overview of a P Code Example Compiling Source Files to Linkable Modules By convention the following extensions are used for filenames m 4gl for the source c
342. mportant software and hardware compo nents to validate the license If any of these components change the license is no longer valid Solution Restore the changed components or enter a new serial number First verify that you have installed the Dynamic 4GL license For the Dynamic 4GL License Server check that you are on the right computer This product is licensed for runtime only No compilation is allowed Description You have a runtime license installed with this package You cannot compile 4GL source code modules with this license Solution If you want to compile 4GL source code you need to purchase and install a development license Contact your Dynamic 4GL distributor Temporary license expired Contact your vendor Description A license with a time limit has been installed and the license has expired Solution Install a new license to activate the product Contact your Dynamic 4GL distributor Temporary license expired Contact your vendor Description A license with a time limit has been installed and the license has expired Solution Install a new license to activate the product Contact your Dynamic 4GL distributor Temporary license expired Contact your vendor Description A license with a time limit has been installed and the license has expired Solution Install a new license to activate the product Contact your Dynamic 4GL distributor The FGLDIR environment variable has changed FGLDIR mu
343. n Automatic Installation Automatic installation downloads all the files and handles installation of all the components The sections that follow Downloading Installation Files through Installing Client Components document manual installation Read those sections for the steps required for successful installation If you are installing the Java Client using automatic installation the instal lation wizard will guide you through these steps Run the installation wizard executable in the Java Client folder within the Clients directory on your product CD Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Windows NT Installation Be prepared to give destination directories for the various parts of the Java Client architecture For example m The application server package should be placed in the directory that the FGLDIR environment variable indicates m The Web server applet package should be placed in web_server_clijava_dir m The Web server servlet package should be placed in web_server_servlet_dir m The documentation package can be placed in the documents directory of your Web server Manual Installation Manual installation includes the following steps Downloading installation files Installing application server components Installing Web server components Installing client components Installing HTML documentation Installing Client Components Installation includes the steps in the following sections Downloading
344. n Use the fgl2p script again but this time it calls the fgllink program fgl2p o exl 42r ex1 1 42m ex1 2 42m The resulting ex1 42r file does not contain any executable code This file is a hash table that contains calls to the functions included in the 42m modules It is absolutely necessary to keep these modules accessible at runtime Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Compiling the Form Specification File Compiling to C Code You can compile the sample program to C code However C code is only available for UNIX platforms To compile to C code use fgl2c instead of fgl2p In addition you need the following a C compiler a linker and two environment variables FGLLIBSYS and FGLLIBSQL These two environment variables are defined at install time in the envf4g file located in the FGLDIR directory Check that they are correctly set echo FGLLIBSYS echo FGLLIBSQL These two commands should return a list of system libraries and Informix libraries To compile the 4gl source code files into object files with the 420 extension the 4gl files are first compiled into 42c files by the fglcomp program and then are compiled by your C compiler into 420 object files fgl2c c exl1 1 4gl Tgl2c c ex1 2 4g1 In this case you should use the c flag Next link the object files your system libraries the Dynamic 4GL libraries and the Informix libraries together into a single executable file with the 42e extens
345. n D 51 Substrings D 29 Supported operating systems 2 4 Swedish language code D 43 Swing and Java 11 5 Synonym SQL identifier D 25 System libraries finding B 10 System requirements database Intro 5 software Intro 5 T Table name D 25 Table based localization D 45 Table with HTML Client 10 39 Tag Words and Java Client 11 9 Taiwanese D 19 D 20 TCLDIR environment variable A 9 TCL TK interpreter A 9 Tcl Tk interpreter 12 3 13 3 A 9 TCL_LIBRARY environment variable 13 5 A 10 TCP IP 8 17 12 3 13 3 B 7 B 12 requirements for installation 2 5 Terminating applications 5 29 Text blobs D 24 D 52 Text geometry D 27 Text insertion point specifying 7 21 Text labels D 27 Text drawing 7 25 TH 7 20 supplement D 19 Thai language D 4 D 21 D 27 th_th thai620 D 4 D 21 Tip icons Intro 7 Title setting for window 7 7 TK_LIBRARY environment variable 13 5 A 10 Toolbars 4GL extension 1 11 configuration settings 8 20 creating 7 11 Translation D 34 as part of localization D 12 D 32 checklist D 33 Troubleshooting NT for HTML Client 10 73 Turkish language D 20 U nderscore _ symbol D 24 UNIX system language variables D 44 NIX based servers D 3 D 48 nixware operating system 2 4 pgrading Dynamic 4GL 2 4 ppercase letters D 26 K English language code D 43 S English language code D 13 D 43 E eqede cd V VARCHAR data type D 16 Variable name D 25 View name D 25 Index 7 A BC D E F GH JK L
346. n needs to produce output to the screen or to a report 4GL provides limited support for the Thai language through code set th_th thai620 with Language Supplement TH 7 20 for non composite Thai characters 4GL does not support composite Thai characters Client Locales and Server Locales The locale of the system on which the 4GL application is running is called the client locale For an application that is partitioned through 4GL this refers to the locale of the application server and of the display server The locale of the database server is called the server locale Handling Code Set Conversion on page D 49 describes special procedures that might be required if the client locale and the server locale are not identical Global Language Support D 21 Locales Supported by 4GL D 22 Setting Environment Variables for Specific Locales 4GL requires that environment variables be set correctly on UNIX systems that support the database server or 4GL applications that support application server and display server partitions For details about setting environment variables on UNIX systems for GLS see the Informix Guide to GLS Functionality See also Configuring the Language Environment on page D 37 of for additional information about setting environment variables To set environment variables on Windows 95 systems you set most environment variables in the Windows 95 or NT 4 0 registry by using the Setnet32 utility See th
347. n page 11 9 For example cjac setup check arg lib res_installation_check html cjac setup check enabled Specifies whether troubleshooting mode is enabled Specify this parameter as a string The default is true For example cjac setup check enabled true Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Sample cjac cnf file Sample cjac cnf file The following sample cjac cnf file is a generic example rather than a repre sentation of exactly what will exist on any particular system Hat aE aE a aE aE aE aE aE aE a HE aE aE aE aE A a a aE aE a aE aE aaa a aaa aa aaa AA Troubleshooting HE aE aE aE a a HE aE aE aE AE a aE aE aE aE aE A a aE aE aE aE a a aE aE aaa Ea a a aaa aE aaa HERE REERHE HEE HE Defines whether the troubleshooting mode is enabled Default value true Syntax cjac setup check enabled true false cjac setup check enabled true HERE EERHEE RHEE HE Defines the test page The root directory corresponds to web_server_servlet_dir see doc Default value lib res_installation_check html Syntax cjac setup check arg lt URL gt cjac setup check arg lib res_installation_check html HERE FE FE TE HE EEE HEE HEHE RHEE HEE HE HERE HEE HEE HH RHEE HE CJAC to Server runner DVM application communication aE HR RAE EHR REE EHR EE EHR REE ER RAE ERR RAE ER RAAT ER RARE EE HERE HEERHEER HEE EE Base TCP Port cjac listens to in order to communicate with the 4GL application DO NO
348. n use variables such as DBCODESET and DBCSOVERRIDE as substitutes for DB_LOCALE and DBCONNECT respectively These environment variables need to be set by using Setnet32 m The 5 x ALS versions use DBASCIIBC to emulate the 4 x ASCII servers This environment variable should be set in the registry if such behavior is desired m The SERVER_LOCALE environment variable is set on the database server not on the 4GL client This specifies the locale that the database server uses to read or write operating system files If this is not set the default is U S English en_us 8859 1 If no setting is specified the 4GL application uses an English locale But the registry sets everything to the local language code set or locale so the practical default is for applications to use the local locale The non internationalized portions of the product are initialized with the default U S English locale That is both CLIENT_LOCALE en_us 1252 and DB_LOCALE en_us 8859 1 are set to English This initialization is necessary because many common functions are shared between the interna tionalized and non internationalized components Important Except for DBFORMAT all the environment variables that are described in the sections that follow apply to Informix database servers Global Language Support D 37 Environment Variables That Support GLS D 38 Consider also the following points m The application cannot support connections to different d
349. n you click an item with the right mouse button Returns None For example CALL drawbuttonright num_item Control c Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Defining the Drawing Area Remove Key Binding The following function removes all key binding on an item Syntax drawclearbutton noit noit INTEGER Item number returned by the function creating the object Returns None For example CALL drawclearbutton num_item Defining the Drawing Area The drawing area is defined in the same way as a screen array as the following example shows In the file draw2 per DATABASE FORMONLY SCREEN Enter the percentage of blue The rest will be filled with green BLUE f01 co c0 c0 c0 c0 co c0 c0 co c0 c0 c0 c0 co ATTRIBUTES f01 formonly blue col formonly draw widget Canvas The only difference is in the attributes section of the form You must add the option widget Canvas the Canvas string is case sensitive Using Graphical Extensions to 4GL 7 19 Initializing the Drawing Function 7 20 Initializing the Drawing Function The following function is the initialization function Syntax drawinit Returns None To use drawings in a 4GL program insert the following line at the beginning of your program before the first display open statement CALL drawinit This function loads the graphical add on to your client computer If you call this function after you open the form th
350. n your per files m Modify the application itself to improve its appearance Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Supplying Your Own Headers and Footers Supplying Your Own Headers and Footers Standard page headers and footers are generated by default however you can supply your own headers and footers The Dynamic 4GL HTML server will load the header and footer from the configuration file For example you can add a corporate style page frame with logo background title standard references to the home page and other information HTML Tags You can use standard HTML tags in your applications In addition you can represent tables using HTML emulation Disabling Password Display To design your interface you can use the new tag Password Use the class Password parameter in the per file to disable the display of passwords in your application The parameter generates the HTML tag lt INPUT type password gt Using the Password tag you can disable the display of the user s password the password is replaced by asterisk characters Include the following code in the per file 005 customer password class Password invisible not null required The following tag is generated lt INPUT TYPE password NAME Ef005_11 SIZE 15 VALUE gt Similarities Between a per File and an html File A per file is a screen description file for 4GL An html file is a screen and resource description
351. name CURSOR FOR SQL SELECT FROM SomeWhere WHERE SomeColumn BETWEEN AND Invalid END SQL Trailing semicolon symbols are valid after the SQL statement but have no effect Semicolons that separate two statements within the SQL block cause a syntax violation error message to be issued by the compiler This causes the compilation to fail Optimizer directives and comments within delimited SOL statement blocks are passed to the database server if you use the standard notation for these features in Version 7 30 and later Informix database servers Such directives can immediately follow the DELETE SELECT or UPDATE keywords in SQL data manipulation statements The plus sign must be the first character following the comment indicator that begins an optimizer directive The sharp symbol is not a valid comment indicator in this context but braces or double hyphen comment indicators are valid within an SQL block For more information see the Informix Guide to SQL Syntax Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 33 Syntax for Expansion of Abbreviated Year Values year with the two SELECT FROM cus UPDATE customer S WHERE customer_num Syntax for Expansion of Abbreviated Year Values Some users and some applications abbreviate year values during data entry so that for example September 9 1999 might be entered as 9 9 99 or with so
352. namic 4GL to the UNIX based Informix database servers that it supports Figure D 1 Informix Database 7 x GLS OnLine SE Servers that Dynamic 4GL Supports 7 x English OnLine SE with NLS 5 x ALS OnLine SE Taiwanese J apanese Chinese Korean Complete compatibility E 5 x English OnLine SE Asian product behavior is dependent on server version English and NLS supported English will not cause problems if DB_LOCALE en_us 8859 1 English will not cause problems if DB LOCALE en_us 8859 1 Informix 7 2 and later GLS servers can store and retrieve data values that are compliant with single byte and multibyte locales GLS functionality requires the GLS version of INFORMIX NET PC Dynamic 4GL is also compatible with Informix 5 x and 7 1 database servers which can be English or non English based Dynamic 4GL also supports older ALS based Informix servers The functionality differences are server version based applications might behave differently when connected to different servers Global Language Support D 3 Restrictions on Dynamic 4GL GLS Capability D 4 Restrictions on Dynamic 4GL GLS Capability When using Dynamic 4GL the following restrictions apply m GLS features must be compiled to P code Programs compiled to C code cannot be localized using GLS m GLS features in Dynamic 4GL are restricted to locales that use left to right text processing m Dynamic 4GL supports the entry storage and display
353. nd border width can be configured Scrollbar Object The Scrollbar object allows you to configure the scrollbar used with the screen record For this object foreground background and active foreground can be configured 4GL Windows Object This object allows you to configure the different window types used in Dynamic 4GL 4GL Window General configuration for the window For this object background relief and border width can be configured Screen This object configures the area of the window that runs the 4GL application For this object background relief and border width can be configured 9 8 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide The Help Menu Menu window This object configures the area of the window in which the menu is displayed For this object background relief and border width can be configured Prompt window This object configures the area of the window that displays PROMPT statements For this object background relief and border width can be configured Keys window This object configures the area of the window where the buttons corresponding to the INPUT DISPLAY ON KEY and COMMAND KEY statements are displayed For this object background relief and border width can be configured If you specify a background color for Menu or Key window you might not see this color if you do not have enough space between the buttons The Help Tip Object The Help tip object allows you to configure the bubble us
354. ndows Gives Link Error If the graphical server tells you that it cannot find a link this is probably because the TCP IP socket protocol is not installed on the client computer You can check if the file winsock dll is in the Windows directory If not install the TCP IP socket support on your client computer Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 4GL Program Errors 4GL Program Errors This section describes workarounds to use if you experience errors with your 4GL program Internal Data File Corrupted On some UNIX systems for example SCO you might receive the following error message Internal data file corrupted Cannot continue this program After that your program fails This failure occurs because the process table of UNIX systems is used to retrieve internal information This information is stored in the FGLDIR lock directory To view this table use the UNIX command ps ae Normally this gives the complete list of processes But on some operating systems such as SCO you see only the processes of the current user if you are not the superuser If you receive the error message check your UNIX documentation for a command that gives the complete list of processes and then set the environment variable FGLPS to this value For example FGLPS ps aefx export FGLPS If there is no command that allows a non superuser to view the whole process list on the operating system you can use the following procedure you need a
355. ne button which applies the chosen color to the selected item or with the Cancel button Use the Old button to display the initial color Radio Button Choice The radio button choice allows you to choose from among a set of values Clicking an option applies the chosen configuration to the displayed item This type is used by the following properties Borderwidth m Relief Confirm your selections by clicking Done or Cancel to cancel any modifications Numeric Field Enter a numeric value for this configuration type This type is used by the Height property Click Apply to show the effect of the value entered on the item displayed After you enter a value click Done or Cancel Using the Configuration Manager 9 11 The Different Configurations Color object Prev Next Done Cancel Old Background Foreground Active Bg Active Fg HighlightBg 9 12 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide The Different Configurations The following section describes different configurations Color Configuration For each color configuration the following objects appear Displays the different colors Allows the display of the previous colors Allows the display of the next colors Accepts the new color configuration Aborts the color configuration Shows the previous configuration You can specify the following color property settings Specifies the color of the normal background of an item This configuration is applie
356. ne the code set used by the client 2 Determine the code set used by all the databases to which this client will be connecting in a single connection 3 Specify the conversion filenames 4 Start the application Determining the Code Sets Used by the Client and Database Because each operating system has its own way of declaring the code set it is using consult your UNIX operating system documentation or your system administrator to determine the code set used by the client computer Your system administrator should also know which code set is being used by the database Specifying the Conversion Filenames Set the DBAPICODE environment variable to specify a code set that has a mapping file in the message directory INFORMIXDIR msg or a directory pointed to by the LANG or DBLANG value The Informix crtcmap utility helps you to create mapping files For more information see the Informix Guide to SQL Reference ABC DEF GH I JK L MN OPQRS TUVWX Y Z Index Numerics 4GL functions using 6 8 AGL Server 12 3 7 x libraries finding B 8 A About Box for Java applets 11 53 a circumflex character coding D 49 AFTER FIELD clause with HTML Client 10 8 AIX operating system 2 4 Aliases with Java Client 11 9 Alphanumeric characters D 24 ALS Asian language support D 3 D 36 Applet viewer and Java Client 11 12 Applet definition of 11 4 Application Server definition 10 6 Applications terminating 5 29 Win
357. ng it during the installation of the new one and stop all Dynamic 4GL daemons B 2 Manual Installation Process Files with the extension tgz are compressed archive files To uncompress this kind of file you must first run gzip and then tar with the following commands gzip d filename tgz tar xvf filename tar Before uncompressing the file with tar you can view its contents with the following command tar tvf filename tar Distributions on tapes can be loaded with the following commands cd tmp tar xvf dev your_device On the distribution CD you will find all the necessary files in the OS UNIX your OS name directory Manual Installation Process The archive file is assumed to be named FAGL TGZ This archive file contains a complete directory tree which can be installed anywhere A convenient way to proceed is mkdir installdir f4gl version cd installdir f4gl version FGLDIR installdir f4gl version export FGLDIR INFORMIXDIR Path_to_Informix_directory export INFORMIXDIR cp path_to_gzip_file gzip d F4GL TGZ tar xvf F4GL tar YEAR A Y Y Y A Y JA where installdir is the path to the installation directory The following examples illustrate how to do both a new installation and an update Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Manual License Installation For a new installation mkdir usr f4gl cd usr f4gl FGLDIR usr f4gl export FGLDIR INFORMIXDIR usr informix4 1 export INFOR
358. nix and you are using Windows clients WTK you should start the configuration on Windows Using the Configuration Manager 9 3 Starting on UNIX Starting on UNIX The Configuration Manager is delivered with Dynamic 4GL The file generated is located in the home directory of the current user and is named fgl2cre To run the Configuration Manager you must be in graphical mode FGLGUI 1 and the DISPLAY environment variable must be set Then enter the confdesi command at the shell prompt confdesi Starting on Windows The Configuration Manager is installed with the Windows client The config uration file is located in the system directory windir WINDIR for Windows 95 and Windows 3 x and is named locals tcl To run the Configuration Manager click the Informix Config Tools icon Using the Dynamic 4GL Configuration Manager The program interface contains the following three menus m File This menu lets you manage configuration files You can open save and exit program functions m Widget This menu lets you configure the different graphical widgets m Help This menu shows the current version of the configuration tools 9 4 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide File Menu File Menu The File menu contains the following four items Open Opens an existing configuration file By default the Configuration Manager offers the standard filename as the default depending on the operating system HOME fg
359. nnected Cannot read from the GUI Description The communication between the 4GL application and the graphical client is broken Solution Check if the FGLSERVER and the DISPLAY environment variables are correctly set Also check if the daemon of the graphical client is running Cannot open file lt filename gt Description The compiler cannot access the resource file FGLDIR etc fgl2c res Solution Check the permissions of the resource file and change them as needed The current user should have read permission on this file No such interface capability lt filename gt Description The resource files from the graphical client are from different versions This is often caused by installing an update over an old version of the compiler Because of permission problems some files have been overwritten while others have not Solution Check the permissions of the files located in the FGLDIR directory and re install the update lt version number gt wrong version Expecting lt version number gt Description The resource files located in the FGLDIR etc directory have a bad version number Solution This problem often results from installing a new version of the compiler over an old one Reinstall the new version but take care that the user doing this operation has the correct permission to overwrite the files in the FGLDIR directory Error Messages C 7 Runtime Errors 6323 6324 6325 6305 6327
360. ntal menu 1 Create a menu as a button in the right key button frame on top of the hot key buttons Default 0 Syntax Menu style 0 gui menu timer Description Time in milliseconds before the menu is disabled Useful when you switch between windows Value Number of milliseconds Default 100 Syntax gui menu timer 100 Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 19 Toolbar GUI Settings 8 20 Toolbar GUI Settings This section describes the toolbar settings in the GUI section of the configuration file gui toolBar dir Description Specifies the name of the subdirectory from the FGLDIR directory for UNIX clients and from the Windows front end installation directory for Windows computers where the bitmap files that the toolbar uses are stored Value Subdirectory from FGLDIR or WTK_DIR where the bitmap files are stored Default SFGLDIR toolbars for UNIX clients WIK_DIRECTORY toolbars for Windows clients Syntax gui toolBar dir FGLDIR mytoolbars gui toolBar visible Description Enables the toolbar in your program Value 0 Disables the toolbar 1 Enables the toolbar Default 0 Syntax gui toolBar visible 0 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Toolbar GUI Settings gui toolBar size Y Description Specifies the height in pixels of the toolbar Value Default Syntax Number of pixels 26 gui toolBar sizeY 26 gui toolBar sizeX Description Specifies the width in pixels of a bitmap on
361. nts Ifyou try to execute an SQL statement it will generate an error Creating the Environment Shell Script After licensing the software Dynamic 4GL prompts you to create an environment file called envcomp This shell script sets up the main environment variables required for using Dynamic 4GL Do you want to create an environment file Options Yes No C Jancel Default Y You should consider adding a call to this shell script in your session startup file login or profile on most UNIX systems Installing Dynamic 4GL 2 13 Preparing to Install Dynamic 4GL on Windows NT 2 14 Preparing to Install Dynamic 4GL on Windows NT Before you install Dynamic 4GL on Windows NT check that your system meets the following requirements If you are also planning to install an Informix database server on Windows NT refer to the Administrator s Guide for Informix Dynamic Server for installation and configuration information Tip If you are planning to install Dynamic 4GL you should install the Dynamic 4GL Windows Client first For more information on how to install the Windows Client refer to Installing the Windows Client on page 12 5 C Compiler Requirement The only fully supported C compiler is Microsoft Visual C 4 0 or later A C compiler is required if you want to call C language functions from 4GL Informix Database Server Requirement You must have at least one version of
362. nventions Additional Documentation Informix Welcomes Your Comments co N NOU a gA VA w 2 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide In This Introduction This introduction provides an overview of the information in this guide and describes the conventions used About This Guide The Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide describes how to develop 4GL applications on UNIX and Windows NT and then deploy them in either graphical or text mode on various platforms such as Windows 95 Windows NT and X11 Window System clients This guide assumes that you already have a complete set of INFORMIX 4GL manuals such as the INFORMIX 4GL Reference and the appropriate SOL manuals This guide should be used in addition to the 4GL manuals Organization of This Guide This guide includes the following chapters m Chapter 1 Introducing Dynamic 4GL introduces Dynamic 4GL m Chapter 2 Installing Dynamic 4GL describes how to install Dynamic 4GL on both UNIX and Windows m Chapter 3 Basics of Using Dynamic 4GL explains how to set environment variables and compile a simple program in Dynamic 4GL m Chapter 4 Using the Dynamic 4GL Compiler describes how to compile various types of files and how to compile to P code or C code Introduction 3 Organization of This Guide Chapter 5 Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL describes the features that have been added that extend the functionality of 4GL
363. o CALL myfunct a b c because comma is always a list separator symbol in function calls Concatenation with the operator discards trailing whitespace from operands of integer and fixed point number data types but not from character or floating point data types The CLIPPED operator of 4GL can remove trailing blanks from values before concatenation in 4GL statements but TRIM must replace CLIPPED in preparable SQL statements for Version 7 x and later Informix databases Synonym for the Equality Relational Operator The CONSTRUCT statement and Boolean expressions of 4GL support relational operators that can perform comparisons of two data values mow 4GL 7 3 now supports as a synonym for just as earlier releases have supported as a synonym for the lt gt operator For example the expressions in the two statement fragments IF x y THEN GO TO finario IF x y THEN GO TO finario are equivalent Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 49 New Syntax to Hide the Comment Line 5 50 New Syntax to Hide the Comment Line By default the last line of the current 4GL window is the Comment line which can display messages that the COMMENT attribute of a 4GL form specifies This is a reserved line which is cleared when the user moves the visual cursor to a new line of a screen form so it is typically used to send messages to the user rather than for data entry or data display In 4GL forms that do
364. o procesa servlets alte If you instead see a page similar to one shown in Figure 11 4 it is likely that CLASSPATH is not properly set Refer to your Web server or servlet engine documentation for more information The files not found by your Web server often provide clues as to what components are missing from your CLASSPATH setting Figure 11 4 Serviet Test Error Page S00 Internal Server Error api teei niri ar He AA PIAR NAAA PA OPA A EC a e 11 36 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Configuring the Java Client To test the CJAC servlet enter the following URL into your browser http web_server web_server_port servlets cjac TEST This entry calls the CJAC servlet with the parameter TEST The cjac cnf file located in web_server_servlet_dir lib directs cjac to display the file res_installation_check html located in the same directory You should see the HTML page shown in Figure 11 5 Figure 11 5 Successful CJAC Serviet Test Results Page amp Ch Jiii A a ai on baie bhei pup Cli Java Application Connector The CLAC ere y eed rey Copper PCy A Bowe Dr oiler foods AN yp eel If you do not see this page check your CLASSPATH settings You might also verify that the cjac cnf file is located in your web_server_servlets_dirflib directory Configuring the Java Client Before running a Dynamic 4GL application for display as a Java applet you must specify an appropriate environment in whi
365. o send the tools compiling the P code runner after the add flag C 34 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide fglmkrun Errors You should use esql or c4gl to create a runner when using d ixgen Description When using the d ixigen flag i e using the generic data base interface you must use the esql or the c4gl script to create the runner You cannot use a standard C compiler to compile an ESQL C file Solution Use the esql or the c4gl script to create the runner FGLDIR src esql_gen ec Could not find database interface library for ixNNN Description In this message ixNNN is the parameter added after the d flag This string is used to build the name of the libraries used to build the runner For example when you use d ix914 you use the library named FGLDIR lib libix914 a Solution Enter a valid parameter name to access the appropriate library The only allowed parameters are ix410 ix501 ix711 ix914 or ixgen XXX was not found or cannot be executed Please check your environment Description The shell specified by the sh flag in this case XXX can not be found in any of the directories specified by the PATH environment variable or it does not have execution permission Solution Ensure that the PATH variable specifies the directory where the shell is located and that execution permissions are properly set Could not create runner XXX Please check the following error messages lt followed by o
366. o that list This list of libraries changes depending on the version of ESQL C and the operating system This section describes a convenient way to find out which libraries are used if the findlib sh script failed to find them Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Finding Informix 7 x Libraries on UNIX If you are using ESQL C copy the script INFORMIXDIR bin esq to an empty directory Modify this copy in order to echo the linking command For example echo SCC ISINFDIR incl esql INCLUDE A L SINFDIR lib L SINFDIR lib esql SLIB OLIB SALIB Write a small ESQL C File For example t ec main argc argv int argc char argv Compile it using your copy of ESQL S esql t ec This gives you the compile statement with all the libraries used on the standard output For example cc 1 usr1 informix7 11 inc1 esgql t c L usrl informix7 11 lib L usr1 informix7 11 lib esql L usrl informix7 11 lib esql usvl informix7 11 lib esql libsqlshr a L usr1 informix7 11 lib esql usr1 informix7 11 1lib esql libosshr a L usrl informix7 11 lib usr1 informix7 11 1ib libasfshr a L H H pa H H H pa H H H usrl informix7 11 lib esql usrl informix7 11 lib esql libgenshr a L usrl informix7 11 lib esql usrl informix7 11 lib esql libosshr a L usrl informix7 11 lib esql usrl informix7 11 lib esql libgenshr a ltli L usrl informix7 11 lib usr1 informix7 11 1ib libnetstubshr a lc lmsaa lbsd
367. oblems withC Linking C Functions with the P Code Runner Examples E al O A Compiling to C Code Overview of a C Code Example z a Compiling Source Files to Linkable Modules i Linking Modules to Create C Code Libraries Using C Functions in 4GL Applications Linking C Functions for Use in C Code Compilations i Compilation Tools Main Compilation Tools Other Compilation Tools Configuration Tools Miscellaneous Programs and fp 4 3 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 5 4 6 4 6 4 7 4 7 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 12 4 19 4 19 4 20 4 21 4 21 4 21 4 26 4 27 4 27 4 28 4 28 4 2 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide In This Chapter This chapter contains all the needed syntax for compiling 4GL programs into Dynamic 4GL programs using P code or C code It also explains how to add calls from 4GL programs to C programs and how to make calls from C programs to 4GL programs This chapter covers the following topics Setting environment variables for the compiler Compiling 4GL form specification files and help message files Generating a database schema file Compiling to P code Compiling to C code Creating a P code runner with fglmkrun Compilation tools Setting Environment Variables for the Compiler The first task is to set up correct environment variables To do this execute the envcomp script located in the FGLDIR directory This shell script was created during installation and it s
368. ocessing such as sending the optional command line can then be started The LOGIN_QUESTION and PASSWORD_QUESTION strings should not be the same as for the LOGIN_OK string If a wrong password is typed in the UNIX server will deny access and ask for For example suppose when making a connection to a UNIX host for instance a Linux computer named fire the following display is sent to the terminal by the remote server Last login Tue May 26 10 58 25 from fire In this example a fourth line appears because of an entry added to the Windows Client Language Use the following settings for the connection to this computer m For LOGIN_QUESTION use the string login that appears in the first line of the connection example The 4GL Server then knows to automatically send the user name when the string login is displayed by the remote host m For the PASSWORD_QUESTION use the string word displayed at the second line of the example The 4GL Server knows to send a password when the string word is sent by the remote host m For the LOGIN_OK to use the string Last Use a string that appears each time the authentication process is successful However be careful that the strings for PASSWORD_QUESTION and LOGIN_QUESTION are not the same as the LOGIN_OK string In this case the second word of the third line is the word login You should use the first word of this line Last Debugging the Connection To help you set the strings for
369. ode files m 42m for the compiled modules m 42r for the file resulting from the linking of compiled modules The syntax for the first step of the compilation compiling 4GL source code into linkable modules is fgl2p 4gl_source_code 4gl For example fgl2p example 4gl This line compiles the 4GL source code file example 4gl to the module example 42m Linking Modules Together to Create P Code The following syntax links the compiled 42m modules together to create an executable or library This link also checks for C functions included in the runner see Linking C Functions with the P Code Runner on page 4 8 that the FGLRUN environment variable specified fgl2p o executable 42r modulel 42m module2 42m This line links the compiled modules module1 42m and module2 42m into the executable 42r The following line links the compiled modules module1 42m and module2 42m into the library library 42x fgl2p o library 42x modulel 42m module2 42m This library can be used as an object module file when linking applications that use calls to functions defined in the library At runtime all modules linked together must be located in a directory specified by the FGLLDPATH environment variable Using the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 4 7 Using C Functions in 4GL Applications 4 8 The 42m modules are linked together into the 42r hash table that contains cross references to all functions and variables used in the 4GL a
370. of multibyte characters in some East Asian languages such as Korean Japanese and Chinese However these GLS features require a localized version of Windows m Dynamic 4GL provides limited support for the Thai language through code set th_th thai620 with Language Supplement TH 7 20 for non composite Thai characters Dynamic 4GL does not support composite Thai characters Creating Dynamic 4GL Applications with GLS Support This section outlines the steps that are needed to create localized Dynamic 4GL applications 1 Set up the development environment The system administration tools you use must belong to the database server You can use a UNIX terminal or a local terminal emulation program on Windows provided that it supports the local code set 2 Write the code Filenames source and compiled must contain only English characters 3 Compile and debug the code The Dynamic 4GL compiler can compile and link the components of the application The fglmkmsg message compiler can compile non English text strings so that runtime messages can be displayed in the local lan guage The user interface of this message compile is in English Any Windows help requires the Windows Help Compiler Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Compiling a Dynamic 4GL Application with GLS 4 Deploy the code Deployment is relatively unrestricted Applications that can be cre ated through the steps outlined her
371. of the Windows computer Solution Check that the system is correctly configured and rerun the program SYSERROR d s Cannot receive data from license manager Check the system error message and retry Description There is a problem with the socket of the Windows computer Error Messages C 25 License Errors 6088 6090 6091 6092 6093 6094 Solution Check that the system is correctly configured and rerun the program You are not allowed to connect for the following reason s Description The program cannot connect to the license server because of the specified reason Solution Try to fix the problem described and rerun your application SYSERROR d s Cannot create a socket to start the license manager Check the system error message and retry Description There is a problem with the socket of the Windows computer Solution Check that the system is correctly configured and rerun the program SYSERROR d s Cannot bind socket for the license manager Check the system error message and retry Description There is a problem with the socket of the Windows computer Solution Check that the system is correctly configured and rerun the program SYSERROR d s Cannot listen socket for the license manager Description There is a problem with the socket of the Windows computer Solution Check that the system is correctly configured and rerun the program SYSERROR d s Cannot create a
372. ollows FGLCALL 4GL_function_name parameters_number returned_values_number The following table describes the elements of this command Element Description 4GL_function_name Name of the 4GL function parameters_number Number of parameters transmitted to the function returned_values_number Number of values returned by the function The following example shows a 4GL function that calls a C function which in turn calls another 4GL function This example is made of two 4GL modules and one C file Using the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 4 23 Using C Functions in 4GL Applications The first 4GL module is exCCode 4gl MAIN DEFINE word CHAR 60 OPEN WINDOW wl AT 1 1 WITH 20 ROWS 50 COLUMNS ATTRIBUTES BORDER LET word How are you CALL mainc word SLEEP 3 CLOSE WINDOW wl END MAT The second 4GL module is fnCCode 4gl FUNCTION fnccl word DEFINE word CHAR 60 IF word How are you THEN DISPLAY Very fine and you AT 10 1 END IF END FUNCTION The C file is exc c ifdef Informix include f2c r_c h fendif include lt stdio h gt int mainc int n CHAR word 13 popquote word 13 pushquote word 13 FGLCALL fnecl 1 0 return 0 CFACE mainc 1 0 The C statements popquote pushquote popl and push are working exactly as with INFORMIX 4GL compilers Next compile these three files cc c exc o exc c D Informix ISFGLDIR include fgl2c c exCCode 4gl
373. on for a variety of languages You can use the DBLANG environment variable to point to a message directory containing translated messages Contact your local Informix sales office for a list of available language translations Customized System Error Message Files If no Informix translation of the error messages is available and if the source code of error message files is delivered with the product you can localize the message source files using the fglmkmessage utility For more information see Localizing Prompts and Messages on page D 47 Code Set Conversion The method available depends on whether you are using UNIX or Windows m For UNIX systems set the DBAPICODE environment variable m For Windows systems that use INFORMIX NET with Dynamic 4GL set the CLIENT_LOCALE and DB_LOCALE entries in the registry For details see Handling Code Set Conversion on page D 49 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Configuring the Language Environment Configuring the Language Environment Environment settings that affect the language environment exist both in your 4GL environment and in your system environment Using the GLS features of 4GL with Informix database servers involves several compatibility issues m The English servers create English databases with ASCII data For these the 4GL program must access the servers with DB_LOCALE set to en_us 8859 1 m The 5 x ALS versions of Informix servers ca
374. on will result in no loss of infor mation however data converted in only one direction might confuse the processing or printing on the target computer m Substitution conversion This maps all mismatched characters in the source code set to a single specific character in the target code set that serves to highlight mismatched characters This guarantees that a one way conversion will clearly show the mismatched characters however a two way conversion will result in information loss if mismatched characters are transferred m Graphical replacement conversion This maps each mismatched character in the source code set to a character in the target code set that resembles the source character this includes mapping one character ligatures to their two character equivalents This might confuse printing on the target computer Round trip conversions should contain as many graphical replacement conversions as possible m Substitution plus graphical replacement This maps as many mismatched characters as possible to their graphical replacements and maps the remaining mismatched characters to the substitution character Informix supplied code set conversion source files have header comments that indicate which method was used The following information is specific to Windows Information for UNIX appears in Enabling Code Set Conversion for UNIX on page D 56 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Enabling Code Set Conversion for Win
375. only ensures that each character is processed and printed the same regardless of how the characters are encoded Code set conversion does not create a character in the target code set if the character exists only in the source code set For example if the character a circumflex is being passed to a computer whose code set does not contain an a circumflex character the target computer will never be able to exactly process or print the a circumflex character This situation is described in more detail in Mismatch Processing on page D 52 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide What Data Values Are Converted When You Do Not Need Code Set Conversion You do not need code set conversion in any of the following situations The client and the server are on the same computer The code set of your client and of all the databases to which you are connecting are the same The subset of characters that you will be sending between the client and the server are encoded identically For example if you are sending only English characters between a client and a server and each English character has the same encoding on both computers no code set conversion is required In this case the non English characters can have different encodings The character string data values are passed from the client to the server for storage only and are neither processed nor printed by the server For example no code set conversion is required if a client a
376. ons With Dynamic 4GL applications deployed on the Web a Web limitation exists that each form must be transmitted to the server In addition some limita tions are due to differences between 4GL and Dynamic 4GL including m With your ASCII 4GL each character is analyzed as it is typed m With local editing with WTK or X11 in Dynamic 4GL each field is analyzed on the display server and transmitted to the runner when the field is completed When using the HTML client you can expect the following effects m Only the top level window is visible and it appears as one HTML page Opening a submenu creates a new page and only the infor mation displayed on the submenu is visible to the user m The ON KEY actions do not work during input statements because the Dynamic 4GL program does not see the individual keystrokes For the same reason the COMMAND KEY options in menus also do not work m The BEFORE FIELD and AFTER FIELD clauses have no effect on the input sequence The Dynamic 4GL program receives all data after it has been entered This also means that NEXT FIELD has no effect and that displaying the results of lookup data has no effect either You can use the BEFORE FIELD and AFTER FIELD clauses to validate the entered data but you have limits on what you can do when the data is incorrect m The SLEEP statement without interaction has no effect m The PROMPT statement has no effect 10 8 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide
377. oot directory to web_server_servlet_dir In this release the alias must be servlets The applet CJA will contact the servlet CJAC through an http request http lt web server gt lt web server port gt servlets cjac and will fail if there is no answer The directory where you want to install your call to Cli Java This directory is a subdirectory of your document directory or an alias that points to it This directory is a path on both UNIX and Windows NT The Web alias directory or virtual directory where you want to install your call to Cli Java Example servlets slets usr local apache share htdocs clijava clijava 2 of 2 Requirements Requirements This section covers the hardware and software requirements for installing the Java Client Java Client Web Browser Requirements The following table summarizes the supported hardware and software for the Java Client Web browser The Browser or Java AppletViewer must support JDK Version 1 1 Platform Version Hardware Software UNIX Various 32 megabytes of RAM 64 megabytes Netscape Communicator 4 5 with Java versions recommended Foundation Classes Swing 1 1 Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 x with Java Foundation Classes Swing 1 1 Windows Intel 32 megabytes of RAM 64 megabytes Netscape Communicator 4 5 with Java recommended Foundation Classes Swing 1 1 Intel or compatible Pentium class Microsoft Internet
378. ormix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Running the Program on the X11 Client Starting the Application Using the X11 Client Now that you have set the environment variable start the application 1 Change to the directory where the program is compiled If you have compiled it to P code the following files are in the directory Type of File Filename The source files ex1 1 4gl ex1 2 4gl ex1 1 per The compiled form ex1 1 42f The P code modules ex1 1 42m ex1 2 42m The P code link ex1 42r 2 Type the name of your runner and as the first parameter the name of the file resulting from the link between all the 4GL modules In this example the runner can be fglnodb because you do not use any calls to the Informix database interface fglnodb exl 42r If you have compiled the program to C code you should have the following files Type of File Filename The source files ex1 1 4gl ex1 2 4gl ex1 1 per The compiled form ex1 1 42f The C code executable ex1 42e In this case run the C code executable exl 42e In either case you get the same display on the computer fire 3 Click the Message box menu item 4 Select one of the four icon radio buttons 5 Enter a title and a message into the appropriate text boxes Using the X11 Client 13 11 Environment Variables This appendix provides a complete list of all environment variables for use with Dynamic 4GL Some environment variables are only available on UNIX systems
379. ory tree Description The FGLDIR tree is missing or the FGLDIR variable is not set Error Messages C 33 fglmkrun Errors 6751 Solution Check your environment This license is available only on a Windows NT computer Description You are trying to license with a WLS license type on a Win95 or a Win98 station Solution You have to use Windows NT to do that or to use a local license fglmkrun Errors The following list shows fglmkrun error messages and solutions These error messages have no error message number o flag must be followed by a name Description You added the o flag but did not include the name of the runner to be created Solution Add the name of the runner after the o flag For example fglmkrun o myrun d flag must be followed by a database interface type Description You added the d flag but did not include the database interface type Solution Add the database interface type after the d flag For exam ple fglmkrun d ix914 sh flag must be followed by a program name Description You added the sh flag but did not include the shell name to compile the P code runner Solution Add the shell name after the sh flag For example fglmkrun sh esq add flag must be followed by one argument For example fglmkrun add static Description You added the add flag but did not specify any flag to send to the tool compiling the P code runner Solution Add the flag t
380. ou are on the right computer Incorrect information in license program Verify if a license is installed or check if your are on the right computer when a license manager is used Description The compiler checks important software and hardware compo nents to validate the license If any of these components change the license is no longer valid Solution Restore the changed components or enter a new serial number First verify that you have installed theDynamic 4GL license For the Dynamic 4GL License Server check that you are on the right computer Cannot read license information Check FGLDIR and your environment Description Several environment variables must be set correctly Solution Check your environment variables Check your license by running the program fglWrt a see Incorrect information in license program Verify if a license is installed Description The compiler checks important software and hardware compo nents to validate the license If any of these components change the license is no longer valid Solution Restore the changed components or enter a new serial number First verify that you have installed theDynamic 4GL license For the Dynamic 4GL License Server check that you are on the right computer Incorrect information in license program Verify if a license is installed Error Messages C 19 License Errors 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 Description The compiler checks i
381. our Web server or servlet engine documentation for assistance Additional steps must be taken to enable your servlet engine to recognize and interact with components of the Java Client The way in which these modifications are made differ depending on the Web server and servlet engine you are using A general explanation of what must be done and examples on a few of the major platforms are in the following sections Using the Java Client 11 29 Additional Installation Tasks 11 30 Serviet Mapping When the user requests an application via the browser the CJA applet makes a call to the Cli Java Application Connector CJAC servlet CJA launches CJAC using the URL servlets Your Web server environment must be capable of recognizing such calls and invoking the servlet engine when they are received This allows the servlet engine to run a target file called with the name servlets as a servlet This is often referred to as mapping Some servlet engines are mapped to servlet not servlets by default Therefore it might be necessary to configure the Web server to recognize calls to servlets as well This is often done by assigning a style An example using Netscape Enterprise Server appears in Netscape with JRun on UNIX on page 11 31 Serviet Aliases In addition you must create two servlet aliases so that calls placed to the alias will call the target servlet Your Web server or servlet engine should have a facility for
382. ow into the title field and then press ENTER To quit this program press the interrupt key Using Graphical Extensions to 4GL 7 7 Retrieving Information from a Field 7 8 Retrieving Information from a Field The following function allows you to receive information about the currently prompted field during a dialog function Syntax call fgl_formfield_getoption option returning var or call formfield getoption option returning var option x Returns the X position of current field in the form y Returns the Y position of current field in the form length Returns the length of current field in the form var The variable containing the return value of the function Example INPUT by name f01 BEFORE INPUT LET LGT fgl_formfield_getoption length MESSAGE No more than LGT charaters END INPUT Retrieving Information from an Application Window The following function returns information about the current application window Syntax Call fgl_window_getoption option returning var yn option name Returns the name of the current window x Returns the X position of the current window y Returns the Y position of the current window width Returns the width of the current window height Returns the height of the current window Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide var border formline menuline commentline messageline errorline insertkey deletekey nextkey previouskey acceptkey helpkey abortkey
383. ox CU_COMPSTR The string display before the field where the user should enter a computer IP address or name CU_USERSTR The string displayed before the field where the user should enter a user name Example show Computer User dialog U_DIALOG 1 Title of dialog CU_TITLE Enter a computer and a user label for the computer CU_COMPSTR Database server label for User CU_USERSTR User default value for computer entry field U_COMPUTER Enter IP Adress of server default value for user entry field CU_USER Enter user 1 conection NUMCONNS 1 in the comand line c and u will be replaced with the values of the Computer User dialog CONNO login w c u vt100 account exit CONNTITLEO Accounting on c User u ICONNO icons accoun ico If in dialog computer name serverl and user name bob have been specified the icon title will be Accounting on serverl User bob Using the Windows Client 12 35 Installing Documentation 12 36 Installing Documentation You can install documentation including icons that navigate to documen tation For example you might include the files and icons for WinWrite files text files or WinHelp files The NUMEXES key determines the number of icons to be installed for the documentation An icon is determined by the following three prefixes EXE Windows executable for the document EXECMDLINE File name of document relative to installation medium EXEICON Icon fi
384. p maxConnection Specifies as an integer the maximum permissible number of simultaneous TCP connections to CJAC The default is 10000 For example cjac comm server tcp maxConnection 10000 cjac comm server tcp portRange Specifies as an integer the range of ports on which CJAC listens For example if the value specified for cjac comm server tcp basePort is 6400 and the value for cjac comm server tcp maxConnection is 10000 CJAC listens on ports 6400 through 16399 and allows 10000 applications to connect at the same time The default is 10000 For example cjac comm server tcp portRange 10000 Using the Java Client 11 43 Editing the cjac cnf File 11 44 cjac comm server tcp reuseDelay Specifies in microseconds ms the maximum time CJAC waits before reusing a port for another application Specify this parameter as an integer The default is 20000 For example if user 1 runs application A on port 6600 and completes processing and then user 2 runs application A again before the end of the reuse delay CJAC listens to port 6601 If user 3 then runs the same application after the end of the reuse delay CJAC listens again on port 6600 For example cjac comm server tcp reuseDelay 20000 cjac setup check arg Specifies the location of the test page Specify this parameter as a string usually an HTML page The root directory is the value of web_server_servlet_dir see Tag Words and Paths o
385. passes character string data to the server a does not process or print the data on the server computer a retrieves the same data for processing or printing on computers that use the same code set as the client that populated the database Sorting data by using the ORDER BY statement or retrieving data by using a LIKE or MATCHES clause however will probably produce erroneous results if the data strings are not converted before they are stored What Data Values Are Converted If you enable code set conversion data values are converted by INFORMIX NET PC from the 4GL client to the database server and from the server to the client The CHAR VARCHAR and TEXT blob data types are converted as are column names table names database names and SOL command text Global Language Support D 51 Mismatch Processing D 52 Mismatch Processing If both code sets encode exactly the same characters then mismatch handling is unnecessary If the source code set contains any characters that are not contained in the target code set however the conversion must define how the mismatched characters are to be mapped to the target code set Four ways code set conversions handle mismatch processing are as follows m Round trip conversion This maps each mismatched character in the source code set to a unique character in the target code set On the return the original character is mapped back to itself This guarantees that a two way conversi
386. perating systems sometimes encode the same characters in different ways For example the character a circumflex is encoded m in Windows code page 1252 as hexadecimal 0xE2 m in IBM CCSID 437 as hexadecimal 0x83 If the encoding for a circumflex on the Windows system is sent unchanged to the IBM system it will be printed as the Greek character gamma This happens because on the IBM system gamma is encoded as OxE2 This means character data strings that are passed between two computers using different character set encodings must be converted between the two different encodings Otherwise character data originating from one computer will not be correctly displayed or processed on the other computer This appendix uses the term code set in the same way the Windows documentation uses the terms character set and code page Converting character data from one encoding schema to another is called code set conversion If a code set conversion is required from computer A to computer B it is also required from computer B to computer A You must explicitly enable code set conversion no conversion is done by default Details on enabling code set conversion appear in Enabling Code Set Conversion for Windows on page D 53 What Code Set Conversion Is Not Code set conversion is not a semantic translation that is it does not convert words between different languages For example it does not convert between English yes and French oui It
387. ple MAIN Database testdbs Display Status END MAIN status 5 Compile this program with the following command C usr fgl2c fgl2p o testdbs 42r testdbs 4gl 6 Run the program with the following command C usr fgl2c fglrun testdbs 42r If the database server is started you will see the following message Status 0 This message means that the connection to the database testdbs is running correctly Connecting to a Windows NT Database Server You need an rlogin service to connect the Informix database server with a Dynamic 4GL client Windows NT does not include an rlogin service However you will find several rlogin solutions for Windows NT on the Dynamic 4GL CD For the directions for installing and configuring the Ataman remote login service software refer to Installing and Configuring the Ataman Remote Login Service on page 2 22 The Ataman software supplied with Dynamic 4GL is a demonstration version that you can use for 30 days If you are interested in using the software after 30 days you will be required to purchase a licensed version For more infor mation go to www ataman com Installing Dynamic 4GL 2 19 Dynamic 4GL Directories Dynamic 4GL Directories This section describes the directories created during the installation process All the files that the compiler installs are under the directory specified during the installation and are referenced by the environment variable FGLDIR These directorie
388. ponents are installed HTML client HTML server documentation and the example o If you select Customized installation you will be prompted for the package to install in the Select Components screen To specify a package check the check box next to it The available packages are described immediately after this list m The program folder in which the startup icon resides By default the startup icon is created in the Programs section of the Start menu Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Installing on Windows NT You must manually copy various components from the temporary directory to the appropriate locations on the Web server and application server The procedures for copying the files are the same as those described for UNIX systems beginning with Installing the HTML Client on the Web Server on page 10 70 Available Packages Customized installation lets you select any of the following packages HTML documentation These files provide configuration and usage information for deploying applications on the Web m Client and server for Windows NT These include HTML client and HTML server only m Client and server for AIX HP UX IRIX SCO Sun Solaris Sparc Unixware Linux This package is for UNIX systems that you can download and configure manually Download one of these options for installation on a remote application server or Web server m Example For more information about the on line example see Ins
389. port in the START REPORT statement so that the desti nation and dimensions of output from the report can be specified at runtime If you do not use START REPORT to specify these parameters then the OUTPUT section values or default values if the OUTPUT section omits any specification remain in effect as in previous releases 5 46 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Dynamic Configuration of Report Output The syntax of START REPORT in 4GL 7 30 and Dynamic 4GL 3 0 is START REPORT report TO SCREEN PRINTER FILE file var file var PIPE IN FORM LINE MODE program var OUTPUT out var DESTINATION trg var WITH TOP OF PAGE string PAGE LENGTH TOP MARGIN BOTTOM MARGIN LEFT MARGIN RIGHT MARGIN Eos don Il gt 5 505 Here n is an integer expression and each instance of var is a 4GL program variable whose logical content is the string at the left of the preceding pipe 1 symbol Here out must be one of the following SCREEN PRINTER FILE PIPE IN FORM LINE MODE These out keywords are not case sensitive Here trg is the name of a file or program to receive the report output from a pipe If out has the value SCREEN or PRINTER then the DESTINATION clause is not needed and is ignored if specified The WITH clause supports the TOP OF PAGE string option which substitutes a page eject string for repeated Linefeeds to complete the current page of
390. pplication Thus all unresolved or faulty references for instance missing functions or function calls with an incorrect number of parameters or return values are detected at link time instead of at runtime At runtime only the 42r and 42m modules that contain the MAIN section are loaded into memory All other 42m modules are loaded when needed Every module and all library modules appear only once in the application This can lead to a significant reduction in the size of the P code modules constructing the application Using C Functions in 4GL Applications This section describes a strategy for using C functions in your application Compatibility Problems with C Using C functions in your 4GL applications can cause problems when you port the application to a platform other than the one used to develop it For example you can expect problems when porting an application from UNIX to Windows NT and vice versa Problems can also occur when you use too many specific calls to system features In both cases try to reduce calls to C functions and system commands to reduce the risk of problems when porting to other platforms Dynamic 4GL contains extra functions and features that allow you to avoid calls to most of the C functions and calls to system features For a description of the new extensions to the 4GL language see Chapter 6 Using Form Exten sions to 4GL Linking C Functions with the P Code Runner Because the low lev
391. puter The line login tcp must be in the etc services file and a line in the etc inetd conf file must start with the string login This service is used with the rlogin program Remote Windows NT Computer You can use services that allow you to simulate the rlogin feature on a UNIX computer However Microsoft does not provide an rlogin service for Windows NT These services are not included with the product and must be purchased Dynamic 4GL provides a demonstration of an rlogin service called Ataman see www ataman com You can install and use this service for 15 days before purchasing the software For more information on how to install Ataman see Installing and Configuring the Ataman Remote Login Service on page 2 22 Important You are not restricted to using the Ataman rlogin service You can install any rlogin service for Windows NT and use it successfully with the Windows Client Installing the Windows Client The installation process installs both the WTK interpreter and the 4GL Server that make up the Windows client To start the installation 1 Close all applications 2 Insert the Dynamic 4GL CD 3 Change to the CLIENTS WTK DISK1 directory Using the Windows Client 12 5 Installing the Windows Client 12 6 Run setup exe Follow the directions that appear When prompted install the 4GL Server If you have an older version of the Windows client installed you are prompted to
392. r o 5 48 Synonym for the Equality Relational Operator onu dene AO New Syntax to Hide the Comment Line 5 50 Editing Multibyte Data in 4GL Forms 5 51 New Conditional Comments 1 we 9 53 5 2 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide In This Chapter This chapter describes nongraphical extensions extensions that do not affect the database interface that can be used to enhance Dynamic 4GL applica tions This chapter includes the following sections Channel extensions Sharing information using Dynamic Data Exchange DDE Extending the DISPLAY ARRAY command Returning key code values Starting a UNIX emulator Starting Windows applications Using input statement functions Terminating applications New language features Channel Extensions Channel extensions provide access to the system the files and the processes without using the RUN statement With channel functions your application requires fewer resources than the RUN statement and allows you to commu nicate through pipes with other applications All the functions except USE channel are prefixed by channel to indicate that they belong to the channel class In the section Sharing Information Using DDE on page 5 8 you will find examples that illustrate the use of the DDE functions Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 3 Initializing Channel Extensions 5 4 Initializing Channel Exten
393. r C programs and usrFunctions contains the name of the C functions called from the 4GL modules You can copy the file FGLDIR lib fglExt c and adapt it to your own needs For example include f2c fglExt h include f2c r_c h int my_funcl_cname int nargs int my_func2_cname int nargs UsrFunction usrFunctions my_funcl_4glname my_funcl_cname my_funcl_nbparam my_funcl_nbret my_func2_4glname my_func2_cname my_func2_nbparam my_func2_nbret 0 0 0 0 5 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Using C Functions in 4GL Applications The following table describes the elements in this example Element Description my_func1_4glname Function name in the 4GL program my_funcl_cname Function name in the C module my_func1_nbparam Number of parameters 1 means variable my_func1_nbret Number of return values 1 means variable This first example is a simple call to a C function in a 4GL module First create your C file examplec c tinclude lt stdio h gt int fnccl int n printf This a C file return 0 Compile it with your C compiler cc c example c Before any modification copy fglExt c into your working directory to make it available for all users Then edit fglExt c and update it with the following definitions include f2c fglExt h UsrData usrData y 07007 y int fnccl int n UsrFunction usrFunctions fncc1 fnccl1 0 0 0 0 0 0 Now build the ne
394. r UNIX HTML client to match the name it has under Windows NT The HTML client name does not need to be fglcl exe Any filename can be specified but the name needs to be the same in all configuration files Service The port number that the daemon uses establishes a connection with the client The default value is 6500 For example Service name to register the daemon service 6500 Expected type integer Server Number The default base address is 6500 You can set it to a different port by speci fying a value from 0 to 99 which is added to the base 6500 value For example The offset from server name port serverNumber 0 Expected type integer Security Level Allows you to define security levels The two possible settings are 1 for Level 1 basic and 2 for Level 2 advanced For example Security Level securityLevel 1 For a full explanation refer to Security Levels on page 10 44 Important The value of securityLevel defaults to level 1 Expected type integer Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide General Configuration Settings Time Out Allows you to specify the expiration time in seconds of the program when the program is inactive By default fglhtmld stops the program if it is inactive for 300 seconds For example Expiration time for application in seconds timeOut 300 Expected type integer Maximum Tasks Allows you to specify the maximum number of tasks that the H
395. r was created with GLS support using the V flag A runner with GLS support enabled will display fglrun V INFORMIX Dynamic 4GL Runner Version 3 00 Built June 30 1999 15 36 04 c 1989 1998 Four J s Development Tools Language support library GLS INFORMIX ESQL Version 9 16 UC2 Database front end INFORMIX ESQL VERSION 9 14 a A runner without GLS support enabled and using only ASCII characters will display fglrun V INFORMIX Dynamic 4GL Runner Version 3 00 Built June 30 1999 15 36 04 c 1989 1998 Four J s Development Tools Language support library standard ASCII IS08859 1 Database front end INFORMIX ESQL VERSION 9 14 Localizing Dynamic 4GL Messages Dynamic 4GL displays messages differently depending on whether the message was generated by SQL functions or not Messages Generated by SQL functions For messages generated by internal calls to SQL functions these messages are retrieved using the Informix rgetmsg function Dynamic 4GL Messages Dynamic 4GL messages are stored in the FGLDIR lt lang_state gt lt codeset id gt all msg file In addition Dynamic 4GL creates a subset of messages files that are similar to i4gcl c4gl and form4gl Informix messages and stores them in FGLDIR Dynamic 4GL uses these message files during compilation D 6 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Using the Forms Compiler fglprofile Localized Messages Message strings in the fglprofile are replaced by a link
396. rating system m Hardware requirements Check that your system meets the minimum hardware requirements Be sure that your computer has enough disk space to install Dynamic 4GL and a TCP IP connection m C compiler requirements You must have a compatible C compiler installed even if you do not plan on compiling to C code The C compiler creates the P code runner The PATH environment variable should include the location of the C compiler m Informix Client Software Developer s Kit You should have Informix Client SDK 2 01 or later installed if you want to use the GLS features You install the Client SDK separately from Dynamic 4GL Installing Dynamic 4GL 2 3 Upgrading Dynamic 4GL m Dynamic 4GL directory You should install Dynamic 4GL in its own directory to make it easier to upgrade or maintain the software m Informix database server It is recommended that you have the database server running to check the success of the installation You will also need access to the database server to create the P code runner Upgrading Dynamic 4GL If you are upgrading your version of Dynamic 4GL unset the FGLDIR environment variable or set it to the new directory If you are changing the installation of the Informix database or the Client SDK unset the following environment variables as well m FGLDBS m FGLLIBSQL and FGLLIBSYS if you are compiling to C code Supported Operating Systems You can install Dynamic 4GL on the following
397. rder Width set to 1 DITHER Set to 1 to substitute other colors if necessary for your special colors This is not recommended because it can result in blotchy or mottled display for large single color areas Running the Windows Client Example This section describes the complete process for m configuring the Windows Client m creating a connection between the Windows computer named earth and the UNIX server named water m executing the program ex as shown in Compiling a Simple Program on page 3 4 This example assumes that you are working on the Windows computer earth and have finished installing the Windows Client Using the Windows Client 12 15 Creating a Connection 12 16 Creating a Connection To create an rlogin connection between earth and water use the WTK Rlogin emulation 1 Click the Add WTK 4GL Connection icon Figure 12 7 shows the window that is displayed a Figure 12 7 computer Connection Window for WTK 4GL user terminal ixterm commandline IV connection is visible Y show login dialog Ok Cancel 2 Enter the following information Text Box Value Computer water User Informix Terminal xterm This value is automatically set Commandline An optional command line to be executed after the connection is successful For this example leave it blank You want the terminal to be visible and the login dialog box to be dis played so leave the connection is visible and
398. re Requirements You do not need 4GL installed to install Dynamic 4GL However the Client SDK Version2 x or later must be installed The Client SDK installs the latest version of GLS To use the GLS feature in Dynamic 4GL you must be using Informix GLS 3 07 or later Displaying the GLS Version You can display the version of GLS you currently have installed To display the GLS copyright message type the following cat SINFORMIXDIR etc GLS cr The following text appears INFORMIX LIBGLS LIBRARY Version 3 08 UC1 Copyright C 1991 1998 Informix Software Inc Downloading the Client SDK The latest version of the Client SDK is available to download from the Informix Web site at the following URL http www intraware com informix Supported Dynamic 4GL Clients The only clients able to run Dynamic 4GL applications with the GLS feature enabled are m Windows Client m Text ASCII Client m Java Client The following Dynamic 4GL clients do not support all languages m X11 Client m HTML client Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Dynamic 4GL Database Server Compatibility Database Server Compatibility This section describes the compatibility of Dynamic 4GL with Informix database servers and other Informix products To use the GLS features of Dynamic 4GL any database or connectivity products must support the Informix GLS library Version 3 07 or higher Figure D 1 summarizes the relationships of Informix Dy
399. rectory FGLDIR toolbars when using X11 or in directory WTKDIR bmp of the Windows client when using Windows where WTKDIR is the installation directory of the 4GL server gui toolBar order hideButton Indicates if the hot key button 0 1 corresponding to the icon must remain in the hot key button frame in addition to the icon hideButton 0 or if it must disappear hideButton 1 Using Graphical Extensions to 4GL 7 11 Creating Dialog Boxes 7 12 The elements keytext and bmpname can be replaced by fglSeparator in which case there will be an additional space at the position specified by order allowing you to separate different icon groups The following example shows a fglprofile configuration file gui ToolBar enabled 1 gui ToolBar l text OK gui ToolBar 1l bmp exclam gui ToolBar 1 hideButton 1 gui ToolBar 2 text Interrupt gui ToolBar 2 bmp stop gui ToolBar 2 hidebutton 1 gui ToolBar 3 text fglSeparator gui ToolBar 3 bmp fglSeparator gui ToolBar 4 text Help gui ToolBar 4 bmp ques gui ToolBar 4 hideButton 1 This configuration file generates a toolbar with three icons The first icon is active in dialog boxes where the accept key is active The second icon sends an interrupt signal to the application The third icon separated slightly from the others is active when help is present Creating Dialog Boxes This section describes the extensions that affect dia
400. rectory You will find this makes upgrading or maintaining Dynamic 4GL easier Important You can install the client display server in the same directory as the Dynamic 4GL compiler However if you expect to install a compiler license and a runtime license for Dynamic 4GL on the same computer you should keep the display server code separate Installing Dynamic 4GL 2 7 Installing Dynamic 4GL on UNIX 2 8 Installing Dynamic 4GL on UNIX The following steps start the installation The Dynamic 4GL installation program uses Bourne shell scripts During the installation you will be prompted to perform the following steps If necessary back up a previous version of Dynamic 4GL Install all the needed files on your system Create a default environment for compilation Install the GLS components License the compiler or keep the previous license for an update m Create the P code runner and needed libraries and tools Tip If you have problems installing Dynamic 4GL you can perform a manual instal lation For instructions see Installing the Dynamic 4GL Software Manually on page B 1 Displaying the Installation Options Display the Dynamic 4GL online installation directions using the h flag For example enter the following command bin sh sco dev 2 13 019 sh h Installing from the Dynamic 4GL CD If you have a CD accessible from UNIX perform the following steps 1 Logon as user root 2 Mount the
401. rectory under FGLDIR You can also spec ify the FGLPROFILE variable to locate this file m cli html iem the message file Copy this file to the msg directory under FGLDIR Optionally you can also place the fglcl and fglcl conf files in the bin directory under FGLDIR as a backup for the files on the Web server For example the following code copies each of the three files from an installation directory named d4g1 Cli Html to the directory on the appli cation server specified by FGLDIR and then sets appropriate file permissions SLS 0250 represents the directory where the HTML client binary for the Solaris platform resides cp d4g1 C1i Html AppServer bin SLS 0250 fglhtmld SFGLDIR bin chmod 755 SFGLDIR bin fglhtmld cp d4g1 C1i Html AppServer etc fgl2cres web SFGLDIR etc chmod 644 SFGLDIR etc fgl2cres web cp d4g1 C1i Html AppServer etc fglprofile web SFGLDIR etc chmod 644 SFGLDIR etc fglprofile web Using the HTML Client 10 71 Installing the HTML Documentation on the Web Server 10 72 Installing the HTML Documentation on the Web Server The HTML documentation describes the fglcl conf file in more detail and provides information about using the Web deployment software To install the documentation create a subdirectory such as WebServer htdocs and extract the contents of the WebServer doc tgz file into this directory For example mkdir WebServer htdocs cd WebServer
402. replace the older version If you are doing an update the same group will be used and the files rhosts locals tcl and termuser tcl are not overwritten When prompted specify the directory where you want to install the application By default the Windows client installs itself in the I4glsrv directory on the partition where Windows is installed When prompted enter the name of the program group to store the new icons To use a different group name when doing an update the previous version must be uninstalled first Important Some software might be incompatible with the Windows client such as video drivers networks drivers printers spoolers memory management programs and Ethernet drivers If an error occurs during the installation try to install the Windows client with the minimum of these programs started You can disable software in your system autoexec bat or config sys files After the Installation After the installation the following program icons appear in the program group specified during the installation The default group name is Informix 4GL Server The Informix 4GL Server icon shown in Figure 12 2 starts the 4GL Server which then runs in the background This program listens to 4GL commands coming from the application server computer through the TCP IP socket The socket is defined in the Windows Client configuration file the default value is 6400 Figure 12 2 Informix 4GL Server Icon EE Bi Informix
403. rfaces The P code runner created during the installation process including your Informix interface Other Compilation Tools Use the following scripts to create archives and locate libraries Filename ar420 findlib sh Description Script to create archive files from 42o object files Script to find all the libraries needed on your system to create P code runners or C code executables Using the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 4 27 Configuration Tools 4 28 Filename fglmkmsg licencef4gl confdesi fglfontsel Configuration Tools The following table lists tools that aid in configuration Description Tool to create the runtime error message libraries Script to install a license Script to start the configuration program for the X11 interface Font selection tool for X11 interfaces P code version fglfontsel 42e Font selection tool for X11 interfaces C code version Miscellaneous Programs and Scripts This table lists other helpful tools Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Filename Description rtsinstall Script to create the P code libraries and to compile the Dynamic 4GL tools to P code fglinstall Script to create the C code libraries and to compile the Dynamic 4GL tools to C code fglpager Script to start the graphical editor used to display reports P code version pager 42e Graphical editor used to display reports C code version install sh Script used during the installation of packages and patches fg
404. ries Each time that one of these three components changes you must create a new runner If you have C functions you must also include them in the runner For more information about using C functions with 4GL see Using C Functions in 4GL Applications on page 4 8 Important Creating the P code runner for your computer requires a C compiler and the INFORMIX ESQL C development libraries Common Problems and Workarounds B 5 Post Installation Tasks B 6 To build a P code runner type fglmkrun This command creates the default P code runner called fglrun in the FGLDIR bin directory If you need your own statically linked runner use the syntax in the following example assume your runner is named myrun you are using Informix Client SDK version 2 10 and using a C function file named file c fglmkrun d ix914 add static SFGLDIR lib fglExt c file c o myrun After you have successfully created the P code runner run the rtsinstall command to create the P code libraries and tools rtsinstall For details about fglmkrun see Details About fglmkrun on page 4 11 SCO Systems With SCO systems the use of fglmkrun during a manual installation might cause the following error message Symbol not found First referenced in file fileno lib libf2c a The solution is to first create a file named fileno c that contains the following code include stdio h undef fileno int fileno f FILE f
405. rity Level securityLevel 1 Expirations Time for Application in seconds timeOut 1200 Maximum tasks default 1 maxTasks 10 Debug level O none 1l verbose 2 no demonize foreground debug 0 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Steo 2 Editing the Server Configuration File Styles Configuration To change the appearance of the application in the browser you can edit the Configuration of Styles section in the appname conf file For example the phonebook conf file has these values Configuration of Styles HEHE HH HH HE HH AA HH EEE Buttons below form buttonDown 0 Errors below form errorDown 0 Answer as Multipart Mime Use this when uploading of files needed multipart 0 Show menu entries as links not Buttons menuAsLink 0 Width of form s buttons 0 means minimum buttonWidth 10 Width of menu fields 0 means minimum menuWidth 0 HTML Emulation default 0 emulateHTML 0 Images path default images imagePath Cli HTML clipart Show alternate text for images default 0 showImageAlternate 1 Border width of an image when image is a link default 2 imageBorder 2 The emulateHTML variable must be set to 0 if you want to include HTML tags in your per screen files Using the HTML Client 10 25 Step 2 Editing the Server Configuration File 10 26 Spawning Method The spawning method determines how the application is started The different methods do not interfere with t
406. rocess After installation you must copy this file to the client computer Where you copy the file depends on your environment as follows m Netscape Communicator You need Version 4 5 with full support of JDK 1 1 If you have installed Netscape Communicator install the Swing package in C ProgramFiles Netscape Communicator Program java classes Microsoft Internet Explorer Copy the swingall jar file to C swing 1 1 Avoid copying the file to a directory path that contains spaces such as C Program Files Swing 1 1 Some programs have problems recognizing spaces in the path name m UNIX Copy the swingall jar file to a directory If possible copy the file to your FGLDIR clijava lib directory On computers that do not have a compiler or runtime system you can select any directory For instance usr local lib java swingall jar It might be necessary to restart your browser m Macintosh Download the Swing installer from the Sun Java Web site Double click the Swing 11 Install icon to begin the installation The installation wizard guides you through the installation steps At the appropriate prompt choose the Runtime Only option 11 24 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Additional Installation Tasks Setting CLASSPATH After installing the Swing Java classes set the CLASSPATH environment variable to include swingall jar The following directions describe how to set the environment variable for UNIX Windows 9x Windows NT
407. rong number of dimensions in your 4GL application Solution Check your 4GL source code and recompile your application Resource error lt number gt parameter expected Description An unexpected error occurred Solution Contact Informix Technical Support Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 1310 1311 6300 6301 6302 Runtime Errors Runtime Errors Program error at lt filename gt line number lt number gt Description Your program generates an error at runtime because of a logical mistake Solution Check your 4GL source code and recompile your application Date lt date gt Time lt time gt Description This is internal information Solution No solution is required Cannot connect to a GUI Description You have run a GUI application but the environment variable DISPLAY or FGLSERVER is not set correctly Solution Before running the GUI application check your environment variables FGLSERVER must be set on the graphical server computer This is the computer that executes the fglX11d daemon for a UNIX system or the 4GL server for Windows systems DISPLAY must be set on the client computer For Windows this variable cannot be set Also check if the graphical daemon is running Cannot write to the GUI Description You have run a GUI application but the environment variable DISPLAY or FGLSERVER is not set correctly Solution Before running the GUI application check your environment variab
408. ronment variable sends to the standard output debugging information about your current SQL commands in a running 4GL program Value o disables the debugging feature 1 enables the debugging feature Default 0 A 6 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide FGLDEBUGON FGLDEBUGON Description Available only on UNIX This environment variable allows you Value Default Korn shell C shell to run the X11 graphical server fglX11d in debug mode Each operation is redirected to the standard output This option is not useful for debugging 4GL applications 0 or notset disables the debugging feature 1 enables the debugging feature None export FGLDEBUGON 0 setenv FGLDEBUGON 0 GCC Environment Variables These environment variables are only available on UNIX CC Description Available only on UNIX This environment variable is set to Value Korn shell C shell the name of the default compiler to use when compiling C language files The name of the compiler export CC cc setenv CC cc Environment Variables A 7 GCC A 8 GCC Description Value Korn shell C shell GCCDIR Description Value Korn shell C shell Description Value Korn shell C shell Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Available only on UNIX This environment variable specifies the name of the GNU C Compiler The name of the GNU C compiler export GCC gcc setenv GCC gcc Available only on UNI
409. run export FGI setenv FGI C gt set FGI LRUN fglrun LRUN fglrun LRUN fglrun FGLLDPATH This environment variable provides the P code runner with the correct search path for P code object files which are dynamically linked into an executable P code program FGLLDPATH Description Value The path to the P code modules Default The current directory Korn shell export FGLLDPAT C shell setenv FGLLDPAI Microsoft DOS C gt set FGLLDPAT FGLLIBSQL TH modules FGL TH modules FGL iDPAT iDPAT H H TH c modules SFGLLDPATH Description Available only on UNIX This environment variable specifies the complete path to the SQL library to link with the P code runner or the C code programs that contain the interface functions to the database server Value Default Korn shell C shell Complete path to the SOL library SINFORMIXDIR lib libfesql a export FGLLIBSQL SINFORMIXDIR lib libfesql a setenv FGLLIBSQL INFORMIXDIR lib libfesql a Environment Variables A 5 FGLLIBSYS FGLLIBSYS Description Available only on UNIX This environment variable specifies the list of system libraries and flags needed to compile a P code runner or C code programs Default Depends of your host operating system Korn shell export FGLLIBSYS 1m 1socket C shell setenv FGLLIBSYS lm lsocket FGLSQLDEBUG Description If set to 1 this envi
410. run this program Description There are too many users for this license Each graphical daemon uses one user For example if you have a license for 10 users you can start 10 graphical daemons 4GL server for Windows or fgIX11d for UNIX In ASCII mode each TTY running an application counts as one user C 16 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 6027 6029 6030 6031 6032 License Errors Solution Wait until a user stops a graphical daemon or call your Dynamic 4GL distributor to purchase more licenses Cannot access license manager Check the following m fgllic server entry in fglprofile m the license manager host m the license manager program Description You have not specified a value for the environment variable fgllic server in the FGLDIR etc fglprofile file Solution Check the fglprofile file for the entry point fgllic server and specify the name in uppercase letters of the computer that runs the Dynamic 4GL License Server Unknown parameter lt name gt for checking Description There is a wrong parameter on the command line of the fglWrt tool Solution Check your command line parameters and retry the command The J option requires the license number before the license key Description You used the fglWrt program with the J flag but you entered an incorrect serial number or the license key before the serial number Solution Specify a valid serial number Temporary license has expired
411. s Global Language Support D 23 The 4GL Compilers The 4GL Compilers The compilers have limited GLS capability as the sections that follow describe The 4GL Character Set 4GL keywords identifiers delimiters and special symbols in source code are restricted to the same ASCII characters described in the INFORMIX 4GL Reference Manual Additional printable characters from the client locale however are valid within source code files in the following contexts only m Within comments Within 4GL identifiers Within certain SQL identifiers as listed in the table in SOL and 4GL Identifiers on page D 25 m Within expressions where character string literals are valid In non English locales 4GL identifiers can include non ASCII characters in identifiers if those characters are defined in the code set of the locale that CLIENT_LOCALE specifies In multibyte East Asian locales that support languages whose written form is not alphabet based a 4GL identifier need not begin with a letter but the storage length cannot exceed 50 bytes A Chinese identifier for example that contains 50 logical characters would exceed this limit if any logical character in the identifier required more than one byte of storage Non English characters in other contexts or characters that the client locale does not support will generally cause compilation errors At runtime the user can enter edit and display valid characters from the code
412. s Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 8 3 8 3 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 5 8 6 8 9 8 10 8 11 8 14 8 14 8 16 8 17 8 17 8 19 8 36 8 37 8 38 8 39 9 10 9 10 9 10 9 12 Chapter 10 Using the HTML Client In This Chapter Web Deployment Aenean z Why Deploy on the Web HTML Client Limitations HTML Client Enhancements Installing the HTML Client Installing on UNIX Installing on Windows NT How Web Deployment Works at Runtime Supplying Your Own Headers and Footers Disabling Password Display Similarities Between a per File and an Him File Deploying a Sample n Screens Step 1 Creating a Dynamic ACL Applicction Step 2 Editing the Server Configuration File Step 3 Creating a Script to Initialize the Application Step 4 Editing Your Client Configuration File Step 5 Starting the HTML Server Process on UNIX Step 6 Starting the Browser Step 7 Using the Application Step 8 Enhancing the Application Creating Email and Web Site Links Enhancing the Screen Files Horizontal split Table How Links Bewicen Pages Work HTML Emulation for Tables Dynamic 4GL Features Security Levels Default Security Recommendations for sd Secut Application Web Server and Database Security Preventing Security Problems Configuring the Web Deployment Software 10 5 10 6 10 7 10 8 10 9 10 9 10 9 10 13 10 16 10 19 10 19 10 19 10 20 10 22 10 22 10 23 10 31 10 31 10 31 10 32
413. s The function lt name gt might return a different number of values C 14 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 6615 6502 6505 6012 UNIX X11 Client Errors Description When you are using the W return flag in compilation command this message warns you Solution Only a warning The symbol lt name gt is unused Description When you are using the W unused flag in compilation command this message warns you that you have unused variables Solution Only a warning UNIX X11 Client Errors fglX11d d could not be stopped Description Problem of rights process owner Solution Check if you are trying to shut down an application that does not belong to you Communication between daemon and interface manager has broken down Description The dedicated wish program is not available as it should be Solution Check if the location of wish can be found in the PATH environment if it can be launched by the current user and if it is the correct 4js version You should check by running wish v License Errors Cannot get license information Check your environment and the license run fglWrt a see Description You might have a different value between the FGLDIR environment variable and the path to the Dynamic 4GL binary files defined in the PATH environment variable Error Messages C 15 License Errors 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 Solution Set the FGLDIR environm
414. s DBCENTURY but at the field level of granularity Unlike DBCENTURY which provides a global expansion algorithm different DATE or DATETIME fields can have different CENTURY settings It supports the same R C P and F settings as DBCENTURY with the same semantics It has this syntax CENTURY pq Cc pe pq Unlike DBCENTURY the CENTURY field attribute is not case sensitive For example ll a field tag ship_date CENTURY and field tag ship_date CENTURY En are equivalent However quotes are required around the setting Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Syntax for Expansion of Abbreviated Year Values If a DATE or DATETIME field has no CENTURY attribute the DBCENTURY setting or the R default if DBCENTURY is not set determines the expansion rule If CENTURY and DBCENTURY have different settings then CENTURY takes precedence in the DATE and DATETIME fields that have this attribute Just as with DBCENTURY the results of using CENTURY are sensitive to the time of program execution and the accuracy of the system clock calendar CENTURY has no effect on fields that are not DATE or DATETIME data types nor on DATETIME values that do not include YEAR as the first time unit nor on unabbreviated year values CENTURY can also affect conversion of properly formatted character strings to DATE or DATETIME variables CENTURY is not needed for fields that display data from the databa
415. s formal arguments and returned values is byte based Runtime processing of some character strings however is done on a logical character basis in multibyte locales Partial Characters The most important motivation for distinguishing between logical characters and their component bytes is the need to avoid partial characters These are fragments of multibyte characters Entering partial characters into the database implies corruption of the database and risks malfunction of the database server Global Language Support D 29 Fast Asian Language Support D 30 Partial characters are created when a multibyte character is truncated or split up in such a manner that the original sequence of bytes is not retained Partial characters can be created during operations like the following Substring operations INSERT and UPDATE operations of SQL Word wrapping in reports and screen displays Buffer to buffer copy 4GL does not allow partial characters and handles them as follows m Replaces truncated multibyte characters by single byte whitespaces m Wraps words in a way that ensures that no partial characters are created in reports and screen displays m Performs code set conversion in a way that ensures that no partial characters are created For example suppose that the following SELECT statement of SQL SELECT col1 3 5 FROM tabl retrieved three data values from coll where col1 is a CHAR NCHAR NVARCHAR or VARCHAR column her
416. s the Informix tools automati cally find the libraries Default value is CC Add other system libraries or flags to link The add flag sends the specified parameter to the compiler building the runner The argument will not be interpreted by the fglmkrun script List of user extension modules This can be anything else that is to be compiled and linked with the runner such as libraries C files object files and so forth Set this option is you want to use the GLS language support library To create a runner with GLS support you need the Client SDK 2 01 or later database interface If the gls flag is not specified a runner handling only the ASCII charset is created Using the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 4 11 Using C Functions in 4GL Applications 4 12 For a list of fglmkrun error messages see fglmkrun Errors on page 34 of Appendix C You must specify the d ix711 option if programs are to run with Informix 7 x database servers Alternatively you can set the environment variable FGLDBS to ix711 Examples The following example shows the standard extension file FGLDIR lib fglExt c include f2c fglExt h UsrData usrData 0 0 UsrFunction usrFunctions 0 0 0 0 The two arrays usrData and usrFunctions must always be present in the file The last record of each array should be a line with all the elements set to 0 The usrData array contains the name of the global variables modified by you
417. s contain the following information Name Description bin The executable files required when you use Dynamic 4GL bmp The pictures included in your 4GL programs running on X11 clients For the other client interfaces consult the corresponding section clients The components that support deploying Dynamic 4GL applications on Windows and the Web defaults Program specific configuration files demo The Dynamic 4GL demonstration programs desi The configuration manager for X11 clients etc The configuration files and some client resources etc ger A filter for the German alphabet character set etc iso A filter for the ISO character set include The f2c directory include f2c The include file for C compilation lib The C libraries needed at link time when you create a Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide new runner or compile in C code also contains the 4GL libraries needed when you compile 4GL pro grams and modules of some Dynamic 4GL tools 1 of 2 Name lock Post Installation Tasks Description The data files created by clients running compiled applications Removing this directory while applica tions are running leads to a failure of all the currently running 4GL programs msg The compiled error and runtime messages handled by the compiler release The latest documentation about new features cor rected bugs and known problems and their workarounds src Source fi
418. s program again Description The runtime demonstration version is valid only for a few minutes after you have started a program Solution Restart the program C code generation is not allowed with the demonstration program Description Although Dynamic 4GL can compile in P code and in C code only for the UNIX version C code compilation is not available in the demonstration version Solution Compile your program in P code Demonstration time has expired Contact your vendor Description The demonstration version of Dynamic 4GL has a time limit of 30 days Solution Either reinstall a new demonstration version or call your Dynamic 4GL distributor Bad link for runner demonstration Retry or rebuild your runner Description The runner is corrupted Solution Relink your runner with the fglmkrun tool Unknown user name Set the environment variable USERNAME or LOGNAME Description In order to start an application the compiler should know which user is executing the program To do so the compiler checks one of the two environment variables USERNAME or LOGNAME C 12 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 6328 6329 6363 6211 6326 6360 Runtime Errors Solution Depending on your system one of these two variables is set by the system If not add one of these to your environment Bad format of resource s value s you must use next syntax s VARNAME value Description In the FGLDIR etc fglpro
419. s the current row in GUI mode so this new attribute is primarily useful in character based deployment Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 41 Enhanced Syntax for Screen Array Management 5 42 For both DISPLAY ARRAY and INPUT ARRAY the ATTRIBUTE clause can now include the following syntax CURRENT ROW DISPLAY string Here string is a comma separated list of screen attributes The string can include zero or more intensity attributes from among the following REVERSE UNDERLINE BOLD BLINK The string can also include one or none of the color attributes from among the following BLACK BLUE CYAN GREEN MAGENTA RED WHITE YELLOW These attributes are applied to the current row of the screen array The contents of string is not case sensitive An error is issued if string is an empty string CURRENT ROW DISPLAY Error The following statement sets the CURRENT ROW DISPLAY attribute INPUT ARRAY arrayname WITHOUT DEFAULTS FROM s_array ATTRIBUTE BOLD CURRENT ROW DISPLAY RED REVERSE UNDERLINE The rows other than the current row in this array are displayed in bold and underlined but the current row is displayed in red and in reverse video If there is only one row in the screen array then the current row is the only one that is displayed Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Enhanced Syntax for Screen Array Management New COUNT Attribute 4GL 7 30 supports two additional new attributes in the A
420. s to modify 4GL global variables in C functions Every variable must be defined in the C file as well as in the C extension file used to build the specific runner The C extension file also contains the definitions of the C functions The global 4GL variables are internally redefined so you have to use the CNAME macro to reference them in your C files that contain your C functions Furthermore every variable must be defined as external to the C module with its corresponding type Use the following syntax define variable_name_in_4gl CNAME variable_name_in_4gl1 where variable_name_in_4gl is the name of the variable in 4GL The following example shows a file that contains the C functions called from 4GL include lt stdio h gt include f2c fglExt h define var CNAME var define res CNAME res extern int var extern char res 101 int fnccl int n printf s d n res var return 0 Compile the C file with the following command cc c example o ISFGLDIR include Now modify the file fglMyExt c Use the GLOB_type macro to create the relationship between the name of the global variable in C and the one in 4GL GLOB_type varname varlength Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Using C Functions in 4GL Applications The following table describes the elements of this command Element Description type The type of the variable varname Name of the variable as defined in 4GL varlength Length of the variable
421. se as distinct from fields in which users enter data because DATE columns of the database and DATETIME columns that include the YEAR time unit store only 4 digit years even if a display field of the 4GL application is designed to show only trailing digits of YEAR values from the database New CENTURY Display Attribute in PROMPT Statements The PROMPT statement of 4GL can request that the user enter a value If the response value will be stored in a DATE or DATETIME variable you can include CENTURY in the ATTRIBUTE clause that follows the FOR keyword using the same semantics as in a form specification The following PROMPT statement sets the expansion rule to the nearest date in the future DEFINE pasture DATE PROMPT When will you retire ATTRIBUTE BLUE REVERSE FOR pasture ATTRIBUTE GREEN CENTURY F ON KEY F1 EXIT PROGRAM END PROMPT The value that follows the symbol must appear within quotation marks like the setting of the CENTURY field attribute Important Dynamic 4GL requires Client SDK 2 30 to support the CENTURY attribute Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 37 Enhanced Syntax for Screen Array Management 5 38 Enhanced Syntax for Screen Array Management 4GL 7 30 supports several new features that enhance the syntax of the INPUT ARRAY statement and in some cases DISPLAY ARRAY to support program control over screen arrays Data Editing in Screen Arrays New syntax has been added by which th
422. se databases The format for setting DB_LOCALE is DB_LOCALE lt locale gt Consider also the following points regarding DB_LOCALE m If the application uses this value to access a database the locale of that database must match the value specified in DB_LOCALE If it does not match the database connection might be refused unless DBCSOVERRIDE is set to 1 depending on the server version m Ifa database is created then this new database has the value specified by DB_LLOCALE m If DB_LOCALE is invalid either because of wrong formatting or specifying a locale that does not exist then an error is issued Global Language Support D 39 Environment Variables That Support GLS D 40 If the code set implied by DB_LOCALE cannot be converted to what CLIENT_LOCALE implies or vice versa an error is issued If DB_LOCALE is not specified there is no default value in this case the GLS version of INFORMIX NET PC behaves as if code set conversion were not needed CLIENT_LOCALE This environment variable specifies the locale of the input source code and the compiled code to be generated This is also the locale of the error files if any and the intermediate files The format of CLIENT_LOCALE is the same as that of DB_LOCALE The characters that reach the user interface the non ASCII characters must be in the CLIENT_LOCALE If DB_LOCALE is invalid either because of wrong formatting or specifying a locale that does not exis
423. se process and you have set the value of fgllic server in FGLDIR etc fglprofile to localhost or to the 127 0 0 1 address Solution You must use the real IP address of the computer even if it is the local computer Cannot use directory lt name gt Check FGLDIR and verify if access rights are drwxrwxrwx Description The compiler needs to make an operation in the specified directory Solution Change the permission of this directory Cannot create file in directory s Check FGLDIR and verify if access rights are drwxrwxrwx Description The compiler needs to make an operation in the specified directory Solution Change the permission of this directory to 777 mode C 22 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 License Errors Cannot change the mode of a file in s Verify if access rights are drwxrwxrwx Description The compiler needs to make an operation in the specified directory Solution Change the permission of this directory to 777 mode lt name gt does not have rwxrwxrwx rights or is not a directory Check access rights with ls Id FGLDIR lock or execute rm r FGLDIR lock if no users are connected Description The compiler needs to make an operation in the specified directory Solution Change the permission of this directory The FGLDIR lock directory contains only data needed at runtime by 4GL applications When the application is finis
424. se the current Windows colors settings with a 4GL application The system color is updated each time you change the color on the system You do not need to restart the 4GL application or Windows Client If the System Color Management feature is enabled you can still use a predefined color To do this use the Configuration Manager to edit the locals tcl file that is installed with your Windows Client software For more information see Chapter 9 Using the Configuration Manager Important Several attributes such as reverse and blink are not associated with a special color on Windows Such attributes exist only on UNIX in Text mode and for specific terminal configurations A special color has been associated with each of these features by default Customizing the Windows Client Installation The install ini file is the main configuration file for creating a customized installation You can customize the installation in the following manner m Substitute different icons to be displayed m Rlogin configuration can be configured in advance m Standard components can be omitted The install ini configuration file contains several sections in which diverse options and files can be specified As in other Windows ini files the format of the entries is variable value with only one entry per line Important After a standard installation of the Windows Client check the sample subdirectory for an example of the install ini file using a
425. server_servlet_dir_alias must be reached through the alias servlets however this need not be the only alias When using servlets and applets remember Additional Installation Tasks Follow these steps to unjar the file 1 Navigate to web_server_servlet_dir and enter jar xvf cjac jar This command is available on both UNIX and Windows NT If jar is not a command of your system check your JDK or JRE instal lation and the current environment This command is part of the standard JDK or JRE package This step can be skipped if you can set CLASSPATH using directives in your Web server configuration files but it is not recommended that you do so Refer to your Web server documentation for more information If you edit a configuration file you might need to restart the Web server After you unjar the cjac jar file you should see the following direc tory structure underneath web_server_servlet_dir com lib fglTestServlet class cjac jar META INF 2 You can now Safely remove the cjac jar file rm web_server_servlet_dir cjac jar Unix del web_server_servlet_dir cjac jar Windows NT Configuring the Servlet Engine for Use with the Java Client If you have a properly installed Web server and servlet engine you should already be able to run basic servlets Your servlet engine often provides example servlets for you to verify this setup If your Web server is not yet capable of running JSDK 2 0 servlets refer to y
426. set of the client locale Whether a given character from a non English code set is printable or nonprintable depends on the client locale D 24 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide The 4GL Compilers Values that include non English characters can be passed between a 4GL application and the database server if the client and server systems have the same locale If the locales are different data can still be transferred between the 4GL client and the database server provided that the client locale includes appropriate code set conversion tables See Configuring the Language Environment on page D 37 or the Informix Guide to GLS Functionality for information about establishing a locale and about code set conversion between locales See also Handling Code Set Conversion on page D 49 Non English Characters The following features of the 4GL compiler are GLS enabled to support non English characters that are valid in the client locale Names of identifiers Values of CHAR and VARCHAR variables and formal arguments Characters within TEXT blobs Message text quoted strings and values returned by functions Text within comments forms menus and output from reports Named 4GL program entities include variables functions cursors formal arguments labels reports and prepared objects 4GL has a limit of 50 bytes on the lengths of these names but C compiler or linker restrictions might impose lower limits SQL and 4GL Identifiers
427. sions The following statement tells the compiler that channel extensions will be used during the execution of the 4GL program Syntax USE channel Returns None This statement must be located before the MAIN clause in the source code For example USE channel MAIN END MAIN Opening a File The following function opens the file specified by i1ename and prepares the file for reading or writing as specified by oflag Syntax channel open_file handle filename oflag handle CHAR xx Unique identifier for the specified filename filename CHAR xx Name of the file you want to open oflag CHAR 1 r Read mode standard input if the filename is empty w Write mode standard output if the file name is empty a Append mode writes at the end of the file standard output if the filename is empty u Reads standard read write on standard input filename must be empty Returns None Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Opening a Pipe The filename is assigned to the handle that will be called for the different operations on the opened channel For example CALL channel open_file stream fglprofile r Opening a Pipe The following function opens the pipe specified by commandand prepares the pipe for reading or writing as specified by oflag Syntax channel open_pipe pipe_handle command oflag pipe_handle CHAR xx Unique identifier for the specified command command CHAR xx Name of the command you want to
428. some characters can appear twice or more for each key press This can happen if in the file wtksrv ini you set the variable CHECK_PASSWORD 1 and the program does not recognize the successful login string LOGIN_0K It is possible to trace what happened during the connection process by adding the following lines to the file wtksrv ini LOGIN_DEBUG 1 Search the login debug terminal for the line term0 switch to normal terminal mode If this line is present you do not have a problem If this line is not present you must find a string LOGIN_OK that is common to all systems that you will connect to Common Problems and Workarounds B 11 Problems with the SCO Server B 12 Problems with the SCO Server With the Windows Client if unexpected characters appear on the screen with the terminal emulation change the following line in the WIKDIR wtksrv ini file in the RLOGIN section sendwinsize 1 to sendwinsize 0 This problem appears only on SCO and Windows NT systems DOS Naming Conventions Do not install the Windows Client in a directory that does not conform to the 8 3 naming convention For example you cannot install the package in a directory named directoy 1 name but you can install it in a directory named mydir Installing a New Windows Client If you want to install a new Windows Client not an update you must delete the following files C AWINDOWSAWTK INI C WINDOWS 4GLSERV1 INI Graphical Daemon on Wi
429. specification file per file to display the label of a hot key button when the corresponding form is used For example HELP ON MASK ZOOM The pattern is optional but if specified guarantees the compatibility of your source code with INFORMIX 4GL Using Form Extensions to 4GL 6 7 Hot Key Buttons Setting the KEY Field Attribute This method uses the KEY field attribute in a form specification file to change the label of hot key buttons when the cursor is in the corresponding field Use the following syntax ATTRIBUTES 001 customer customer_num KEY F10 SEARCH KEY F11 CLEAR REVERSE In this example when the cursor is in the field corresponding to the tag 001 of the form the labels of the F10 and F11 hot key buttons will be SEARCH and CLEAR Using 4GL Functions This method uses calls to 4GL functions in your 4GL source code modules These functions are divided into the following two categories Functions that execute during a dialog with the user for example during INPUT INPUT ARRAY or CONSTRUCT m Functions that are not specific to the current user dialog If you want to change a label for a specific user dialog use the fgl_dialog_setkeylabel function Use the following syntax fgl_dialog_setkeylabel key label If you want to change the label outside a specific user dialog you must do so before the beginning of the dialog statement Use the following syntax
430. splash lt Application name gt lt type gt The following example shows the same value in the wtkserv ini and fglprofile files wtksrv ini SPLASH_BITMAP_FILE e bmpfiles ia bmp fglprofile splash ia bitmap file e bmpfiles ia bmp Sample Configuration The following example shows a configuration file for the client with a fast cpu speed and server The configuration file on the client specifies infor mation about the splash screen the one on the server species the content SPLASH splash ia bitmap file e bmpfiles ia bmp SPLASH_VISIBLE 1 splash ia bitmap color filter white SPLASH_BITMAP_USE 1 splash ia text string Informix Tools SPLASH_BACKGROUND red splash ia text font name Courier SPLASH_FOREGROUND black splash ia text size 12 SPLASH_DURATION 5 splash ia text foreground black SPLASH_LAYOUT 2 splash ia text background red Important The SPLASH_BITMAP_USE resource is only available on the client side 12 46 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide User Defined Configuration File User Defined Configuration File You can create a small Tcl Tk script file to set the variables that correspond to the keys of the WTKSRV INI file You add a f flag to the command line of the connection icon followed by your user defined filename The following example shows a modified command line lt windows front end gt BIN STARTWIK EXE ilogin comp water us 43s cmdline FGL f c user 4js wtk cnf The path is given wi
431. ss in the background by adding the amp symbol at the end of the command line To stop a started daemon use the e option of the fglX11d daemon Running the Program on the X11 Client This section describes how to configure the X11 Client UNIX or Windows to run a sample compiled program For this example the compiler and 4GL programs are on a UNIX server with a TCP IP name set to water The program will be displayed using the X11 interface on a client computer named fire The client computer fire has a telnet or rlogin connection to the water computer Displaying the TCL Interpreter 1 Set the Tcl Tk environment variables using the envtcl shell script If Tcl Tk is installed in the usr local tcltk directory then the envtcl file is located in this directory cd usr local tcltk 3 envtcl 2 Check that the environment is correctly configured with the following two commands echo TCL_LIBRARY echo TK_LIBRARY Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 5 Running the Program on the X11 Client Set the DISPLAY environment variable with the following command so that the computer water sends all graphical output to the computer fire DISPLAY fire 0 export DISPLAY All graphical programs started in this environment will now be dis played by the X11 server number 0 of the computer fire Start the Tcl Tk interpreter to check if it is correctly installed and if the DISPLAY environment variable is correctly set
432. st Boxes 2 2 1 ee ee es 6 4 Implementing Buttons 2 2 1 ee ee eo 6 6 Menu Buttons eee 6 6 Hot Key Buttons 2 2 2 ees 6 6 Buttons in the Form 2 2 44 6 9 Implementing Bitmaps te bp Bote Ae OT Implementing Check Boxes and Radio Buttons iris cl ae See ak ae Mee o Check Box Syntax a 0 ee ee 6 11 Radio Button Syntax 1 ee eee 6 12 Invoking a Key Code 4 6 13 Combo Fields A a Ra o O Implementing Scrolling Fields A hg ok Bp a amp SOs Creating Folder Tabs 2 2 we ee 6 16 vi Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Chapter 7 Using Graphical Extensions to 4GL In This Chapter Display Extensions Calling Dynamic 4GL Tibbatics Checking for UNIX or Windows Checking for Windows Client Mode Window Management Functions Setting the Default Size of a Window Setting the Title of a Window Retrieving Information from a Field Retrieving Information from an Application Window Setting the Active Window Closing a Window bd Creating Toolbars and Toolbar Icons Creating Dialog Boxes Creating an Interactive Message Box Displaying an Interactive Message Box Formatting Text in a Message Box Entering a Field Value into a Message Box Using Drawing Extensions Mouse Management Functions Defining the Drawing Area Initializing the Drawing Function Selecting a Drawing Area Specifying the Tex
433. st hold the original installation path Description The value of FGLDIR or the location of FGLDIR has been changed C 20 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 License Errors Solution Ask the person who installed the product for the location of the original installation directory and then set the FGLDIR environment variable Cannot read a license file Check FGLDIR and your environment Verify if a license is installed Description The file that contains the license is not readable by the current user Solution Check that the FGLDIR environment variable is correctly set and that the file FGLDIR etc f4gl sn is readable by the current user Cannot update a license file Check FGLDIR and your environment Verify if a license is installed Description The file that contains the license cannot be overwritten by the current user Solution Check if the FGLDIR environment variable is correctly set and if the current user can write to the file SFGLDIR etc f4gl sn Cannot write into a license file Please check your rights Description The file that contains the license cannot be overwritten by the current user Solution Check that the FGLDIR environment variable is correctly set and that the current user can write to the file FFGLDIR etc f4gl sn Cannot read a license file Verify if a license is installed Description The file that contains the license cannot be read by
434. stalled the license by typing the command fglWrt a see to read the current serial number If you have not activated the license run the program fglWrt with the flag 1 for UNIX systems or click License registration for Windows environments Incorrect license information Verify if a license is installed Description You have attempted to run Dynamic 4GL without a valid license Solution Check that you have installed the license by typing the command fglWrt a see to read the current serial number If you have not activated the license run the program fglWrt with the flag L for UNIX systems or click License registration for Windows environments The testing period is finished You must install a new license Description The test time license of Dynamic 4GL has expired Solution Call your Dynamic 4GL distributor to purchase a new license C 18 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 License Errors Incorrect information in license program Verify if a license is installed or check if your are on the right computer when a license manager is used Description The compiler checks important software and hardware compo nents to validate the license If any of these components change the license is no longer valid Solution Restore the changed components or enter a new serial number First verify that you have installed theDynamic 4GL license For the Dynamic 4GL License Server check that y
435. sucha case by setting the report aggregateZero entry in the configuration file Also in reports it is possible to use a global variable to define the PAGE LENGTH of a report Simply set this variable to the desired value before calling the START REPORT statement Cursors scope range With Informix 7 x servers you can choose the scope range for cursors at compile time By default the cursor scope is local to the module but it can be defined to be global to the appli cation To configure this behavior use the fglrun cursor global entry in the configuration file This choice is made at runtime with Dynamic 4GL Menu In Dynamic 4GL the 4GL menu can be displayed either on the top of the application window or on the right side of the screen on top of the hot key buttons Use the menu style entry in the configu ration file to choose the position of the menu in the application window Itis also possible to have a bitmap displayed on menu buttons To do so precede the label by the character for example menu blabla command stop bmp exit program command hello exit menu end menu Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Differences Between Dynamic 4GL and 4GL The sqlexit statement The sqlexit function provides a way of terminating the sqlexec process It must be invoked as follows CALL sql sqlexit You must restart the sqlexec process before the next SQL statement Use the following statement DATABASE databasename
436. swer fgl_winquestion Notice Do you want to accept this S row yes yes no info 0 ELSE CALL fgl_winmessage Notice Nothing to be done info LET answer no END IF END INPUT END WHILE CLOSE WINDOW wl END MAIN Using Non Graphical Extensions to 4GL 5 21 Returning a Value if a Field has been Modified The first screen displays the form with as the default value as Figure 5 3 illustrates amp demo Code pey Branch Name ra Number rem Street rama peene i poses ZiIP City County pesos Phone Fax ARMAR ARMAR See Accept Interrupt 5 22 shows appears Notice I Would you accept this row Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Figure 5 3 Default Value Screen If you exit the input without updating the row the dialog box that Figure 5 4 shows appears and informs you that no changes to the row have been made Figure 5 4 Exiting Without Update Screen If something has changed during the input the dialog box that Figure 5 5 Figure 5 5 Prompt for Accepting Changes Returning the Name of a Field Returning the Name of a Field The following function returns the name of the currently prompted field Syntax fgl_dialog_fieldname or dialog fieldname Returns Name of current field Returning the Value of a Field The following function returns the value of the currently prompted field Syntax fgl_dialog_getbuffer or di
437. t an error is issued The DB_LOCALE and CLIENT_LOCALE settings need to be compatible meaning there should be proper code set conversion tables between them Otherwise an error is issued If CLIENT_LOCALE is not set in the Windows client then Windows code page 1252 is the default The CLIENT_LOCALE must match the environment of the user interface meaning that it should be compatible with the local version of Windows Otherwise an error is issued Collation by the 4GL application follows the code set order of CLIENT_LOCALE except in SQL statements where the database server uses its own collation sequence Any LC_COLLATE specification is ignored Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Environment Variables That Support GLS DBLANG The value of DBLANG is used to complete the pathname to the directories that contain the required message help and demo files The format of DBLANG is the same as that of DB_LOCALE m If DBLANG is not set the value defaults to that of CLIENT_LOCALE m If DBLANG is invalid then en_us 1252 is the default value This case occurs if DBLANG is improperly formatted or if it points to a locale that does not exist or points to a locale that is incompatible with the version of Windows on which the 4GL application is running See also the description of DBLANG in the Informix Guide to GLS Functionality DBDATE The DBDATE environment variable has been modified to support era based dates Japanese an
438. t computer This environment variable must be set in the environment where the fglX11d daemon will be started The syntax of the DISPLAY variable is machine_ip_address X_server where machine_ip_address is set to the TCP IP address or name of the client computer and X_server is set to the number of the X server that the client will use If you want to use the X11 server running on the computer with the IP address 127 0 0 5 with the X11 server number 0 use the following commands DISPLAY 127 0 0 5 export DISPLAY The last step is to start the fglX11d daemon with the following syntax fglXlld n daemonNumber w wishName f scriptName s portNumber e daemonNumber 1 v a The following table describes the options in this command Option Description n daemonNumber Single ID to identify multiple daemon occurrences on one host default 0 w wishName Name of the visual shell to be used default wish f scriptName Name of the script to be used to initialize the server default FGLDIR etc fgl2c tcl s portNumber TCP port to be used default 6400 e daemonNumber Occurrence number of the daemon to shut down default 0 1 of 2 Using the X11 Client 13 7 Running the Program on the X11 Client 13 8 Option Description l Logs all traffic to stderr V Gives the version information and exits a Gives the number of the next free daemon 2 of 2 Because this is a daemon run the proce
439. t variable 3 4 A 5 B 9 B 10 FGLLIBSYS environment variable 3 4 A 6 B 10 fgllink program 4 27 fglmkmsg program 4 28 fglmkmsg utility D 4 D 7 fglmkrun script 4 11 fglnodb runner 4 27 fglpager 1 11 fglpager command 1 11 fglpager script 4 28 fglprofile file editing for buttons 6 7 fglprofile web file 10 71 FGLRUN environment variable A 4 fglrun runner 4 27 10 6 fglschema A 2 fglschema script 4 27 FGLSERVER environment variable 8 9 13 6 FGLSHELL environment variable 3 4 4 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide JK L MN OP QRS TU VW X Y ze FGLSQLDEBUG environment variable A 6 fglWrt program 4 28 fglX11d 8 9 13 5 A 7 fglX11d daemon 4 28 FGL_GETENV function D 43 D 44 Field names returning 5 23 Field values returning 5 23 setting 5 23 Fields relief configuration 9 13 retrieving information from 7 8 returning a value after modification 5 21 File extensions cv D 53 cvo D 53 Jem D 47 ini D 42 D 44 msg D 32 Filename D 25 File opening with channels 5 4 Fill color setting 7 23 Filtering router and HTML Client 10 46 Filter creating a custom character 5 18 findlib sh script 4 27 Finnish language code D 43 Firewall and HTML Client 10 46 Font requirements D 14 Fonts for Java Client 11 52 Formal argument D 25 Forms compiling 4 4 4gluser msg file D 32 French language D 33 French language code D 43 Function name D 25 Functions using 4GL 6 8 G GB 2312 80 code page D 20 GCC A 8 GC
440. t Insertion Point Setting Line Width Clearing the Draw Function Drawing Rectangles Setting the Fill Color Drawing an Oval Drawing a Circle Drawing a Line Drawing Text Drawing an Arc Drawing a Polygon 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 4 7 5 7 6 7 6 77 7 8 7 8 7 10 7 10 7 11 7 12 7 12 7 14 7 15 7 16 7 17 7 18 7 19 7 20 7 20 7 21 7 22 7 22 7 23 7 23 7 23 7 24 7 24 7 25 7 25 7 26 Table of Contents vii viii Chapter 8 Chapter 9 Configuring the PAE 4GL ee In This Chapter Configuring Dynamic ACL Runtime Configuration File User Configuration File Program Configuration File General Configuration Settings Runtime Configuration Settings General Settings Graphical Daemon Autostart UNIX Settings Yes Microsoft Windows Settings License Configuration Settings General Settings UNIX Settings GUI Settings 3 General GUI Settings Menu GUI Settings Status Bar Settings Memory Mapping Settings Local Editing Settings 3 Cut Copy and Paste Feature Seitiiips 3 Using the Configuration Manager In This Chapter gt i About the Configuration Mapei Starting the Configuration Manager Starting on UNIX Starting on Windows Using the Dynamic 4GL Configuration Manager File Menu n S pai ee Widget Menu The Help Menu How to Configure an Object with ie Coinein Manager Opening a File Configuration Types The Different Configuration
441. t Variables on Windows NT The following environment variables must be set PATHEXT SystemRoot REMOTEUSER See Substitute Environment Variables on page 11 40 INFORMIXDIR CLIENT_LOCALE FGLPROFILE FGLGUI FGLSERVER See Substitute Environment Variables on page 11 40 PATH FGLDIR Substitute Environment Variables The following two substitute environment variables are used for ent settings in cjac cnf FGL_GUISRVNUM FGL_AUTHUSER FGLSERVER defines the Web server and port number on which CJAC is running The FGL_GUISRVNUM variable captures the port number Thus your FGLSERVER entry should look like RVER 10 0 0 100 FGL_GUISRVNUM or RVER WebServer FGL_GUISRVNUM REMOTEUSER defines the user connecting to the application The THUSER variable captures information about the user declared to the Web server Thus your REMOTEUSER entry should look like REMOT EUSER FGL_AUTHUSER Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Editing the cjac cnf File Setting Commands and Arguments for Application Execution You must also define how and where an application is to be executed This is accomplished by creating or modifying two entries lt command gt lt argument gt cjac app lt app key gt cmd cjac app lt app key gt arg The command entry tells CJAC how an executable is run on the local system For UNIX the lt command gt is usually bin sh for Windows NT
442. t end manages the interface between the client and the server The Windows Client integrates two software components m Tcl Tk interpreter Tool Command Language Tcl and its Toolkit Tk are public domain scripting languages that provide platform independent ways of displaying graphical information and are particularly suited to GUIs and Internet applications m 4GL Server The 4GL Server was written in the Tcl language and uses the public domain Tk3 6 port WTK from Brtickner amp Jarosch for MS Windows as its interpreter The 4GL Server runs on the client and communicates between the GUI and the 4GL commands arriving from the application server When executed compiled 4GL programs generate commands for the GUI The commands are sent to the Windows Client over a TCP IP network to the 4GL Server as shown in Figure 12 1 Figure 12 1 Application Server Windows Client TCP IP Communication of Server Generated Commands to the Windows Client 4GL Programs TCP IP Tcl Tk Communication Using the Windows Client 12 3 Windows Client Requirements 12 4 The 4GL Server listens for commands If a graphical command is received the command is directed to the Tcl Tk interpreter where it is converted into graphical objects The 4GL Server also handles UNIX remote commands such as rcp or rsh Important The 4GL Server usually listens for commands using the socket port number 6400 This valu
443. t font face Arial color 0000FF gt Fax number nbsp nbsp lt font gt lt td gt CALL channel write f1l lt td bgcolor 00FFFF gt lt font face Arial color 0000FF gt E mail nbsp nbsp lt font gt lt td gt FOR i 1 TO 10 CALL channel write 1 lt TR gt lt TR gt CALL channel write 1 lt TD gt f 001 lt TD gt CALL channel write f1 lt TD gt f 002 lt TD gt CALL channel write f1 lt TD gt 003 lt TD gt CALL channel write f1 lt TD gt f 004 lt TD gt CALL channel write f1 lt TD gt 005 lt TD gt END FOR Dynamic 4GL Features CALL channel write f1 lt TR gt lt TABLE gt CALL channel write f1 CALL channel write f1 END CALL channel write f1 CALL channel write f1 ATTRIBUTES CALL channel write f1 c001 formonly company_name include Include section from table PREPARE sqlStatement FROM SELECT com_name FROM company ORDER BY com_name DECLARE sqlCursor CURSOR FOR sqlStatement OPEN sqlCursor FETCH sqlCursor INTO 1_buffer WHILE status lt gt NOTFOUND LET 1_writeBuffer l1_buffer CLIPPED CALL channel write f1 l_writeBuffer CLIPPED FETCH sqlCursor INTO 1_buffer END WHILE FREE sqlStatement FREE sqlCursor hannel write hannel write hannel write hannel write hannel CLOSE X formonly contact_fax z for
444. t know the IP address of the 4GL application server and the programs that have to be started on the server NUMCONNS _ Specifies the number of Rlogin connection icons to create during the installation of the Windows Client Each connection is described using three keys The three keys are suffixed by the number of the connection icon to create starting with the number 0 and are prefixed by the following keys CONN The command line for this connection icon CONNTITLE The icon name for this connection icon ICONN The icon file to use for this connection icon Example INSTALL 2 connections NUMCONNS 2 first connection CONNO ilogin w co myServer cmd FGL sh holiday sh exit CONNTITLEO Holiday application ICONNO icons holi ico second connection CONN1 ilogin w co myServer cmd FGL sh Accounting sh exit CONNTITLE1 Accounting ICONN1 icons account ico In some cases the server name or the user name to use might not be known when configuring the installation The optional Computer User Dialog can then be used Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Specifying the Windows Client Icons If in the INSTALL INI file under the INSTALL section the key CU_DIALOG is set to 1 this dialog box will appear before the installation of the icons In the description of the connection the alias c for Computer u or User can be used The dialog box can be configured with the following keys CU_TITLE The title of the dialog b
445. t of a field then the string is truncated from the right Any partial character that might be created by this truncation is replaced by whitespace In multibyte locales the storage length in bytes can be longer than the display length of the field in a form For example a form field that is declared LIKE a CHAR 16 database column cannot display a string that consists of 16 multibyte characters because such a string occupies at least 32 bytes of storage In locales whose codesets include multibyte characters 4GL does not create partial characters In 4GL or SQL operations that attempt to divide a string within a multibyte logical character whitespace is substituted for any partial character Examples of operations in which whitespace automatically replaces any partial characters include 4GL expressions that include the substring operator truncation of data strings when they are stored in variables and data entry into fields of 4GL forms in which the length in bytes of the field is smaller than the length in bytes of the data string The following built in functions and operators of 4GL can accept or return locale supported non ASCII and multibyte characters or can process multibyte characters without creating partial characters CLIPPED operator DOWNSHIFT LENGTH Substring operator UPSHIFT WORDWRAP operator In this release however the built in functions FGL_GETENV and FGL_KEYVAL cannot return mu
446. t the creation of a new connection icon you can start a 4GL application directly by clicking an icon on the Windows client computer without need for the user to enter any UNIX commands The following conditions must be met to execute the optional command string that can be specified at the start of a WIK Rlogin connection m The connection must be possible without a password or the password checking feature must be enabled see Connection Checking on page 12 11 m Inthe profile file of the HOME directory of the user on the UNIX side there must be no interactive prompting of the user m The list can contain more than one command string but they must be separated by the semicolon character Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Connection Checking You can use the command line to enhance Windows Client login For instance you can automatically start the 4GL Server when initiating a Telnet connection process command line strings on the server after starting the connection and customize the connection dialog boxes These advanced features will be explained later in this chapter Connection Checking During the connection phase the 4GL Server analyzes the strings sent back by the remote UNIX computer allowing the 4GL Server to know the state of the current connection It knows when m you are prompted for the user name It can also send your user name for you if you have specified it m the UNIX server is waiting
447. tall 304048 blocks Preparing Cli Java installation package Ok 4 Several components need to be installed on the application server The installation shell script uses your FGLDIR setting as the default directory If you choose a directory other than FGLDIR you must place the components in the proper FGLDIR directories after installation HARE AE ARE AE E AE aE ARE HE AE E EE FE AE AE E AE FE AE FE E aE aE AE FE AE AE aE E AE FE AE AE EEE HEE a a AE AE E AE FEAE FEE Application Server Installation E AE FE AE AE E AE E AE FE E AE AE AE E AE FE AE FE AE AE E AE FE AE FE E AE E AE FE AE FE AE AE E AE E AE FE AE AE AE AE E AE FE AE AE AE AE E AE E AE AE E AE AE AE E AE FE AE a You selected Cli Java Application Server components installation Where do you want to install them usually FGLDIR Options VALUE C ancel Default usr fgl2c Free disk space in fusr fgGlZ2cwisesk 6 ase de bee ee ees 1008698 blocks Java Client Application Server package Ok You are now finished installing components on the application server and can begin installing components on the Web server The Cli Java Applet is the first component The following message appears HAAR A AAA AAA A AAA AAA A A A A Web Server Applet Installation HERRERA RHEE HEE HEE HE HE HE FE E EE HE HEE HH HE HE RE HEHE You selected Cli Java Web Server components installation Part 1 2 Using the Java Client 11 17 UNIX Installa
448. tallation includes the following tasks m Extracting all the files into a temporary directory m Copying files for the following components to the following locations a The HTML client to the Web server a The HTML server to the application server a The HTML documentation to the Web server o The example to either server These tasks are described in more detail on pages 10 69 through 10 72 Extracting the Files Create a temporary directory in which to extract the HTML client software and then extract the files The binaries and documentation are compressed in the file named ALL HTML ALL TGZ within the CLIENTS CLI HTML directory If you have the GNU version of the tar program enter tar xzf ALL HTML ALL TGZ If you do not have the GNU version of tar enter gunzip c ALL HTML ALL TGZ tar xf After extracting the files you should see the following directories AppServer examples release WebServer Using the HTML Client 10 69 Installing the HTML Client on the Web Server 10 70 Installing the HTML Client on the Web Server To install the HTML client copy two files to the directory where the Web server daemon is running The client files are initially placed in the WebServer cgi bin platform name directory where platform name is the specific UNIX or Windows NT platform you are using You must copy the following files m fglcl the HTML client Copy this file to the cgi bin directory under your main
449. talling the Example on page 10 72 The information applies equally to UNIX and Windows NT Configuring Your System Configuring your environment to run your applications from the browser involves placing entries in the fglcl conf file This file is located in the cgi bin directory of the Web server For detailed information on configuration see Configuration Settings in the fglcl conf file on page 10 48 Using the HTML Client 10 15 How Web Deployment Works at Runtime How Web Deployment Works at Runtime Figure 10 2 shows an overview of the process followed by the HTML client HTML server and Web server as your application starts Figure 10 2 Web Deployment Runtime Process Web server El Machine role E Alcea server process Software pieces Because Web deployment implies a client server configuration the following terms are important to understand m The application server runs the main Dynamic 4GL program m The HTML client fglcl handles communication with the HTML server m The HTML server fglhtmld handles and controls the HTML client s runner m The Web server is the location where the Web server daemon named httpd or ns httpd is running Important This description omits network security details 10 16 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide How Web Deployment Works at Runtime The steps are as follows 1 The fglhtmld program HTML server process starts and listens to
450. tartup Default value No default value is provided Syntax cjac app lt app key gt cmd lt command gt cjac app lt app key gt arg lt argument gt Example of configuration for the stores application cjac app stores cmd bin sh cjac app stores arg c cjac app stores arg cd d4gldemo exec usr fgl2c bin fglrun d4 42r Using the Java Client 11 47 Sample cjac cnf file 11 48 On Windows NT these settings might be cjac app env REMOTEUSER S FGL_AUTHUSER cjac app env INFORMIXDIR c informix cjac app env CLIENT_LOCALE en_us 8859 1 cjac app env FGLPROFILE C usr fgl2c etc clijava cnf cjac app env FGLGUI 1 cjac app env FGLSERVER localhost FGL_GUISRVNUM cjac app env PATH C WINNT SYSTEM32 C usr fgl2c bin C informix bin cjac app env FGLDIR C usr fgl2c cjac app env PATHEXT COM EXE BAT CMD VBS JS cjac app env SystemRoot C WINNT cjac app cmd cmd exe cjac app arg c cjac app stores arg cd d C d4gldemo amp amp C usr fgl2c bin fglrun exe d4 42r Note that you may also create useful constants FGLDIR C usr fgl2c cjac app env FGLPROFILE FGLDIR etc clijava cnf Local and Remote Connections to the Application Server If your Web server is connecting to the Application Server on a remote computer you will
451. te time currency and numeric values o code set conversion between client and server In all windows that will appear in more than one language consider differences in word length among languages when you are designing the window and its graphical objects Allow space for the expansion of user message strings Brief English strings such as Popup can double in size as a result of translation On average you can expect a 30 percent increase in the size of messages When designing windows remember that names addresses dates times and telephone numbers have different formats in different countries When possible use picture buttons instead of buttons with titles Consider that measurement systems can also differ Most countries outside the U S express quantities using the metric system For example liters centimeters and kilometers instead of quarts inches and miles Global Language Support D 31 Internationalization Guidelines D 32 Make sure that all screens menus user messages reports help facilities and application parameters such as holidays bank years formulas that were developed with Informix tools for the appli cation are either table driven or are controlled by text files or environment variables that are easy to modify This issue is discussed later in this appendix Avoid embedding any messages prompts or elements of the user interface into the source code of the program Ideally all user
452. ter sets Code Set 819 ASCII C 8859 1 Latin 1 912 8859 2 Latin 2 813 8859 7 Latin Greek 916 8859 8 Latin Hebrew 920 8859 9 Latin 5 1089 8859 6 Latin Arabic iso ir 127 ASMO 708 57390 8859 13 Latin Baltic Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Partially Supported WTK Character Sets The following table lists character sets that Dynamic 4GL can use but for which Windows does not provide support for all characters If you use any of these character sets you will find some characters are missing when you type the complete character set When possible use the fully supported WTK Character Set Name or Alias IBM CCSID 819 C locale POSIX Locale iso 8859 1 us ascii standard ascii latin1 ibm819 iso ir 6 ANSI_X3 iso 8859 1 iso ir 101 ibm912 IBM CCSID 912 IBM CCSID 813 iso 8859 7 ibm813 IBM CCSID 916 ibm916 iso 8859 8 IBM CCSID 920 ibm920 iso 8859 9 IBM CCSID 1089 iso 8859 6 iso ir 127 iso 8859 13 Microsoft Code Page ID 1252 1250 1253 1255 1254 1256 1257 Fully Supported Windows Toolkit WTK Character Sets Setting the CLIENT_LOCALE Variable Use the values in the table to correctly set the CLIENT_LOCALE variable The variable is created using the following syntax CLIENT_LOCALE language_territory codeSet For example fr_ca 1252 The Code Set column in the following table lists the synonyms that can be used in the CLIENT_LOCALE
453. tered into a field before submitting the information to the application server For more information refer to Local Editing Settings on page 8 38 Cut and Paste Enables standard cut and paste functionality within the Windows Client or X11 Client For more information refer to Cut Copy and Paste Feature Settings on page 8 39 Folder Tabs Allows multiple screen forms to be displayed using folder tabs appear similar to Windows folder tabs enabling the user to easily navigate between multiple screens For more information refer to Creating Folder Tabs on page 6 16 New terminate handler Allows a standard close window option to appear in the upper right corner of a GUI window Alt F4 will also close the window Control Frame management Allows a control frame to be anchored to the right or left of the screen Status bar Allows the status of certain keys to be displayed on the status bar For more information refer to Status Bar Settings on page 8 36 System color on windows Allows the Microsoft Windows system settings to determine the colors displayed by an application For more information refer to System Colors on page 12 31 Splash screen Allows a splash screen to be displayed after starting an application For more information refer to Splash Screen Config uration on page 12 43 New 4GL Language Features in the 7 3 Release The following list shows the new 4GL 7 3 language features
454. text Syntax drawanchor pos pos CHAR x n Top of the text e Right side s Bottom side w Left side Returns None Use drawAnchor to specify the insertion point for the text before using the function drawtext For example CALL drawanchor n Using Graphical Extensions to 4GL 7 21 Changing Line Colors 7 22 Changing Line Colors The following function defines whether the color of the line can change Syntax disablecolorlines colorLines colorLines INTEGER 0 The lines take the color defined by DrawFillColor 1 The lines are always black Returns None By default the lines take the color defined by the DrawFillColor function Example CALL disablecolorlines 1 Setting Line Width The following function specifies the width of the line Syntax drawlinewitdth width width INTEGER Width of the line in pixels Returns None You can set the width of the line before using the DrawLine function For example CALL drawlinewidth 2 Clearing the Draw Function The following function is the clear function Syntax drawclear Returns None Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Drawing Rectangles This function clears the drawing area specified by the drawselect function For example CALL drawclear Drawing Rectangles The following function draws a rectangle by specifying the lower left corner and the length Syntax drawrectangle y x dx dy y x INTEGER Coordinate of the lower left corner dx dy
455. th character and not The next step is to write the c user 4js wtk cnf user defined configuration file Of course you can choose the name you want for these configuration files This file is a simple Tel Tk script setting the Tel Tk variables listed in Appendix A The Tel Tk syntax for setting variables is as follows One command per line The name of the variables are case sensitive The syntax is set lt variable name gt lt value gt If the lt value gt is a string of more than one word enclose the string between double quotes The following example shows a Tel Tk script set termtype xterm set user 4js set cmdline FGL cd usr 43s fglrun apps exit set login_ok Successful Using the Windows Client 12 47 User Definable WIKSRVINI Entries User Definable WTKSRV INI Entries Entries for user defined configuration files and command line options are shown in the following table User Defined Configuration Command Line WTKSRV INI Entries Files Options RLOGIN section sendwinsize sendwinsize sendwinsize LOGIN_COMMAND_WAIT login_command_wait noentry LOGIN_DEBUG noentry noentry LOGIN_QUESTION login_question noentry LOGIN_OK login_ok noentry CHECK_PASSWORD check_password noentry PASSWORD_QUESTION password_question noentry SHOW_COMPUTER show_computer noentry SHOW_USER show_user noentry SHOW_TERMTYPE show_termtype noentry SHOW_CMDLINE show_cmdline noentry SHOW_VISIBLE show_visible noentry SHOW_INTERACTIVE show_v
456. that can be run has been reached due to the license installed Solution Retry later when the number of current users has decreased or install a new license that allows more users Environment is incorrect Description There is no local license or the environment is not set right Solution Check your environment and your FGLDIR environment variable Cannot add session s Description You do not have the rights to create the new session in fact the directory representing the new client Solution Check the rights of the dedicated directories Error Messages C 27 License Errors 6110 6114 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 Cannot add program s pid d Description You do not have the rights to create the new application for the current user in fact the file representing the new application Solution Check the rights of the dedicated directories Cannot start program s Description When using fglWrt u to find the number of users allowed on this installation the command ps used can be launched only for UNIX Solution Check the rights for ps The FGLDIR environment variable is not set Description You are handling licenses but the FGLDIR environment variable is not set Solution Set the FGLDIR environment variable and retry Problem while installing license s Description A problem occurred while licensing Solution Note the system specific error number and contact Inform
457. that you set the INFORMIXC environment variable to the compiler you are using such as gcc the GNU C compiler as well as the documented FGLCC and CC environment variables as follows INFORMIXC gcc export INFORMIXC Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Informix Client SDK If you are using the GNU C compiler GCC from the product CD ensure that you have both installed GCC before you install the Dynamic 4GL compiler and set the GCC environment variable correctly with the envgce script For more information about the GCC environment variable see GCC Environment Variables on page A 7 Informix Client SDK To use GLS features you should have Client SDK 2 01 or later installed prior to installing Dynamic 4GL If you do not need the GLS libraries the Client SDK is recommended but not required If you are using an older version of Informix ESQL C and you are not planning on using GLS you should still be able to install Dynamic 4GL and create the necessary runners Some features for example EXECUTE IMMEDIATE are not available in 4 1x ESQL C but are available in later versions If possible consider using ESQL C 5 1x 7 2x or the Client SDK versions of ESOL C You can download Informix Client SDK from the following Informix Web site In addition the Web site provides installation instructions http www intraware com informix Dynamic 4GL Directory You should install Dynamic 4GL in a separate di
458. the ESQL C development package installed to create your own P code runner The Dynamic 4GL development packages for Windows NT install two default runners One runner does not include an Informix database interface and is called fglnodb One of five others is also installed depending on the version of the Informix database installed on your computer This runner is named fglrun If you want to create your own runner including calls to external C functions you will also need a version of the Informix ESQL development package that is compatible with your Informix database Important Use ESQL C Version 7 20 TE1 or higher because Version 7 20 TD1 might cause system instability on Windows NT 4 0 You can also download the latest Informix Client SDK without charge from the Informix web site For more infor mation go to www informix com and choose Products Connectivity and Gateways Free Download Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide TCP IP Requirement TCP IP Requirement You must install the TCP IP protocol on computers that will use Dynamic 4GL Even if you plan to use the product on a stand alone computer TCP IP features are used Important Only the Microsoft TCP IP stack is supported Problems might occur with other TCP IP stacks Hardware Prerequisite A network card is required Warning Changing the network card disables the license information Recommended Windows Client Prerequisite You are not
459. the Status Bar for the capsLock key Value Any text value Default CAPS Syntax gui statusBar capsLock text MAJ 8 36 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide gui statusBar numLock text gui statusBar numLock text Description Text that appears on the Status Bar for the numLock key Value Any text value Default NUM Syntax gui statusBar numLock text NUM gui statusBar scrollLock text Description Text that appears on the Status Bar for the scrollLock key Value Any text value Default SCROLL Syntax gui statusBar scrollLock text SCROLL Memory Mapping Settings Memory mapping allows the runtime system to load a single version of a P code application and share it across multiple connections significantly reducing the memory required on the application server The fglmkrun shell script output tells you if the runners have been built with or without the memory mapping emulation Tip Some systems do not support memory mapping In this instance an emulation of this feature is provided For Windows NT an emulation is always used Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 37 fglrun mmapDisable 8 38 fglrun mmapDisable Description Enables or disables memory mapping Value 1 Disable memory mapping 0 Enable memory mapping Default i Syntax fglrun mmapDisable 1 Local Editing Settings The local editing feature reduces the communication between the server where the application is running and th
460. the dialog between the UNIX server and the 4GL Server you can set the field LOGIN_DEBUG to 1 A debug window displays the string comparison made between the strings set in the WTKSRV IN file and the strings send by the remote UNIX server If you have more than one server the connection strings might change from one server to another In this case you will need to create a user defined configuration file For more information see User Defined Configuration File on page 12 47 Windows Client Language By default the language of the Windows Client is English You can change it to German or French To do so you must change the value of the key language in the section INTERNATIONAL of the Windows Client configu ration file WTKSRV INI The default value is us for English and can be set to de for German or fr for French This feature has nothing to do with either the language of the 4GL compiler or with the language of the 4GL application Using the Windows Client 12 13 Setting the Server Environment Variables 12 14 Setting the Server Environment Variables After you are connected to the server you need to specify the name or address of the client computer and the occurrence number of the communi cation daemon running on the Windows computer To do this use the FGLSERVER environment variable The syntax of the FGLSERVER environment variable is machine_ip_address daemon_number where the machine_ip_address is set to
461. the user can interact with it to perform database operations In this example the user can browse through companies as shown in Figure 10 5 H Wier ape Figure 10 5 Fie di ties Ge tardes Heb Company Browse fate 3 4 tk a E Fi List E Beck Fead Hora Seach Goce Fo Sey A A e bellesa Beck Add comp 100 All BaorcS 104 Play Sell E interes A Lookup LY etto uppii 408 105 Pbilta Sporta Mari pape Poa page a Birr 408 Tea BOTE 650 120 4541 250 120 4644 ini pii Leper a more 450 3068 1100 890 36 1101 10 32 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Steo 7 Using the Application If no more records exists and the user clicks on the Next Page button the program generates an error as shown in Figure 10 6 Figure 10 6 Generated Error Message There are ne more news in the direction you are giing JGL 411 Spoctr Suppl 405 709 50T2 305 Te sora 1030 Phil s Bestia aS Sots ASI 3120 42449 Lotebphi lepra com 404 Flap Halii 650 Jda 4400 ETT ido 102 Sporta Spot 415 S22 1209 415 822 12 0 infcHaportzapot com In addition the user can select a company from the list in the previous display The user can then display all the company s known contacts as Figure 10 7 shows Figure 10 7 Contact Browse List Corpse All Sporte Supplies iir Loig PET 2 Nc Hea WOLMETA 3 Me Wainer EOHPOUE Using the HTML Client 10 33 Steo 7 Using the Application If yo
462. the value that you specified in System Environment Variables You can develop your own language variable scheme For example the following three letter codes identify a unique subdirectory that contains the translation files appropriate for a particular language Subdirectory Language eng English fre French ita Italian spa Spanish You might want to use this or the next approach if you need to con trol your application s language setting separately from that of other Windows applications m Create your own ini file and language variable and have your application read this file for the language setting UNIX Environment Variables The value of the X Open defined LANG environment variable specifies the language environment No standardization of LANG locale values exists between systems Exact values to specify for locale variables are specific to the system and also depend on which language supplements have been installed on the system To query programmatically for the language value you can use the built in FGL_GETENV function FGL_GETENV LANG For more information about the LANG environment variable see the Informix Guide to SQL Reference Global Language Support D 45 Storing Localization Information D 46 Storing Localization Information This section describes the process involved in creating an application so that it can read translation information either from a file or from a database ta
463. ther error messages gt Description The runner named XXX cannot be created This could be due to errors located in the environment or it could be due to the manner in which various products ESQL Dynamic 4GL database libraries C compiler and so forth are installed Solution Check the environment for possible errors Then run the fglmkrun command again using the vb verbose flag to help identify the problem Error Messages C 35 Global Language Support This appendix describes the Global Language Support GLS feature available in Dynamic 4GL The GLS feature allows Informix database servers to handle different languages cultural conventions and code sets This appendix describes the GLS features unique to Dynamic AGL You should be familiar with using GLS features and GLS behaviors before using this appendix For Additional GLS Information For additional information on using GLS refer to the following Informix guides m GLS Programming Guide included with the Informix Dynamic Server 7 2x or greater documentation m Informix Guide to GLS Functionality included with the Informix Dynamic Server 7 2x or greater documentation Informix guides are available from the Informix Online Documentation web site To access this web site use the following URL http www informix com answers All manuals listed on the Web site are stored in Adobe Acrobat pdf format D 2 Software Requirements Softwa
464. through your browser Isolating the messages has the advantage of leaving your system anonymous Certificate Authority In order to use SSL you need to ask a Certificate Authority to sign your X509 v3 certificate For more information on encryption support and restrictions see Netscape s Export Restrictions on International Sales at the following URL http developer netscape com docs manuals security exprt index htm Preventing Security Problems The following list summarizes some methods that can be used to prevent security problems Reading the data flow between browser and Web server SSL will prevent eavesdropping of data Unauthorized entry into the application server code a Router filtering will ignore all TCP IP packets to port 6500 of the application server a The firewall will ignore all TCP IP packets to port 6500 of the application server coming from any host other than the Web server Copying the URL to another browser The basic Dynamic 4GL HTML server mechanism will reject the copied URL Using the HTML Client 10 47 Configuring the Web Deoloyment Software 10 48 m Reading the data flow between the HTML client and the HTML server Anyone attempting to break into the system must gain control of a computer based on the secured network or on the secured service network m Denial of service The HTML Client is a small connectionless program that can only transmit authorized packets to the HTML server
465. tion Installing on the Web Server 1 Two main groups of files are installed on the Web server a Some files go into the documents directory of the Web server often named htdocs Included among these files are the CJA applet downloaded by a browser connecting to the Web server and the sample HTML pages that call demonstration applications a The remaining files including the CJAC servlet go into the servlets directory The following prompt appears for the directory where you want to install the first group of files Enter your HTML documents home directory htdocs Options VALUE C Jancel Default usr local apache htdocs Enter the root directory of your documents directory on your Web server This value will be used to define web_server_clijava_dir If possible use the default value as it will later make configuring the server easier CJA and related files will be installed in usr local apache htdocs clijava Do you agree Options Y es Nlo Clancel Default Y Free disk space in ocal apache htdocs clijava 293298 blocks Cli Jaya CIA package gt Part llDiarnsnia sica ge fA Ok 11 18 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide UNIX Installation 3 Next you receive the following prompt for the location in which to install the CJAC servlet and related files ea HH AAA a a aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE aE a
466. tion Errors fglcomp This syntax is not supported here Use screen record name screen field name fglcomp Fatal INTERNAL error lt fieldname gt Description This error occurs when an incorrect field name is used in a BEFORE FIELD or AFTER FIELD statement Solution Check your 4GL source code and recompile your application Demonstration version Description This message is displayed only by the demonstration version Solution This message is for informational purposes only Installation Cannot open lt filename gt Description A file is missing Solution Check that the file permissions are correct for the user trying to execute an application If the file is missing re install the compiler package C code generation is not allowed with the demonstration program Description Dynamic 4GL can compile in P code and in C Code only for the UNIX version But with the demonstration version C code compilation is not available Solution Compile your program in P code Cannot open database dictionary lt filename gt Run fglschema database Description In your source file you used the syntax database my_base at the top of the file before the main section To compile the form and source code Dynamic 4GL needs the database dictionary Solution To resolve the problem run the program fglschema and put as a parameter the name of the database or put the DATABASE statement in the main section just after the variable decl
467. tion media If there is no usable native C compiler on your computer the GNU tools must be installed However you still need to have your UNIX system libraries installed To install the GNU C compiler from the Dynamic 4GL CD go into the OS UNIX directory and run the following command bin sh insttgce i This shell script installs the package GCC TGZ located in the directory OS UNIX your_OS_name GNUC If you cannot mount the CD directly on UNIX you can copy the file gnuc sh located in the directory OS UNIX your_OS_name SELFEXTR to a temporary directory on UNIX Use binary transfer mode because this shell script contains all the files of the GNU C compiler Then run the following command to start the installation bin sh GNUC SH i During the installation process you will be prompted for the installation directory of the GNU C compiler A shell script named envgce will also be generated during the installation You must execute this shell script to set all the environment variables needed for compiling and linking C programs Tip This distribution does not contain the system libraries you need to compile C sources To obtain those libraries contact your operating system reseller If you plan to link a runner without any C functions you only need to install a linker and not an ANSI C compliant compiler Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Post Installation Tasks If you are not using th
468. tion of which characters are printable and which are nonprintable The Informix Guide to GLS Functionality provides details of formats for number currency and time values If no locale is specified then default values are for U S English which is the en_us 8859 1 locale on UNIX systems or Windows code page 1252 For deployment 4GL is also delivered with the locale en_us 1252 dict which corresponds to that Windows code page The locale en_us 1252 dict allows you to compile and run programs that contain non English characters from any single byte language but the default data formats are those of U S English Alternatively you can use the Setnet32 utility to specify some nondefault locale such as one of those listed in Locales Supported by 4GL on page D 20 Global Language Support GLS is a set of features that enable you to create localized applications for languages other than U S English and for country specific cultural issues including the localized representation of dates currency values and numbers 4GL supports the entry retrieval and display of multibyte characters in some East Asian languages such as Japanese and Chinese Global Language Support D 15 Native Language Support D 16 The following GLS enabled built in functions or operators have been modified since the 6 0 release of 4GL to provide support for non English locales Some can accept multibyte characters as arguments or operands or can return
469. tions using BLINK Colors Object The Colors object allows you to configure the standard eight colors white black yellow magenta red cyan green and blue that INFORMIX 4GL uses You assign a specific color to the standard colors Foreground Color of characters and lines Background Color for windows toolbars and entries The following rules apply in the source code m With no attribute the standard configuration of the widget object will be used for example entry background entry active background m With a color attribute the color will be applied to the foreground m With a color attribute and the REVERSE attribute the color will be applied to the background 9 6 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Button Object Widget Menu The Button object allows you to configure the different types of buttons used in Dynamic 4GL Menu button Horizontal Title Menu Key button Key BMP Radiobutton Checkbutton Button generated by a COMMAND statement within a MENU statement For this item foreground background active background relief border width pad X and pad Y can be configured Button that contains the title set by the MENU statement For this object background relief and border width can be configured Button generated by a COMMAND KEY or ON KEY statement within a MENU INPUT PROMPT or CONSTRUCT statement For this object background active background relief border width pad X and
470. to a message number If no message is found that corresponds to this number the help message label appears You can replace the message label with any string Before key help text help After key help text msg 6900 help Using the Forms Compiler The fglform forms compiler can process form specifications that include non English characters that are valid in the client locale It can also produce compiled forms that can display characters from the client locale and that can accept such characters in input from the user Using the Message Compiler The fglmkmsg message compiler can compile messages that include non English characters so that runtime messages can be in the local language The ERR_GET function can display locale dependent characters Fully Supported Windows Toolkit WTK Character Sets Windows Toolkit WTK is the Dynamic 4GL software that customizes the Tcl Tk for GUIs on Windows The following WTK character sets can be used with Dynamic 4GL and are fully supported by Microsoft Global Language Support D 7 Fully Supported Windows Toolkit WTK Character Sets Important You should refer to the Dynamic 4GL Release Notes for any changes to gt the supported WTK character sets Microsoft Code Code Set Character Set Name or Alias Page ID 1252 ANSI_CHARSET Western 1252 west europe Windows 1252 cp1252 1250 EE_CHARSET Central european 1250 east europe Windows Windows
471. to create a link to an address lt A HREF mailto support informix com gt Send a mail to support lt A gt To link to a new page lt A HREF http www informix com gt See our site lt A gt The 4GL code can be enhanced as follows to incorporate links that allow you to send email to the company or jump to the company s home page DEFINE 1_buffer CHAR 500 IF r_company com_email IS NOT NULL THEN LET 1_buffer lt A HREF mailto r_company com_email CLIPPED X gt r_company com_email CLIPPED lt A gt DISPLAY 1_buffer TO com_email END IF LET 1_buffer lt A HREF http r_company com_web CLIPPED A TARGET _blank gt r_company com_web CLIPPED lt A gt DISPLAY 1_buffer TO com_web END IF IF r_company com_web IS NOT NULL THEN To send email the user can click on the email link The Web field links to the company s Web page Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Enhancing the Enhancing the Screen Files Screen Files Enhancing screen files involves adding HTML tags You must first set the emulateHTML parameter to 0 in the appname conf file in order to specify that the HTML server will read HTML code The following example is a basic input edit display form without HTML DATABASE formonly SCREEN Contact id 001 Company id 002 Title 003 First name 004 Middle name 005 Last 006 Suffix 007 Job 008 Dept 009 Telep
472. to distinguish remote connection from network drive REMOTEADDRESS fglrun remote envvar REMOTEADDRESS fglrun database listvar This variable must be set on Windows NT computers using Informix 7 2x database servers It contains the list of all Infor mix variables On Windows NT those variables will be exported to the database environment not to the process envi ronment and not to the child processes The complete list of Informix variables CC8BITLEVEL COLLCHAR CONRETRY CONTIME DBANSIWARN DBDATE DBLANG DBMONEY DBNLS DBPATH DBTEMP DBTIME DELIMIDENT ESQLMF FET_BUFF_SIZE GL_DATE GL_DATETIME INFORMIXDIR INFORMIXSERVER INFORMIXSQLHOSTS LANG LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_MONETARY LC_NUMERIC LC_TIME DBALSBC DBAPICODE DBASCIIBC DBCENTURY DBCODESE D D BCONNECT DBCSCONV DBCSOVERRIDE DBCSWIDTH DBFLTMSK BMONEYSCALE DBSS2 DBSS3 Microsoft Windows Settings nt withoutoob Description Determines if your Windows NT server uses the OOB out of Value Default Syntax band mechanism to simulate the interrupt signal over the network 0 use OOB 1 donot use OOB 0 nt withoutoob 0 fglrun setenv o Description Sets an environment variable to a specific value even if the Value Default Syntax variable is already defined
473. u can copy this icon in the Windows Startup group to execute the 4GL server immediately at the beginning of each Windows session m With a WTK Rlogin Telnet connection Start a new terminal emulation with logging to a remote host also start the 4GL Server if needed Creating a Connection The 4GL Server with TCP IP uses the Telnet Internet Service to create a connection Using the Windows Client 12 9 Creating a Connection 12 10 To generate an icon for a terminal connection 1 Click the Add WTK Connection icon 2 When prompted enter the following information a Name of the computer The computer name is the name or the TCP IP address of the computer that you want to connect to a Name of the use The name of the user is an account name existing on the remote computer a Terminal type The terminal type is the string that will be exported into the environment variable TERM of the remote computer after the connection The xterm is the default o Optionally a command line string The command string might contain commands executed by the remote computer after the logging process 3 Click OK to create the new connection icon To log onto your remote host click the newly created icon The dialog box that appears can be customized with the INSTALL INI configuration file For more information refer to Creating Dialog Boxes on page 7 12 Command Line String Information With the optional command line added a
474. u select one contact from the list the information shown in Figure 10 8 is displayed Figure 10 8 Contact Information Display Nr Ficar Bane Lodig Middle nama Last PALA EE Job Dept Telephone 10 34 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Steo 7 Using the Application To edit the record click Edit Figure 10 9 appears Figure 10 9 Contact Information Record Edit Display m g uM o O Riddle nams ESRR Last EAS a den AAN Dapr a Ss Sa TE LEp Roe Ta TORTA Tax LPsulip The application automatically generates a list box when the 4GL code uses any INCLUDF statement List boxes such as the one in Figure 10 10 are automatically displayed when you use INCLUDE in the screen per file Figure 10 10 List Box This list box was generated from the following code 003 formonly ctc_title include Tem Dr Miss Me MES My Ms Prot Using the HTML Client 10 35 Steo 8 Enhancing the Application 10 36 Step 8 Enhancing the Application You can enhance your Dynamic 4GL application for deployment on the Web by enhancing the screen files creating email and Web site links using features specific to Dynamic 4GL improving your application interface Creating Email and Web Site Links You can add features such as URLs or email addresses To do this the database must contain records for the company s Web site and email address You can then use the following code
475. un a program using a UNIX terminal to display the output Even if the running Dynamic 4GL program has been started without a visible terminal with the Windows front end the UNIX terminal will be started and placed in the foreground during the execution of the external program Then it will be placed in the background or disappear when the program using it is finished Canvas functions This set of functions allows you to draw basic shapes in 4GL in an area defined like an array Retrieving the key pressed using fgl_getkey This function waits for a keystroke and returns the key code of a pressed key Field functions These functions have been added to manage fields from the 4GL source code You can for example find out the name of a field set or get the value dynamically and set or get the cursor position in a field Window functions Like the field functions these functions have been added to manage the different windows in your 4GL applica tions You can use them to find out the name of the current window its size and other characteristics 1 10 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 4GL Extensions New form specification and function These new specifications add several features Several specifications run only in graphical mode such as check boxes radio buttons and bmp fields Some others allow you to manage fields from the form such as scrolling fields no list attributes key definitions and drawing attributes New 4
476. unning to afford this Solution Check if your fgllic server entry in your fglprofile is right set s is already running Description You are trying to run a service that is already running Solution Do not try to start it s could not be logged on Description The service cannot be started logging on as the specified user Error Messages C 31 Licensing Problems Windows NT 6715 6716 6717 6719 6720 6721 6722 C 32 Solution Check the service s properties if the password has changed and so on s has been marked for deletion Description The service has been marked for deletion so it cannot be used anymore will be deleted at next shutdown of the computer Solution Re install the license server s did not respond to the start request in a timely fashion Description One of the service s component could not be started and timed out Solution Call your technical support An error occurred while starting s Description An error occurred while starting the service Solution Retry is not correctly installed Description The license service is not correctly installed Solution Re install the license server s was not opened with the necessary access Description The sufficient rights to stop the server are not completed Solution Check your environment and your right access s cannot be stopped because other running services are dependent on it Description The ser
477. uperView Universal Database Components Universal Web Connect ViewPoint Visionary Web Integration Suite The Informix logo is registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office The DataBlade logo is registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office Documentation Team Mary Leigh Burke Elaina Von Haas Jennifer Leland Mary Kraemer Kathy Eckardt Contributors Jonathan Leffler GOVERNMENT LICENSE RIGHTS Software and documentation acquired by or for the US Government are provided with rights as follows 1 if for civilian agency use with rights as restricted by vendor s standard license as prescribed in FAR 12 212 2 if for Dept of Defense use with rights as restricted by vendor s standard license unless superseded by a negotiated vendor license as prescribed in DFARS 227 7202 Any whole or partial reproduction of software or documentation marked with this legend must reproduce this legend Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Chapter 1 Table of Contents Introduction In This Introduction About This Guide Organization of This Guide Types of Users 3 Software Dependencies Documentation Conventions Typographical Conventions Icon Conventions Additional Documentation A Informix Welcomes Your Comments Introducing Dynamic 4GL In This Chapter Introducing Dynamic 4GL Windows Interface Web Interface Text Interface GLS Support Dynamic 4GL Three Tier Client S
478. ur serial number e g XXX XAAAAAA gt FUD D253864 Then enter the 12 character serial number key provided with the Informix media and press RETURN After this operation the installation number is generated Enter your serial number KEY uppercase letters and numerals gt OR7CNNANJ8VI Your installation NUMBER is EZOA8MSHEADC 1 Installing Dynamic 4GL 2 11 Compiling the Libraries 2 12 You then need to display the Informix On Line Licensing website located at the following address http www informix com keyissue Follow the website directions to generate an Installation key to complete the licensing Enter the installation key to complete the licensing and press RETURN Do you want to give the installation KEY now y n y Enter the installation KEY call your vendor to obtain it gt 9PF6DKCAUTCU License installation successful Licensing After 30 Days You have 30 days to enter this key If you must enter the key at a later date use the following command to complete the license installation licencef4GL k serial_number_key Tip Never use the letter O but always the digit 0 zero except for the check numbers Avoiding Licensing on Reinstall If you reinstall the software you can avoid entering a new serial number key To do this reinstall the product into the same FGLDIR directory either physi cally or using a logical link If you have to change your serial number you must first uninstal
479. urce code m Color will apply systematically in the background for DISPLAY AT PROMPT ERROR MESSAGE INPUT and CONSTRUCT statements m Relief and border width will apply systematically for DISPLAY AT and PROMPT statements m Relief and border width will apply only if the BLINK attribute is used for ERROR MESSAGE INPUT and CONSTRUCT statements The Attributes option can be useful for hiding specific input fields on the screen m With the ASCII interface you can hide input fields by using the following setting in the per file DELIMITER m With the GUL you can hide input fields by defining an attribute BLINK for instance with flat relief and the same color as the screen background To hide the field use the following command DISPLAY TO fieldname ATTRIBUTE BLINK xx Using the Configuration Manager 9 13 The Different Configurations Attribute for a Specific Window You can define background relief and color independently for all Screen objects by means of the menu option Window 9 14 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Using the HTML Client In This Chapter Web Deployment Architecture Why Deploy on the Web HTML Client Limitations HTML Client Enhancements Installing the HTML Client Installing on UNIX Web Deployment Component Requirements A Components on the CD CAR Automatic Installation Installing on Windows NT Web Deployment Component Requirements Location of Web
480. urceLocale is set to 00000409 the 10 lower order bits 0000001001 hexadecimal 009 represent English the constant LANG_ENGLISH in the winnt h file If the value is set to 00000401 then 001 represents Arabic LANG_ARABIC You can also read and modify this setting through the Control Panel On Windows 95 and Windows NT use the registry rather than ini files but ini files are supported so that you can install pre Windows 95 programs Global Language Support D 43 System Environment Variables D 44 Code Language Code ENU U S English FRC ENG U K English ISL DAN Danish ITA DEU German NLD ESN Modern Spanish NOR ESP Castilian Spanish PTG FIN Finnish SVE FRA French LET langStr FGL_G LANGUAGE Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide ETENV LANGUAGE Some of the language codes that Windows currently supports are listed in the following table Language Canadian French Icelandic Italian Dutch Norwegian Portuguese Swedish For more information about internationalization and Windows see the Microsoft Windows Programmer s Reference m Create an environment variable for the language either with Setnet32 or for applications that are deployed on Windows 3 1 systems in the informix ini file by adding the variable and its setting to the ENVIRONMENT section Then use the built in FGL_GETENV function of 4GL in your code For example VARIABLE langStr CHAR 30 Your program can now test for
481. ure Conditional comment indicators are treated as whitespace if the compiler does not treat them as beginning a comment so the previous example always generates a compile time syntax error because neither CALL abc using 4GL nor CALL abc procedure using Dynamic 4GL is valid code When a conditional comment indicator is interpreted as beginning a comment the comment marker or terminates the previous keyword or symbol Because is a new syntax feature of 4GL 7 30 it is treated as a comment symbol by all previous releases of the 4GL and Dynamic 4GL compilers just as is treated as a comment symbol in all 4GL releases Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Using Form Extensions to 4GL In This Chapter 2 3 06 0 4 eh ca ww oy ewe aw RR wwe Ses 6 3 Implementing List Boxes 2 2 we ee a 6 4 Implementing Buttons 2 2 we eo a 6 6 Menu Buttons een 6 6 Hot Key Buttons a 2 we een 6 6 Editing felprofile 2 ee ee 6 7 Editing the per File a SS ae Ge E ee 6 7 Setting the KEY Field Attribute A eo e Se S 6 8 Using 4GL Functions 2 2 ee en 6 8 Buttons in the Form 2 2 0 04 6 9 Implementing Bitmaps 6 11 Implementing Check Boxes and Radio Buttons 6 11 Check Box Syntax 2 2 6 ee ee ee 6 11 Radio Button Syntax 1 ee 612 Invoking a Key Code 0 ee eee 6 13
482. ut the database server can perform localized collation of NCHAR or NVARCHAR column values based on the LC_COLLATE setting The COLLCHAR environment variable is not required to enable NLS on the contrary 4GL requires that COLLCHAR not be set If you have COLLCHAR set to 1 you must reset it to NULL For more information about DBNLS COLLCHAR and LC_COLLATE see the Informix Guide to GLS Functionality Non GLS Components of This Release Not all components of 4GL provide GLS This section identifies components of 4GL that support only single byte locales that do not require bidirectional text processing The absence of GLS does not imply that these features are unavailable in non English locales It does imply however a restriction to locales that require only single byte code sets and left to right text processing Installation in Non English Locales This section identifies the general requirements for installation of 4GL in non English locales Because non English refers to all locales other than en_us 8859 1 for UNIX or en_us 1252 dict for Windows most locales of the English speaking world are non English in this context as are the locales of most of the rest of the world The directory structure of Informix GLS products is shown in Figure D 2 Global Language Support D 17 Installation in Non English Locales D 18 Figure D 2 Directory Structure of GLS Products
483. va Client be aware of the following limitations m With 4GL each character entered into a field is analyzed and trans mitted to the runner With local editing on Dynamic 4GL the entire field is analyzed at once and transmitted to the runner m Avoid interactive system calls The Java Client does not include terminal emulation software the Windows Client however does include such software m You cannot use DDE even on Windows m A Java applet cannot access the local system This means you cannot use systems calls such as rep or winexec and y y you cannot use local storage m You must use gif or jpg images You cannot use bmp images with the Java Client Java Client Security Security is an important concern for software that runs on the Web The Java Client software does not include specific security features so you are encouraged to use existing security measures and protocols including firewalls and the secure socket layer SSL protocol in addition to preserving the security features in your original application If you are using an extranet or the Internet you might consider instituting a login and password scheme Java Client Definitions Before installing the Java Client review the following definitions These definitions are used throughout the installation Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Java Client Definitions Aliases An alias or virtual directory is a name you define as a substitute
484. values that include multibyte characters CLIPPED operator DOWNSHIFT FGL_GETENV FGL_KEYVAL LENGTH Substring operator UPSHIFT WORDWRAP operator See the INFORMIX 4GL Reference Manual for the syntax and semantics of these built in functions and operators Besides these certain other built in functions and operators of 4GL can also process or return multibyte values Native Language Support The GES capability of 4GLis not a logical superset of native language support NLS as that term is used by Informix An Informix NLS server is one that recognizes the NCHAR and NVARCHAR data types Such servers can commu nicate with client applications in single byte locales 4GL supports Informix NLS servers at the implicit level of compliance through INFORMIX NET and through INFORMIX ESQL C The 4GL language does not recognize NCHAR or NVARCHAR data types but such values from the database server are automatically converted to CHAR and VARCHAR values and 4GL can use CHAR and VARCHAR values to update NCHAR and NVARCHAR columns provided that an operating system locale exists in the GLS directory for the NLS locale Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Non GLS Components of This Release The DBNLS value that is set on the client system running 4GL is passed to the database server but any LC_COLLATE value from the client is ignored Collation by the 4GL application is based on the code set order not on LC_COLLATE b
485. ven Path is relative to the working directory of the 4GL Server Example Working dir is c Fgl2cusr Ico icons conn1 ico the icon must must be in C Fgl2cusr icons You can also give absolute paths for the icon file name specifies the height of the hei terminal window in characters default 25 2 of 3 Using the Windows Client 12 25 ilogin Command Line Features 12 26 Flag Value Minimum Abbreviation width specifies the width of the wid terminal window in characters default 80 autoscale specifies whether the terminal wid window is scalable 1 or not 0 file specifies a file where you can f group common settings of a connection With the switches in the ilogin command line you can override the settings in this file For more information see User Defined Configuration File on page 12 47 3 of 3 Invisible Terminal Emulation You might want the WTK Rlogin Terminal emulation window to disappear and appear only when required by the 4GL application call to system functions by example and to be lowered afterward To do so edit the properties of a created icon and then add to the command line the flag w As an example if you have D usr FGL2CUSR BIN STARTWIK EXE ilogin computer zeus user lic term xterm cmd export LINES 25 change it to D usr FGL2CUSR BIN STARTWIK EXE ilogin w computer zeus user lic term xterm cmd export LINES 25 or D usr FGL2CUSR BIN
486. vice cannot be stopped because another one needs it Solution This error should not occur in any case for the moment if it occurs there is a problem with your system The requested control code cannot be sent to s because the state of s is not correct Description The service is in a mode where it cannot be requested anymore for the moment Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide 6723 6724 6725 6727 6729 6731 6733 6750 Licensing Problems Windows NT Solution Retry s has not been started Description You are trying to shut down a server that is not running Solution Do not try to stop this service s did not respond to the start request in a timely fashion Description A service does not respond anymore Solution Call the support team s generated an error at stopped time Description An error occurred during the shutdown time Solution None retry s is not correctly installed Description Description The service does not exist or has not been installed properly Solution Install or re install it s not correctly started Description Description Installation process creation has failed Solution Retry is not correctly uninstalled Description Uninstallation process creation has failed Solution Retry Unable to uninstall the service Description Cannot uninstall the service Solution Check if it is running if you have the rights Cannot open FGLDIR direct
487. w runner with the following command fglmkrun o newrunner example o fglExt c This command builds a runner the link between the Informix libraries system libraries Dynamic 4GL libraries and the file example o named newrunner This runner is for 4 x Informix databases Using the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 4 13 Using C Functions in 4GL Applications 4 14 Do not give your new runner the same name as one of the files located in the current directory When you have created the new runner you can create the 4GL example example 4gl with the following lines MAIN CALL fnccl END MAIN Compile the 4gl file with the following command fgl2p c example 42m example 4gl And link your object file example 42m to example 42r with the following commands FGLRUN newrunner export FGLRUN fgl2p o example 42r example 42m The shell script fgl2p uses the value of the FGLRUN environment variable to determine which runner to link with If you do not set the FGLRUN environment variable before you link your 4GL program the compiler will generate an error because the fncc1 function was undefined Now you can execute your P code executable with the following command newrunner example 42r Calling 4GL from C Building on what you know about calling a C function from a 4GL module you can call 4GL from a C function Use the fCall function in your C programs as follows fCall funcname nbparam where funcname is the name o
488. work The Windows client binaries and data files can be installed from a central network server You might want to install from a network server if you have workstations without hard disks or want to facilitate updating the client Network file servers must be running Windows NT Windows 95 or Windows 3 11 For a client workstation installation execute the application newgrp exe located in the bin subdirectory of the Windows Client For example assume a Windows Client is installed in the f fgl2cusr directory Computers on the network that want to install a copy of the Windows Client can mount this directory as a shared drive They can then execute newgrp exe to install the Windows Client program group When installing over a network the uninstall icon is not included To delete the Windows Client from a remote computer you must delete the icons and the folder manually Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Starting and Configuring the Windows Client Starting and Configuring the Windows Client The following sections describe how to start and configure the Windows Client Starting the 4GL Server To use the Windows Client you need to first install and start the 4GL Server The server listens for commands in the background You can start the 4GL Server in either of the following two ways m With the 4GL Server icon in the program group created during the installation A window appears that says that the server is started Yo
489. x fgllic service 7000 8 14 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide General Settings fgllic local Description Type of management of license data Value 0 if all data will be managed by the license server 1 if all data will be managed by the client Default 0 Syntax fgllic local 0 fgllic ping Description Time limit for the ping to detect the license server computer by a client If you use a distant network by RTC or ISDN you must increase this value Value Time unit in milliseconds Default 3000 Syntax fgllic ping 5000 Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 15 UNIX Settings UNIX Settings This section describes settings that are specific to licensing on UNIX systems fgllic check Description Time period between two controls of the active user list Value Time period between check Default Value stored in FGLDIR lock data fglcheck Syntax fgllic check 10 fgllic ps Description Command giving the complete process list for a computer Value Command name and flag for listing all processes that run ona computer Default ps ae Syntax fgllic ps ps ae 8 16 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide GUI Settings GUI Settings This section describes the settings that affect configuration of the GUI General GUI Settings This section describes general GUI configuration settings gui button width Description Specifies the size in characters of the buttons located in the Value Default Syntax
490. y f14 text F14 key f3 text F3 key f15 text F15 key f4 text F4 key f16 text F16 key f5 text F5 key f17 text F17 key f6 text F6 key f18 text F18 key f7 text F7 key f19 text F19 key f8 text F8 key f20 text F20 key f9 text F9 key f21 text F21 key f10 text F10 key f22 text F22 key f11 text F11 key f23 text F23 key f12 text F12 key f24 text F24 Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 31 Key GUI Settings key control a text Control a The following table lists the Control modified keys key control n text Control n key control b text Control b key control o text Control o key control c text Control c key control p text Control p key control d text Control d key control q text Control q key control e text Control e key control r text Control r key control f text Control f key control s text Control s key control g text Control g key control t text Control t key control h text Control h key control u text Control u key control i text Control i key control v text Control v key control j text Control key control w text Control w key control k text Control k key control x text Control x key control 1 text Control 1 key control y text Control y key control m text Control m 8 32 Informix D
491. y features see Security Features on page 12 20 Starting a C Code Application If you have compiled the program to C code you should have the following files Type of File Filename The source files ex1 1 4gl ex1 2 4gl ex1 1 per The compiled form ex1 1 42f The C code executable ex1 42e In this case you simply run the C code executable ex1 42e Successful Connection After a successful connection without a password the etc profile file and the profile file located in the HOME directory of the user are executed and the TERM environment variable is set as specified by the login icon by default it is set to xterm Using the Windows Client 12 19 Security Features In either case you get the same display on the computer fire Choose the Message box menu item and then select one of the four icons enter a title and a message and then a message box will be displayed as shown in Figure 12 8 e E Figure 12 8 l S Displaying a Eso Untertrechen Message Box Icom Tafo Title My title vw Exclamation Kunuoqu My meunange Security Features Because the 4GL Server can read write files and execute programs using Tcl Tk commands the server needs to check the identity of the remote computer sending commands using the TCP port Authorizing a Connection On the Windows computer running the 4GL Server the rhosts file in the Windows directory lists the user computers allowed to communicate with th
492. ynamic 4GL User Guide key control z text Control z key key_name order Key GUI Settings Description Specifies an order of appearance for keys Each key has a unique priority number The key with the lowest priority number is displayed on the top of the right key button frame Value Default Syntax Order number for the specified key name help accept interrupt insert delete return f1 f2 f69 control a control b control z escape 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 174 179 176 200 202 key f1l order Configuring the Dynamic 4GL Compiler 8 33 Windows GUI Settings action_name defKeys Description Specifies the list of the buttons displayed in the right key button frame of dialog boxes Each key name must be separated by a comma Value List of default keys that appear in each dialog box Default Menu defKeys Se InputArray defKeys accept inter rupt insert delete Displa accept interrupt yArray defKeys Input defKeys accept interrupt Construct defKeys accept interrupt Prompt defKeys return Sleep defKeys interrupt Getkey defKeys oun Windows GUI Settings This section describes the settings that affect the platform specific appearance of the user interface gui mswindow button Description Specifies whether the buttons should look like Windows buttons or like X11 buttons Value 0 Use X11 style
493. ynamic 4GL documentation is provided in a variety of formats m Printed documentation The Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide is available as a printed guide m On line manuals You have the ability to print chapters or entire books and do full text searches for information in specific books or throughout the documentation set On line manuals are available through Answers OnLine You can order Answers OnLine on a CD or if you have access to the Web visit the following URL www informix com answers Introduction 7 Informix Welcomes Your Comments 8 m Release notes Release notes are located in the release directory where the product is installed Please examine these files because they contain vital information about application and performance issues m HTML files Some additional documentation about Web server configuration is provided in supplementary HTML files See Installing the HTML Documentation on the Web Server on page 10 72 for more information Informix Welcomes Your Comments Let us know what you like or dislike about our manuals To help us with future versions of our manuals we want to know about any corrections or clarifications that you would find useful Include the following information m The name and version of the guide that you are using m Any comments that you have about the guide m Your name address and phone number Write to us at the following address Informix Software Inc SCT Techni
494. you to specify a runner If you spawn your runner application server process using method 1 direct runner spawn you should specify the name of your runner This setting is ignored if you are using spawning method 0 For example Runner name fglrunName myfglrun exe Expected type string Runner Target Allows you to specify a runner target If you spawn your runner using method 1 direct runner spawn you should specify the target of your runner This setting is ignored if you are using spawning method 0 For example Start module fglrunTarget main 42r Expected type string 10 64 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide Arrays Runner Environment Allows you to specify environment variables for your runner If you spawn your runner using method 1 direct runner spawn you should specify the environment of your runner This setting is ignored if you are using spawning method 0 You can specify up to 20 environment variables from fglrunEnv0 to fglrunEnv19 Do not use environment variables inside the definition of environment variables The following example is correct fglrunEnv0 INFORMIXDIR C INFORMIX fglrunEnv1l FGLDIR C INFORMIX COMPILER fglrunEnv2 PATH C INFORMIX BIN fglrunEnv3 FGLGUI 2 fglrunEnv4 FGLPROFILE C INFORMIX COMPILER etc fglprofile web The following example is incorrect fglrunEnv0 INFORMIXDIR C INFORMIX fglrunEnvl FGLDIR C INFORMIX COMPILER fglrunEnv2 PATH C
495. ys General Configuration Settings You can set the following general configuration flags version Version appName Application name client Client service Service serverNumber Server number securityLevel Security level timeOut Time out 10 52 Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide General Configuration Settings m maxTasks Maximum tasks m debug Debug Version Allows you to specify the version number of the configuration file For example Version of the configuration script version 1 05 Expected type string Application Name Allows you to establish a link between the name of the HTML client fglcl fglcl exe and the name of the application For more information see How Links Between Pages Work on page 10 40 For example Application Name appName phonebook Expected type string Client Allows you to establish a link between the name of the HTML client fglcl fglcl exe and the name of the application For more information see How Links Between Pages Work on page 10 40 For example Program name in the cgi bin directory client fglcl exe Expected type string If you are using the HTML client in a mixed environment that is your Web server is on both UNIX and Windows NT remember that Windows NT executables have an exe extension Using the HTML Client 10 53 General Configuration Settings 10 54 You will need to rename you

Informix Dynamic 4GL User Guide, Version 3.0

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents